ORGANISATION...Rm 501 Star House, 3 Salisbury Road, Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong, China. Tel: +852 27 355556 Fax: +852 27 356533 E-mail: [email protected] VISHWA KUMAR VERMA India

1

ORGANISATION

IBF Bank Account 1

President, Deputy President & Vice-Presidents 2

Chair and Deputy Chair of Council 2

Members of Council 3

Chief Operating Officer 4

Honorary Life Vice-Presidents 4

Badminton Players' Federation 4

Auditors 4

Solicitors 4

Declarations to which the IBF is signatory 4

Committees 5

IBF Secretariat 6

IBF Referees and Umpires 7

IBF BANK ACCOUNT

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND INTERNATIONAL plc

Beneficiary Name: International Badminton FederationBeneficiary Address: Manor Park Place, Rutherford Way, Cheltenham, GL51 9TU, UKBank Name: Royal Bank of Scotland International Ltd JerseyBank Address: 71 Bath Street, St Helier, Jersey, JE4 8PJ, Channel IslandsAccount Number: 1028 50185376SWIFT CODE: RBOSJESX

Please route US Dollars via Wachovia Bank NA in New York, clearly stating the following details:

Routing Bank: Correspondent: Wachovia Bank NA, New YorkSwift Code: PNBPUS3NNYCAccount Name: Royal Bank of Scotland International Ltd JerseySwift Code: RBOSJESXRBSI Account No: 2000193009149Chips UID: 155424

2

INTERNATIONAL BADMINTON FEDERATION(Founded 5 July 1934)

OFFICERS

Note 1: Telephone/fax numbers: where two or more are shown, the first-mentioned is residential; the second and anyothers are office (unless otherwise indicated).

Note 2: * next to contact numbers means that communications must be marked for the attention of the personconcerned.

Note 3: Date in brackets (after name) indicates end of current term of office.

PRESIDENT

KANG YOUNG JOONG (2009)Olympic Centre 501, #88, Oryundong, Songpagu, Seoul, KoreaTel: +82 2 422 6173 Fax: +82 2 420 4270E-mail: [email protected]

IMMEDIATE PAST PRESIDENT

H.E. KORN THAPPARANSI (2006)2nd floor Badminton Association Bldg., Lumpinee Park, Wittayu-Sarasin Road, Bangkok 10330, ThailandOffice Tel: +66 2 6558301; +66 2 6558302; +66 2 6558303 Office Fax: +66 2 2553392; +66 2 2553393

DEPUTY PRESIDENTE-mail: [email protected]

PUNCH GUNALAN (2009)No. 9 Jalan 12/14B, 46200 Petaling Jaya, MalaysiaTel: +60 3 79565592; +60 3 92837155, +60 12 3120155 (m) *Fax: +60 3 79561175; +60 3 92847155E-mail: [email protected], [email protected]

VICE-PRESIDENTS

TORSTEN BERG (2009)Bakkegade 2A, DK 3400 Hillerød, DenmarkTel: +45 48 266875; +45 33 956249 *Fax: +45 48 246875 E-mail: [email protected]

ROBIN BRYANT Australia (2009)PO Box 3771, Weston Creek, ACT 2611, AustraliaTel: +61 262 882095; +61 417 271852 (m) Fax: +61 262 885277E-mail: [email protected]

CEPHAS LAR Nigeria (2009)Suite C3, Bobsar Complex, Michika Street Ahmadu Bello Way, P O Box 3882, Garki, Abuja, NigeriaTel: +234 9 4139898, +234 9 3140474 Fax: +234 9 3140474 E-mail: [email protected]

GUSTAVO FERNANDO SALAZAR DELGADO Peru (2009)Calle Bellavista # 225, Urb. Casuarinas de Monterrico, Surco, Lima, PeruTel: +51 13 444477; +51 12 110065 Fax: +51 12 110018E-mail: [email protected]

TONG WAI LUN (2009)Rm 501 Star House, 3 Salisbury Road, Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong, China.Tel: +852 27 355556 Fax: +852 27 356533 E-mail: [email protected]

VISHWA KUMAR VERMA India (2009)

3

C/o Air India Ltd., 17th Floor Air India Building, Nariman Point, Mumbai – 400 021, IndiaTel: +91 22 22023919, +91 22 22796581 Fax: +91 22 22831210E-mail: [email protected]

Chair of CouncilKANG YOUNG JOONG

Deputy Chair of CouncilPUNCH GUNALAN

4

MEMBERS OF COUNCIL

EDGAR AGLIPAY Philippines (2009)8 Magdalena Circle, Magallanes Village, Makati Metro, Manila, PhilippinesTel: +632 852 6967; +632 852 0339 Fax: +632 852 2011 E-mail: [email protected], [email protected]

BANG SOO HYUN Korea (2009)1049, Azalea Garden DR, Shreveport, LA 71115, USATel: +1 318 7981919 E-mail: [email protected]

STAVROULA-EMILIA FOUNTA Greece (2009)PO D 1101, 57001 Thermi, Thessaloniki, GreeceTel: +30 210 6800045; +30 210 6800046 Fax: +30 2310 415940; +30 210 6800047E-mail: [email protected]

PETER GACHERU Kenya (2009)PO Box 99445, Mombasa, KenyaTel: +254 722 988488; +254 733 514357 (m) Fax: +254 41 495346E-mail: [email protected]

RAJ GAYA Mauritius (2009)c/o Best Dairy Co Ltd, Avenue Berthaud, Quatre Bornes, MauritiusTel: +230 425 6752; +230 424 3979; +230 427 1718; +230 252 3902 (mobile) Fax: +230 424 4039 E-mail: [email protected]

RUDY HARTONO KURNIAWAN (2009)Jl. Kencana Indah 2 No 17, Pondok Indah, Jakarta Selaatan 12310, IndonesiaTel. +62 21 7658778, Fax +62 21 7506535 Email: [email protected]

ROGER JOHANSSON (2009)Svedjevägen 25, S-433 49 Partille, SwedenTel: +46 31 442070; +46 31 7722516; +46 70 5947669 (m) *Fax: +46 31 442070; +46 31 168376E-mail: [email protected]

PUZANT KASSABIAN Bulgaria (2009)75 Vasil Levski Blv., 1040 Sofia, BulgariaTel: +359 2 9867781; +359 2 9300550 Fax: +359 2 9867781; +359 2 9815728 E-mail: [email protected]

DIETER KESPOHL Germany (2009)Rotental 33, D – 67691 Hochspeyer, GermanyTel: +49 6305265 ; +49 631 2052342 Fax: +49 63051843; +49 631 2053101E-mail: [email protected]

HORST KULLNIGG Austria (2009)Karriegelstr 21, A-3021 Pressbaum, AustriaTel: +43 2233 52790, +43 664 3024947 (m), Fax+43 2233 54268 E-mail: [email protected]

LI LINGWEI China (2009)703, Entrance A, Building No 1, Fang Cheng Yuan Yi Qu, Fang Zhuang, Feng Tai District, Beijing 100078, ChinaTel: +86 10 67611778; +86 13801089916 (m) *Fax: +86 10 64003682 E-mail: [email protected],[email protected]

PAISAN RANGSIKITPHO USA (2009)2435 E Broadway, Long Beach, California 90803, USATel: +1 568 8582011 Fax: +1 562 4399433 E-mail: [email protected]

5

ANNE SMILLIE Scotland (2009)BadmintonScotland, Cockburn Centre, 40 Bogmoor Place, Glasgow, G51 4TQTel: +44 141 4451218, +44 7971 403525 (m), Fax: +44 141 4251218 E-mail: [email protected]

WAYNE SOMERS Canada (2009)C/o Atlantic Marketing, 1315 Topsail Road, Paradise, NL, Canada, AIL IN8Tel: +1 709 747 1911, +1 709 781 0568 Fax: +1 709 782 4500 E-mail: [email protected]

ERAJ WIJESINGHE Sri Lanka (2009)49 Castle Street, Colombo 8, Sri LankaTel: +94 1 2447665; +94 1 2695128 Fax: +94 11 2437006 E-mail: [email protected]

JUNICHIRO YAMADA Japan (2009)3-39-33 Osu, Naka-ku, Nagoya City 460-0011, JapanTel: +81 52 241 0901 Fax: +81 52 241 1904 E-mail: [email protected]

STEVEN YEO Singapore (2009)Bishan St 23, 09-59, Blk 228, Singapore 570228Tel: +65 90907884 E-mail: [email protected]

CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER

ANDREW RYANInternational Badminton Federation, Manor Park Place, Rutherford Way, Cheltenham, Gloucestershire, GL51 9TU, UKTel: +44 1242 234904; +44 7798 771202 (m) Fax: +44 1242 221030 E-mail: [email protected]

HONORARY LIFE VICE-PRESIDENTS

Mme LU SHENGRONG 9 Tiyukuan Road, Beijing 100763, PR ChinaTel: +86 10 82635545 Fax: +86 10 82635554 E-mail: [email protected] MOHLIN Barrstigen 44, 181 62 Lidingö, SwedenTel: +46 8 7661287; +46 8 7663265 Fax: +46 8 7662365 E-mail: [email protected] D PALMER 901c High Street, Lower Hutt, Wellington, New ZealandTel: +64 4 5679544 *Fax: +64 4 3850090 E-mail: [email protected] C REEDIE “Senara”, Hazelwood Road, Bridge of Weir, PA11 3DB, UKTel: +44 1505 613434 Fax: +44 1505 615293 E-mail: [email protected] E ROBSON 452a Remuera Road, Remuera, Auckland 1005, New ZealandTel: +64 9 5244246 Fax: +64 9 5220449 E-mail: [email protected] VALKEN Jongkindstraat 1, 5645JV Eindhoven, NetherlandsTel/Fax: +31 40 211 5385 Fax: +31 40 211 4866ROY WARD 10 Hillside Grove, Frankston 3199, Victoria, AustraliaTel: +61 3 9781 1697 Fax: +61 3 9783 6948 E-mail: [email protected] WATTANASIN 35/53 Lard Prao 124, Soi Sawasdikarn, Bangkok 10310, ThailandTel: +66 02 5398768; +66 01 8455335 (m) Fax: +66 02 5305440 E-mail: [email protected]

BADMINTON PLAYERS’ FEDERATION

ROBERT MILROY, c/o Marie Moore, Ringkobingade 1, 5th Flor, T.V., 2100 Copenhagen O, DenmarkTel: +45 61279448 E-mail: [email protected]

AUDITORSSOLICITORS

6

KPMG LLP Goodman Derrick2 Cornwall Street 90 Fetter Lane,

Birmingham, B3 2DL, UK London, EC4A 1EQ, UK

DECLARATIONS TO WHICH THE IBF IS SIGNATORY

1994 The Brighton Declaration on Women and Sport1999 The Lausanne Declaration on Doping in Sport

7

IBF COMMITTEES

Executive Board

Kang Young JoongTorsten BergRobin Bryant

Punch GunalanRudy Hartono Kurniawan

Roger JohanssonCephas Lar

Paisan RangsikitphoGustavo Fernando Salazar Delgado

Tong Wai LunVishwa Kumar Verma

Eraj Wijesinghe

Continental Confederations Training Centres & Development

Punch Gunalan Punch GunalanTorsten Berg Rudy Hartono KurniawanRobin Bryant Bang Soo HyunCephas Lar Puzant KassabianGustavo Fernando Salazar Delgado Dieter KespohlVishwa Kumar Verma Tong Wai Lun

Steven YeoInvited: Rudy Hartono Kurniawan Roger Johansson Co-opted: tbc Paisan Rangsikitpho Tong Wai Lun Eraj Wijesinghe

Finance Administration (Rules & Laws)

Tong Wai Lun Eraj WijesingheEdgar Aglipay Raj GayaHorst Kullnigg

Events IOC & UN Affairs

Paisan Rangsikitpho Roger JohanssonPeter Gacheru Stavroula-Emilia FountaAnne Smillie Li LingweiJunichiro Yamada

Co-opted: Dr Gurcharan Singh

Marketing & Research

Punch GunalanWayne Somers

Ex officio members of all Committees:Kang Young Joong

Punch Gunalan

Committee Chair is shown in bold

8

9

IBF CERTIFICATED REFEREES

(year indicates retirement time)

Torsten Berg (DEN) 2013Keith Hawthorne (ENG) 2009Isabelle Jobard (FRA) 2015Ben Lageweg (NED) 2009

Dennis Li (HKG) 2025Paisan Rangsikitpho (USA) 2012Juniarto Suhandinata (INA) 2014

Yu Hongjun (CHN) 2007

IBF ASSESSMENT PANEL

Mohan Dharan (SIN) 2009David Hinton (ENG) 2009Rob Denton (NZL) 2009

Håkan Fossto (SWE) 2009Jean-Guy Poitras (CAN) 2009

Nahathai Sornprachum (THA) 2009

IBF ACCREDITED REFEREES

AsiaMohan Dharan (SIN) 2012Lim Kheng Tee (TPE) 2008Swarnappan Muralidharan (IND) 2010Hideo Takahashi (JPN) 2015Julius Tetelepta (INA) 2006Ajith Wijayasinghe (SRI) 2019Yap Tee Loy (MAS) 2006Junichiro Yamada (JPN) 2014Surasak Songvorakulpan (THA) 2030Chua Soon Hock (MAS) 2011Cho Won Kyu (KOR) 2015

EuropeRichard Atwell (ENG) 2006Mojmir Hnilica (CZE) 2020Nils Petter Johanssen (NOR) 2022Dirk Kellermann (GER) 2011Ernest Robinson (FRA) 2015Jan Samuelsson (SWE) 2007Pencho Stoynov (BUL) 2028Carsten Koch (GER) 2031

Oceania

10

Ian Williamson (AUS) 2006Jane Wheatley (AUS) 2016

PanamericaCharlotte Ackermann (USA) 2013Federico Valdez (PER) 2022Ian Lagden (CAN) 2011

IBF CERTIFICATED UMPIRES

AsiaDavid Chang (TPE) 2010Cheng Wing Ki (HKG) 2015Goh Tzy Yang (MAS) 2011Thanarat Hongcharoen (THA) 2011Masao Imai (JPN) 2008Lai Chan Yeun (MAS) 2006Liu Xiaofeng (CHN) 2006Cholid Magad (INA) 2013Girish Natu (IND) 2019Ren Chun Hui (CHN) 2008Edy Rufianto (INA) 2018Unang Sukardja (INA) 2014Sano Tomoharu (JPN) 2010Vachara Tungkaparhara (THA) 2009Wong Shui Yin (HKG) 2014Yau Lin Na (MAS) 2015Nahathai Sornprachum (THA) 2009Zhang Ze Ren (CHN) 2017Wong Shui Yin (HKG) 2014Wong Mei Peng (MAS) 2010Zhang Peihua (CHN) 2018Nguyen Pahm DUy Anh (VIE) 2027

EuropePer Åke Andersson (SWE) 2015Malcolm Banham (ENG) 2008David Davies (WAL) 2008Håkan Fossto (SWE) 2015Michael Fyrie-Dahl (NOR) 2022Peter Ganes (DEN) 2016Mojmir Hnilica (CZE) 2010Gilles Cavert (FRA) 2015Jane Hancock (ENG) 2016Carol Ui Fhearghail (IRE) 2014

Rune B Hansen (NOR) 2012David Hinton (ENG) 2006Phil James (ENG) 2008Niels Holm Mortensen (DEN) 2009Ildikó Lundquist (SWE) 2023Marcel Schormans (NED) 2012

OceaniaPeter Cocker (AUS) 2013Susan Taylor (AUS) 2019

11

Gregory Vellacott (AUS) 2011Lynne Nixey (NZL) 2022

PanamericaMichael Walker (CAN) 2014Elaine Kong (USA) 2017Marc Furnémont (CAN) 2015Kelvin Martin (BAR) 2018

IBF ACCREDITED UMPIRES

AfricaDiraj Gooneeadry (MRI) 2024Hassenkhan Hyderkhan (MRI) 2008Gretha Prinsloo (RSA) 2009Andrew Reynolds (RSA) 2014

AsiaWaivuth Chuaynarong (THA) 2010Chen Yang (CHN) 2012Hung Woon Hing (HKG) 2013Isao Kuraguchi (JPN) 2016Anthony Linggian (MAS) 2007 Phillip Lee Tiong Seng (SIN) 2007Liu Gang (CHN) 2011Nguyen Pahm Duy Anh (VIE) 2027Tata Mulyana (INA) 2019Kunta Pani Rao (IND) 2006

Aroonsri Charoensub (THA) 2018Chen Shih-Chen (TPE) 2020Wong Wai Shun (HKG) 2014Tsutomu Hamanaka (JPN) 2010Sit Kay Law (HKG) 2013

EuropeMichaela Bencova (CZE) 2028Cormac Breslin (IRL) 2015David Craig (SCO) 2015Ronny de Vos (BEL) 2009Christian Johannessen (DEN) 2021Erik Kirt (DEN) 2018Lis Kjaer (DEN) 2009Elaine Senior (SCO) 2012Ivo Kassel (SUI) 2032Stephen Temple (WAL) 2019Wolfgang Lund (FRA) 2012

Joachim Moersch (GER) 2011Lars Rifve (SWE) 2016Ian Spear (ENG) 2013Mark Speight (GER) 2018Peter Tarcala (SVK) 2031

12

PanamericaJoseph Clarke (JAM) 2020Lynn Maund (USA) 2016Enrique Charadan (CUB) 2012Steve Tasker (CAN) 2008

OceaniaYogen Bhatnagar (AUS) 2012David Turner (AUS) 2013Richard bramley (NZL) 2022

13

PROCESS of EVALUATION, ACCREDITATION and CERTIFICATION of UMPIRES

1. National Associations nominate umpires for evaluation, accreditation or upgrade to Certificationthrough respective Continental Area Representatives for discussion by the Events Committee in May orNovember.

2. If the Committee approves a nomination, a tournament is selected during which to evaluate thecandidate. Normally it is an IBF tournament such as the Thomas & Uber Cup Preliminaries or theSudirman Cup or World Championships.

3. Representatives of the IBF Assessment Panel are appointed to the tournament.

4. The results and recommendations of the panel are submitted to the Events Committee for decision.

5. Once the Committee has approved a nomination, it is recommended to Council for ratification.

6. The National Association and umpire are then informed of the outcome and decision to awardAccredited/Certificated status.

14

MEMBERS

Continental Confederations (5) 9

Member Associations (151) 9

Associate Members (5) 20

International Badminton Association for Disabled Players (IBAD) 21

International Organisations (6) 21

CONTINENTAL CONFEDERATIONS

Note: * next to contact numbers means that communications must be marked for the attention of the person and/orassociation concerned.

AFRICA Africa Badminton FederationRaj Gaya, c/o Best Dairy Co Ltd, Avenue Berthaud, Quartre Bornes, MauritiusTel: +230 424 3979; +230 427 1718 Fax: +230 424 4039 E-mail: [email protected]

ASIA Asian Badminton ConfederationKaren Koh, Kuala Lumpur Badminton Stadium, Batu 3½ Jalan Cheras, 56000 Kuala Lumpur, MalaysiaTel: +60 3 92845421 +60 3 98243250 Fax: +60 3 92843251 E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.asianbadminton.org.my

EUROPE European Badminton UnionBrian Agerbak, House of Sports, Brøndby Stadion 20, 2605 Brøndby, DenmarkTel: +45 43 262166, +45 21 680082 (m) Fax: +45 43 262167 E-mail: [email protected]: www.eurobadminton.org

OCEANIA Oceania Badminton ConfederationCorinne Barnard, 15/8 Techno Park Drive, Williamstown North, Victoria 3016, AustraliaPh +61 3 9397 4722, 0400 242 588 (m) Fax +61 3 9397 4733 Email: [email protected]: www.oceaniabadminton.org

PANAMERICA Panamerican Badminton ConfederationBob Cook (Executive Secretary), 200 Gene Autry Way, Anaheim, California 92806, USATel: +1 714 3851222 Fax: +1 208 5757813 E-mail: [email protected]: www.panambadminton.org

MEMBER ASSOCIATIONS

Note: * next to contact numbers means that communications must be marked for the attention of the person and/orassociation concerned.

A

AFGHANISTAN [AFG] Afghanistan Badminton Federation

15

Mr Sayed Gul Zahoori, PO Box 957, Kabul, AfghanistanTel: +93 79216504 Fax: tbc E-mail: [email protected]

ALGERIA [ALG] Algerian Badminton AssociationNourredine Nemla, Cnosaos, BP88 Alger (El Biar), AlgeriaTel: +213 61 601432 (mobile) Fax: +213 27 772199 E-mail: [email protected]

ARGENTINA [ARG] Federacion de Badminton de la Republica ArgentinaOscar Malamud, Ituzaingo 1150, San Fernando, (CP:1646), ArgentinaTel: tbc E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.badminton.argentina.8m.com

ARMENIA [ARM] Badminton Federation of ArmeniaGohar Hovhannisyan, Abovian Street 9, Yerevan 375001, ArmeniaTel: +374 1 566459, +374 1 525935 Fax: +374 1 585 473 E-mail: [email protected]

ARUBA [ARU] Badminton Association of ArubaOlga Versteeg, Tanki Leendert 194c, Aruba (Dutch Lower Antilles)Gen Maj de Bruynewijk 60, ArubaTel: +297 5873253 Fax: +297 5873253 E-mail: [email protected]

AUSTRALIA [AUS] Australian Badminton Association IncRobin Bryant, Unit 15, 8 Techno Park Drive, Williamstown North, Victoria 3016, AustraliaTel: +61 3 93974722 Fax: +61 3 93974733 E-mail: [email protected]: www.badminton.org.au

AUSTRIA [AUT] Österreichischer Badminton VerbandManuel Rösler, Neue Landstrasse 4, 4655 Vorchdorf, AustriaTel: +43 761 421349 Fax: +43 761 421349 E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.badminton.at

AZERBAIJAN [AZE] Azerbaijan Republic Badminton FederationAydin Mamedov, 4 Olimpiya str., Baku Box 370072, Azerbaijan RepublicTel: +99 412 656503; +99 412 402770 Fax: +99 412 656438 E-mail: [email protected]

BBAHRAIN [BRN] Bahrain Badminton & Squash FederationMohamed Abdulla Janahi, PO Pox 26902, Manama, BahrainTel: +973 292662 Fax: +973 290144

BANGLADESH [BAN] Bangladesh Badminton FederationJahir Ahmed, National Hockey Stadium, Room No 261, 262 and 263, Dhaka, BangladeshTel: +880 2 832611; +880 2 831018 Fax: +880 2 9563304 E-mail: [email protected]

BARBADOS [BAR] Barbados Badminton AssociationKeith Browne, B-22, Graeme Hall Park, Christ Church, Barbados, West IndiesTel: +1 246 432 6687 Fax: +1 246 420 1818 E-mail: [email protected]

BELARUS [BLR] Belarussian Badminton FederationV N Karpeev, 2-305 Surganova Str, 220012 Minsk Minsk, BelarusTel: +375 17 2857913 Fax: +375 17 2857915

BELGIUM [BEL] Belgian Badminton FederationMarina Roosebrouck, Rue Hadrenes 10, B4140 Sprimont, BelgiumTel: +32 4 3686309 Fax: +32 4 3686309 E-mail: [email protected]

BERMUDA [BER] Bermuda Badminton AssociationKenneth Bremar, PO Box DV 730, Devonshire, BermudaTel: +1 441 2367210; +1 441 299 456 Fax: +1 441 238 3298 E-mail: [email protected]

16

BHUTAN [BHU] Bhutan Badminton FederationSonam Wangdi, PO Box 929, Thimpu, BhutanTel: +975 2 323594 Fax: +975 2 323153

BOTSWANA [BOT] Botswana Badminton AssociationHiranmay Ray, PO Box 201369, Gaborone, BotswanaTel: +267 3974601 Fax: +267 3974601 E-mail: [email protected]

BRAZIL [BRA] Confederacao Brasileira de BadmintonLuis Manuel da Fonseca Barreto, Rua Salto Grande 264, Apto 92, 01257-020 Sao Paulo, SP, BrazilTel: +55 11 96012449; +55 11 38737717 Fax: +55 11 38737717 E-mail: [email protected]: www.badmintonconfbrasil.com.br

BRUNEI [BRU] Brunei National Badminton AssociationMiss Dk Halizah Pg Mat Jair, c/o RBA Training Centre, PO Box 737, Bandar Seri Begawan Bs 8671, BruneiDarussalamTel: +673 2339225 ext 4234 Fax: +673 2343870 E-mail: [email protected]: no. 4, Spg, Km 10, Jalan Muara, Bandar Seri Begawan, 3885, Darussalam Brunei

BULGARIA [BUL] Bulgarian Badminton FederationPuzant Kassabian, 75 Vasil Levski Blvd., 1040 Sofia, BulgariaTel: +359 2 9300550 Tel/fax: +359 2 9867781 *Fax: +359 2 9815728; +359 2 9861275E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.bulbad.bol.bg; www.bulbad.hit.bg

CCAMBODIA [CAM] Badminton Federation of CambodiaMeas Sarin, PO Box 101, #1, St.276, Sangkat Boeung Keng Kang II, Khan Chamkamon, Phnom Penh, CambodiaTel: +855 23 364752, +855 23 211358 Fax: +855 23 364752 E-mail: [email protected]

CAMEROON [CMR] Badminton Federation of CameroonJean Claude Mballa, BP 14 086, Yaounde, CameroonTel: +237 305559; +237 303181; +237 980243 Fax: +237 2220074 E-mail: [email protected]

CANADA [CAN] Badminton CanadaIan Moss, Suite 1400, 85 Albert Street, Ottawa, Ontario, KlP 6A4, CanadaTel: +1 613 5692424 Fax: +1 613 5693232 E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.badminton.ca

CAYMAN ISLANDS [CAY] Cayman Islands Badminton AssociationWray Banker, PO Box 30172, Seven Mile Beach Post Office, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, BWITel: +1 345 9493322; +1 345 9145232 E-mail: [email protected]

CENTRAL AFRICAN REPUBLIC [CAF] Central African Badminton FederationDr Eric Kassa-Kelembho, BP 1541, CNOSCA, Bangui, Central African RepublicTel: +236 61 8684 Fax: +236 61 0109 E-mail: [email protected]

CHILE [CHI] Federacion de Badminton de ChileLuis Manzi C, Sara 904, Concón, Viña del Mar, ChileTel: +56 32 484230 Fax: +56 32 484230 E-mail: [email protected]

CHINA [CHN] Badminton Association of the People's Republic of ChinaBao Tong, No 4, Tiyuguan Road, Beijing 100061, PR of ChinaTel: +86 10 87183483 *Fax: +86 10 67143494 E-mail: [email protected]

CONGO [CGO] Commission Adhoc Congolaise de BadmintonThomas Bakala, BP 5718, Brazzaville, Republic of CongoTel: +242 813893 Fax: +242 811203 +242 815852 (att: Mathias Bilou) E-mail: [email protected]

17

COOK ISLANDS [COK] Badminton Association of The Cook Islands Inc.Kimi Pokura, PO Box 133, Rarotonga, Cook IslandsTel: +682 20940 Fax: +682 22095 E-mail: [email protected]

COSTA RICA [CRC] Asociacion Costarricense de BadmintonJulia Alvarez, Lomas de San Francisco de Dos Rios, Casa 22C, Apartado 379-2350, San Jose, Costa RicaTel: +506 3818284; +506 2506537 Fax: +506 2180605 E-mail: [email protected]

CROATIA [CRO] Croatian Badminton AssociationRatko Cvetnić, Trg sportova 11, 10000 Zagreb, CroatiaTel: +385 1 3650293 Fax: +385 1 3650293 E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.cba.hr

CUBA [CUB] Federacion Cubana de BadmintonMiguel Díaz Fernández, Calle 13 Esquina, C#601 Vedado, La Habana, Cuba CP 10400Tel: +53 7 577099; +53 7 328441 (NOC) Fax: +53 7 335310; +53 7 333459 (NOC) E-mail: [email protected], [email protected] Web: home.inder.co.cu

CURAÇAO [AHO] Badminton Bond CuraçaoJason Smit, PO Box 4092, Curaçao, (Netherlands Antilles)Tel: +599 9 8648707 Fax: +599 9 8689291 E-mail: [email protected]

CYPRUS [CYP] Cyprus Badminton FederationMarios Iacovou, Kimonos 1, Engomi 2406, Nicosia, CyprusTel: +357 22 666327 *Fax: +357 22 661461 E-mail: [email protected]: www.cybadminton.cjb.net

CZECH REPUBLIC [CZE] Cesky Badmintonovy SvazIveta Terlova, Atleticka 100/2, 160 17, PO Box 40, 160 17 Prague 6, Strahov, Czech RepublicTel: +420 2 20513351 *Fax: +420 2 20513351 E-mail: [email protected] Web: czechbadminton.cz

DDENMARK [DEN] Danmarks Badminton ForbundThomas Lund, Idraettens Hus, Brøndby Stadion 20, DK-2605 Brøndby, DenmarkTel: +45 43 262145 Fax: +45 43 262150 E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.badminton.dk

DOMINICAN REPUBLIC [DOM] La Federacion Dominicana de BadmintonMeregilda Urbaez Florian, Calle Dr. Betances Edificio No. 80, Apartamento No.201 Condominio Unnimueble, Bameso,Santo Domingo, Distrito Nacional, Dominican RepublicTel: +1 809 687 2680; +1 809 428 8760 (mobile) Fax: +1 809 687 2680E-mail: [email protected], [email protected]

EEAST TIMOR [TLS] Federaçao de Badminton de Timor-LesteMariano Lopes da Cruz, Complexo de Surik Mas, Fatu-Meta-Dili, Timor-LesteTel: +670 390 324827, +670 390 322457 Fax: +670 390 323597 E-mail: tbc

ECUADOR [ECU] Federacion Ecuatoriana de BadmintonArmando Arce, Edificio de Federaciones Ecuatoriana por Deportes, Av. de las America, Explanada del Estadio Modelo,Guayaquil, EcuadorTel: +593 4 2296501 Fax: +593 4 2296388 E-mail: [email protected]

EGYPT [EGY] Egyptian Badminton FederationProf Dr Mahmoud E Enan, Building no. 109/1991, 35 Montasir Buil Faisal, El Haram, Giza, Cairo, EgyptTel: +20 2 5858406 +20 10 1774616 (mobile) Fax: +20 2 5858406 E-mail: [email protected], [email protected]

18

EL SALVADOR [ESA] Federacion Salvadoreña de BadmintonAndrea Molins, Maya Country Club, Km10 Carretera a Santa Tecla, Nueva San Salvador, El Salvador, CA.Tel: +503 2894504; +503 2894503 Fax: +503 2894504 E-Mail: [email protected]

ENGLAND [ENG] Badminton Association of England Ltd.David Teasdale (Interim Chief Executive), National Badminton Centre, Bradwell Road, Loughton Lodge, MiltonKeynes, MK8 9LA, EnglandTel: +44 1908 268400 Fax: +44 1908 268412 E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.baofe.co.uk

ERITREA [ERI] Eritrean National Badminton FederationAranshi Tesfagiorgis Birru, PO Box 7677, Asmara, EritreaTel: +291 1 119522 Fax: +291 1 120967 E-Mail: [email protected]

EQUATORIAL GUINEA [GEQ] Equatorial Guinea Badminton FederationEla Nguema Lino, Av Independencia, BP 325, Malabo, Equatorial Guinea RepublicTel: +240 750 66 Tel/Fax: +240 930 28

ESTONIA [EST] Estonian Badminton FederationAnneli Luht, str Soola 8, Tartu, 51013, EstoniaTel: + 372 7 371021 *Fax: +372 7 371025 E-mail: [email protected], [email protected]: www.badminton.ee

ETHIOPIA [ETH] Ethiopian Badminton FederationDagmawit Girmay Berhane, PO Box 5610, Addis Ababa, EthiopiaTel: +251 1 568962 Fax: +251 1 513345

FFAROE ISLANDS [FAR] Badmintonsamband FøroyaJan Arge Joensen, ISF Husid, Gundadalur, FO 110 Torshavn, Faroe IslandsTel: +298 345945 Fax: +298 312421 +298 345952 E-mail: [email protected]

FALKLAND ISLANDS [FLK] Stanley Badminton ClubCatherine A Rowlands, Box 252, 3 Hebe Street, Stanley, Falkland IslandsTel: +500 21161 Fax: +500 21561 E-mail: tbc

FIJI [FIJ] Fiji Badminton AssociationLorraine Mar, c/o FASANOC, PO Box 1279, Suva, Fiji IslandsTel: +679 303525 *Fax: +679 301647 (Fiji NOC) E-mail: [email protected]

FINLAND [FIN] Finnish Badminton AssociationEeva Raula, Radiokatu 20, 00093 SLU, FinlandTel: +358 9 34812287; +358 9 34812530 (M Heinonen) Fax: +358 9 34812509E-mail: : [email protected]; [email protected] Web: www.sulkapallo.org

FRANCE [FRA] Federation Francaise de BadmintonPierre Chatellier, 9-11 avenue Michelet, 93583 Saint Ouen Cedex, FranceTel: +33 1 49450707 Fax: +33 1 49451871 E-mail: [email protected] Web: ffba.org

GGEORGIA [GEO] Georgian National Badminton FederationZhana Khurshudjan, 49a Chavchavadze Ave, 0179 Tbilisi, GeorgiaTel: +995 32 775024 Fax: +995 32 333122 E-mail: [email protected]

GERMANY [GER] Deutscher Badminton-Verband e.V.Helmut Altmann, Südstrasse 25, D-45470 Mülheim a.d. Ruhr, GermanyTel: +49 208 308270 Fax: +49 208 35899 E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.badminton.de

19

GHANA [GHA] Badminton Association of GhanaElletey Ignatius, c/o National Sports Council, Accra Sports Stadium, PO Box 1272, Accra, GhanaTel: +233 21 663924; +233 21 663925 Fax: +233 21 662281; +233 21 667267E-mail: [email protected]

GIBRALTAR [GIB] Gibraltar Badminton AssociationIvan de Haro, c/o 12 Laburnum Lodge, Montagu Gardens, GibraltarTel: +350 44045 Fax: +350 75536 E-mail: [email protected]

GREECE [GRE] Hellenic Badminton Federation

Kontos Panagiotis, 6 Ipirou str, 3rd floor, 10433, Athens, GreeceTel: +30 210 8214031, +30 210 8214048 Fax: +30 210 8214618 E-mail: [email protected]: www.badminton.gr

GREENLAND [GRL] Greenland Badminton FederationMichael Kleist, PO Box 212, Marralinnguaq 43, 3952 Ilulissat, GreenlandTel: +299 545217 Fax: +299 945555 E-mail: [email protected]: www.badminton.gl

GRENADA [GRN] Grenada Badminton AssociationMs M Hercules, PO Box 326, St George's, Grenada WITel: +1 473 4401777 Fax: +1 473 4404112 (attn Ms Hercules) Cbl: BADMINTON GRENADA(Copies to S Sylvester c/o 11 Summerfield Avenue, London NW6 6JT, England, UK)Tel: +44 208 9698402 Fax: +44 208 9698402

GUATEMALA [GUA] Federacion Nacional de Badminton de GuatemalaJorge Monroy, PO Box 3624, Guatemala City, Guatemala C.A.Tel: +502 332 0131; +502 332 0042 Tel/fax: +502 331 2417 E-mail: [email protected]

GUYANA [GUY] Guyana Badminton AssociationGokarn Ramdhani, 201 Republic Park, Peter’s Hall, East Bank Demerara, GuyanaTel: +592 2335784 Fax: +592 2335784 E-mail: [email protected]

HHONDURAS [HON] Federacion Nacional de Badminton de HondurasDilcia Barrientos, Complejo Deportivo ‘José Simón Azcona’, Casa Olimpica ‘Julio C Villalta’, Apartado postal 3143,Tegucigalpa M D C, Honduras, CATel: +504 228 2243 Fax: +504 228 2169 E-mail: [email protected]

HONG KONG [HKG] Hong Kong Badminton Association LimitedTong Yun Kai, Room 2005, Sports House, 1 Stadium Path, So Kon Po, Causeway Bay, Hong Kong, ChinaTel: +852 25048318 Fax: +852 28828450 E-mail: [email protected]

HUNGARY [HUN] Magyar Tollaslabda SzövetségTibor Bálega, H-l143 Budapest, Dozsa Gyorgy ut 1-3, HungaryTel: +36 1 3631825 *Fax: +36 1 3631825 E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.badminton.hu

IICELAND [ISL] Badmintonsamband IslandsAsa Palsdottir, Ithrottamidstodin Laugardal, Engjavegi 6, 104 Reykjavik, IcelandTel: +354 514 4045 *Fax: +354 514 4046 E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.badminton.is

INDIA [IND] Badminton Association of IndiaL C Gupta, D-196A, Bapu Nagar, Jaipur 302015, India

20

Tel: +91 141 2711042; +91 141 2700840 Fax: +91 141 2711042E-mail: [email protected]; [email protected] Web: www.badmintonindia.org

INDONESIA [INA] Persatuan Bulutangkis Seluruh IndonesiaMr Sutiyoso, Jl Damai Raya, Kelurahan Cipayung, Kec. Cipayung, Jakarta-Timur 13840, IndonesiaTel: +62 21 5720111; +62 21 8445080; +62 21 8445078 Fax: +62 21 57951689 E-mail: [email protected]

IRAN [IRI] Badminton Federation of the I R of IranMehdi Karbasian, No 14, Hejab Street, Keshavarz Blvd, Tehran, Islamic Republic of IranTel: +98 21 8984439 Fax: +98 21 8984438 E-mail: [email protected]: www.iranbadfed.com

IRAQ [IRQ] Iraqi Badminton FederationMahir Abdul Hamza, c/o Iraqi National Olympic Committee, PO Box 441, Palestine Street, Baghdad, IraqTel: +964 1 7748261 Fax: +964 1 7728424; +964 1 8854321 E-mail: [email protected]

IRELAND [IRL] Badminton Union of IrelandJohn Feeney, Baldoyle Badminton Centre, Baldoyle Industrial Estate, Grange Road, Baldoyle, Dublin 13, IrelandTel: +353 1 8393028 Fax: +353 1 8393028 E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.badmintonireland.com

ISRAEL [ISR] Israel Badminton AssociationMoti Shenkar, 6 Shitrit Street, Tel Aviv 69482, IsraelTel: +972 3 6494956 *Fax: +972 3 6494955

ITALY [ITA] Federazione Italiana BadmintonRodolfo La Rosa, Viale Tiziano 70, 00196 Rome, ItalyTel: +39 6 36858721, +39 6 36858727 Fax: +39 6 36858235 E-mail: [email protected]: www.badminton-italia.com

JJAMAICA [JAM] Jamaica Badminton AssociationNeil Lewis, PO Box 264, Kingston 6, JamaicaTel: +1 876 9782573 Fax: +1 876 9279057 E-mail: [email protected]

JAPAN [JPN] Nippon Badminton AssociationTamisuke Watanuki, 1-1-1 Jinnan, Shibuya-ku, Tokyo 150-8050, JapanTel: +81 3 34812382 Fax: +81 3 34812456 E-mail: [email protected]: www.u-netsurf.ne.jp/nichiba/

JORDAN [JOR] Jordan Badminton FederationMr Ahmad Al-Awamleh, Box 961908, Tla’ Al Ali, Amman 11196, JordanTel: +962 6 5661138; +962 6 5332456 Fax: +962 6 5661138; +962 6 5332456 E-mail: [email protected]

KKAZAKHSTAN [KAZ] Kazakhstan Badminton FederationNikolay Georgievich Smirnov, Sovietskaya Street 177, Apartment 63, Alma-Ata 480096, KazakhstanTel: none Fax: +7 327 2 925088; +7 327 2 636973; +7 327 2 631207 E-mail: [email protected]

KENYA [KEN] Kenya Badminton AssociationFred Gituku, PO Box 56844, Nairobi, KenyaTel: +254 2 225981 Fax: +254 2 222318 E-mail: [email protected]

KOREA [KOR] Korea Badminton AssociationKang Young Joong, Room 501, Olympic Center, 88 Oryundong, Songpagu, Seoul 138-749, KoreaTel: +82 2 4226173; +82 2 4226174 Fax: +82 2 4204270 E-mail: [email protected]: www.koreabadminton.org

21

DPR OF KOREA [PRK] Badminton Association of the Democratic People's Republic of KoreaPak Chan Sun, Kumsong-dong 2, Mangyongdae District, PO Box 56, Pyongyang, DPR of KoreaTel: +850 2 18000 ext 8164 Fax: +850 2 3814403 E-mail: [email protected]

KUWAIT [KUW] Kuwait Badminton FederationAli Al-Marri, PO Box 6706, Hawalli 32042, KuwaitTel: +965 5717196 Fax: +965 5734973

KYRGHYZSTAN [KGZ] Kyrghyz National Badminton FederationNatalia Kuligina, 236 Bokonbaev Str, Bishkek 720010, KyrghyzstanTel: +996 312 657184; +996 312 653363; +996 312 244707 Fax: +996 312 657184; +996 312 653363; +996 312 244707 E-mail: [email protected]

LLAOS [LAO] Lao Badminton FederationNational Stadium, PO Box 3183, Vientiane, Lao P.D.RTel: +856 21217 994 Fax: +856 21217 007

LATVIA [LAT] Latvian Badminton FederationMr Aivars Makevics, Terbatas Street 4, Riga, LV – 1050, LatviaTel: +371 92 53441 (m) Fax: +371 72 84412 E-mail: [email protected]: www.badminton.lv

LEBANON [LIB] Federation Libanaise de BadmintonMrs Amal Darwiche, Ain Mreisseh, POB 118807, Farchoukh Building, Beirut, LebanonTel: +961 3 360205 (m); +961 1 367761; +961 1 368861 Fax: +961 1 315722 E-mail: [email protected] Tlx: 20462 IRIFAR

LESOTHO [LES] Lesotho Badminton AssociationMiss Moneang Makoele, c/o Lesotho Sports Council, PO Box Roma 180 Maseru, LesothoTel: +266 213519 Fax: +266 310494 E-mail: [email protected]

LIECHTENSTEIN [LIE] Liechtensteiner Badminton VerbandBjörn Andreoli, Alte Churerstrasse 68, LI-9496 Balzers, Principality of LiechtensteinTel: +41 787 518662 Fax: tba E-mail: [email protected]

LITHUANIA [LTU] Lithuanian Badminton FederationGenadijus Plavinas, Plechaviciaus str 16-29, 30 Kaunas, LithuaniaTel: +370 699 47787 (m) Fax: +370 37 401114LUXEMBOURG [LUX] Federation Luxembourgeoise de BadmintonJohn Kirschenbilder, BP 727, L 2017 LuxembourgTel: +352 26591314, +352 594718 Fax: +352 484486; +352 26296813 E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.feluba.lu

MMACAU [MAC] Associacao de Badminton de MacauChan Weng Kit , Rua Lei Pou Chon, Complexo Desportivo, Tamagnini Barbosa, MacauTel: +853 238035 Fax: +853 238038 E-mail: [email protected]

MACEDONIA, FYR of [MKD] Badminton Federation of FYR MacedoniaBojan Anastasov, Ul. Ivo Ribar Lola 98, 1000 Skopje, FYR MacedoniaTel: +389 2 2460160) Fax: +389 2 2460222 E-mail: [email protected]

MADAGASCAR [MAD] Federation Malagasy de BadmintonEugenio Raniriharinosy, BP 8644, Antananarivo 101, MadagascarTel: +261 32 0773341 Fax: +261 20 2234608

22

MALAWI [MAW] Badminton Association of MalawiAckim Mukolongo Private Bag 48, Zomba, MalawiTel: +265 1 525577; +265 1 526262 Fax: +265 1 526432 E-mail: [email protected]

MALAYSIA [MAS] Badminton Association of MalaysiaGanga Rao, Stadium Juara, Kompleks Sukan Bukit Kiara, Jalan 1/70D, Bukit Kiara, 60000 Kuala Lumpur, MalaysiaTel: +60 3 2093 9220; +60 3 2093 9280; +60 3 2093 9297 Fax: +60 3 2094 5855E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.bam.org.my

MALDIVE ISLANDS [MDV] Badminton Association of MaldivesIbrahim Thasleem, Male’ Sports Complex, 384 Maafaithakurufaanu Magu, Male’, Republic of MaldivesTel: +960 314057 *Fax: +960 317896 E-mail: [email protected]

MALTA [MLT] Badminton Association of MaltaJoe Salomone, PO Box 599, Valletta, CMR 01, MaltaTel: +356 21312697 Fax: tbc E-mail: [email protected]

MAURITIUS [MRI] Mauritius Badminton AssociationThivyananden Sooben, National Badminton Centre, Duncan Taylor Street, Rose-Hill, MauritiusTel: +230 4545158 Fax: +230 4545158 E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.badmintonmu.multimania.com

MEXICO [MEX] Federacion Mexicana de BadmintonJose Ramon Noria Guzman, Ave Del Conscripto S/N Esq. Con Anilio Periferico, Lomas de Sotelo, CP 11200Mexico, DFTel: +52 722 2173410;+52 555 5574544 ext 1151 Fax: +52 722 2173410

MOLDOVA [MDA] Badminton Federation of the Republic of MoldovaSerghei Ursatii, 27 Armeanscaia str. Office 11, MD 2012, Chisinau, Republic of MoldovaTel: +373 2 275364 Fax: +373 2 275364 E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.iatp.md/moldbadfed/

MONGOLIA [MGL] Mongolian Badminton AssociationDorjdamba Damba-Ochir, PO Box 963, Orkhon Aimag, Erdenet City, MongoliaTel: +976 13 5221280 Fax: +976 13 5221280 E-mail: [email protected]

MOROCCO [MAR] Fédération Royale Marocaine de BadmintonO Bellali, Complexe Sportif Mohamed V, Porte 10, No 25, BP 15902, Casa-Principale, Casablanca, MoroccoTel: +212 22 22390974, +212 61407576 Fax: +212 22 22390974 E-mail: [email protected]

MOZAMBIQUE [MOZ] Federacao Mocambicana de BadmintonM Diogo da Silva, Box No 301, Beira, MozambiqueTel: +258 3 322354 Fax: +258 3 325047 Tlx: 7361 FRENA MO

MYANMAR [MYA] Myanmar Badminton FederationRobin Tin, 320/332 Anawrahta Street, West Gymnasiium, Lanmadaw Township, Yangon, MyanmarTel: +95 1 221496 Fax: +95 1 221496 E-mail: [email protected]

NNAMIBIA [NAM] Badminton Union of NamibiaOrg van Rensburg, PO Box 1370, 9000 Oranjemund, NamibiaTel: +264 63 235299; +264 811277128 Fax: +264 63 235504 E-mail: [email protected]

NAURU [NRU] Badminton Association of NauruMrs Carmen Willis, GPO Box 267, Nauru, Republic of Nauru, Central PacificTel: +674 4443225 Fax: +674 4443248

23

NEPAL [NEP] Nepal Badminton AssociationRajendra Bahadur Singh, PO Box 3818 Dasarath Stadium, Tripureshwar, Kathmandu, NepalTel: +977 1 4212337 Fax: +977 1 4212337 E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.nepalbadminton.org

NETHERLANDS [NED] Nederlandse Badminton BondJos Nouwt, Postbus 2070, 3430CJ Nieuwegein, The Netherlands (visitors’ address: Symfonielaan 17)Tel: +31 30 6047496 Fax: +31 30 6040811 E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.badminton.nl

NEW ZEALAND [NZL] Badminton New ZealandPeter Dunne, PO Box 11-319, Wellington, New ZealandTel: +64 4 9162450 Fax: +64 4 9162494 E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.badminton.org.nz

NIGERIA [NGR] Badminton Federation of NigeriaPatricia Nnoshiri-Ayinde, National Stadium, Box 145, Surulere, Lagos, NigeriaTel: +234 1 2646444; +234 1 5454472 *Fax: +234 1 5850530; +234 1 5850529

NORFOLK ISLAND Badminton Norfolk IslandLyn Bryant, PO Box 554, Norfolk Island, South PacificTel: tba Fax: tba E-mail: tba

NORWAY [NOR] Norges Badminton ForbundEspen Larsen, Serviceboks 1, Ullevaal Stadion, Sognsveien 75, N-0840 Oslo, NorwayTel: +47 21029760; +47 21029762 Fax: +47 21029761 E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.badminton.noP

PAKISTAN [PAK] Pakistan Badminton FederationMr S Naqi Mohsin (International Affairs), 55 Lawrence Road, Lahore, PakistanTel: +92 42 6304852-54 Fax: +92 42 6313751E-mail: [email protected], [email protected] Web: www.pakistanbadminton.org

PALESTINE [PLE] Palestine Badminton FederationNabil Elturk, PO Box 1195, Omar El Mokhtar Office, Gaza, PalestineTel: +972 8 2828038 +972 59403248 Fax: +972 8 2824742 E-mail: [email protected]

PERU [PER] National Commission de Badminton of PeruPillar Carrillo de Pacheco, Estadio Nacional Puerta 4, 2do Piso, Lima PeruTel: +51 1 2110067 +51 1 9090058 Fax: +51 1 251 7986 E-mail: [email protected]

PHILIPPINES [PHI] Philippine Badminton AssociationGeorge Piano, Badminton Hall, Rizal Memorial Complex, Pablo Ocampo Sr St, Malate Manila, PhilippinesTel: +63 2 3031070 Fax: +63 2 3031070 E-mail: [email protected]

POLAND [POL] Polski Zwiazek BadmintonaJadwiga Slawska-Szalewicz, Stadion X-lecia, Zieleniecka str 1, 03-727 Warsaw, PolandTel: +48 22 616 2455; +48 22 6175881 Fax: +48 22 6175881 E-mail: [email protected]: www.republika.pl/badminton_polska

PORTUGAL [POR] Federacao Portuguesa de BadmintonIsmael Rodrigues, Rua Julio César Machado, 80 - Apartado 139, 2500-225 Caldas da Rainha, PortugalTel: +351 262 839020 Fax: +351 262 839026 E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.fpbadminton.ptPUERTO RICO [PUR] Federacion Puertoriquena de BadmintonMr Luis M Santana Ciordia, Casa Olimpica, Ave. Ponce de Leon No. 3, Parada 1, Viejo San Juan, Puerto Rico 00905Tel: +1 787 7676851 *Fax: +1 787 7216805 E-mail: [email protected]

24

RROMANIA [ROM] Romanian Badminton FederationAna Maria Neagu, Vasile Conta str, Nr 16, sect 2, Bucharest 70139, RomaniaTel: +40 21 2104952 Fax: +40 21 2104952 E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.badminton.ro

RUSSIA [RUS] Russian Badminton FederationVladimir Lifshits, c/o Olympic Committee of Russia, Luzhnetskaya nab. 8, 119871 Moscow, RussiaTel: +7 095 7254702 Tel/fax: +7 095 2652696 Fax: +7 095 7254702; +7 095 2652696E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.russianbadminton.ru

SST HELENA Badminton Association of St HelenaGilbert J Yon, Ye Olde Yarde, Half Tree Hollow, Island of St HelenaTel: tba Fax: tba E-mail: tba

SAMOA [SAM] Samoa Badminton Association, incMiss Mere Lole, PO Box 5251, Apia, SamoaTel: +685 20278 *Fax: +685 26366 E-mail: [email protected]

SCOTLAND [SCO] BadmintonScotlandAnne Smillie, Cockburn Centre, 40 Bogmoor Place, Glasgow, G51 4TQ, ScotlandTel: +44 141 4451218 Fax: +44 141 4251218 E-mail: [email protected]: www.badmintonscotland.org.uk

SEYCHELLE ISLANDS [SEY] Seychelles Badminton AssociationJimmy Ernesta, Stad Linite, Roche Caiman, PO Box 580, Mahe, Seychelle IslandsTel: +248 323908 Fax: +248 324066 E-mail: [email protected]

SERBIA AND MONTENEGRO [SCG] Badminton Association of Serbia and MontenegroPredrag Vukovic, ul. Arcibalda Rajsa 3, 11030 Belgrade, Serbia and MontenegroTel: +381 11 3917711 Fax: +381 11 2317711 E-mail: [email protected]

SINGAPORE [SIN] Singapore Badminton AssociationSteven Yeo, 102 Guillemard Road # 03-04, Singapore 399719Tel: +65 63441773 Fax: +65 63449623E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.singaporebadminton.org.sg

SLOVAKIA [SVK] Slovak Badminton FederationIng Juraj Brestovský, Junacka 6, 83280 Bratislava, SlovakiaTel: +421 02 49249279; +421 37 7721060; +421 37 6518954 Fax: +421 02 49249551; +421 37 7721060E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.bedminton.sk

SLOVENIA [SLO] Badmintonska Zveza SlovenijeMili Arapović, PO Box 4110 – Tržaška cesta 2, Sl-1000 Ljubljana, Slovenija, SloveniaTel: +386 1 2527801 Fax: +386 1 2527802E-mail [email protected] Web: www.badminton-zveza.si

SOMALIA [SOM] Somali Badminton FederationMrs Idil Ibrahim Osman, PO Box 1110, Mogadishu BN 03040, SomaliaTel: +252 1 229884 Fax: +252 1 265434 E-mail: [email protected]

SOUTH AFRICA [RSA] Badminton South AfricaWilson Makomene, PO Box 11191, Centurion 0046, South AfricaTel: +27 12 6633292 Fax: +27 12 6638462 E-mail: [email protected]

SPAIN [ESP] Federación Española de BadmintonManuel Hernández Vázquez, C/Ferraz 16-6°, 28008 Madrid, Spain

25

Tel: +34 91 5428384 Fax: +34 91 5473299 E-Mail: [email protected] Web: www.fesba.com

SRI LANKA [SRI] Sri Lanka Badminton AssociationSumith Guruge, Maitland Crescent, Colombo 07, Sri LankaTel: +94 1 75 518583 Fax: +94 1 686264 E-mail: [email protected]; [email protected]

SUDAN [SUD] Sudan Badminton FederationMiss Hanadi Siddig A Allah, PO Box 1111, Khartoum, SudanTel: +249 18 3781788 Fax: +249 18 3781788 E-mail: [email protected]

SURINAME [SUR] Surinaamse Badminton BondRinia Haynes, Gideonlaan #5, PO Box 1053, Paramaribo, SurinameTel: +597 473248; +597 (0)8815100 (m) Fax: +597 410831 E-mail: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]: www.badminton.nl/suriname/suriname_index.html

SWAZILAND [SWZ] Swaziland National Badminton AssociationThulani Maziya, PO Box A 402, Swazi Plaza, Mbabane, SwazilandTel: +268 61145 Fax: +268 44732 Tlx: 2245 EXP WD

SWEDEN [SWE] Svenska BadmintonförbundetHans Lenkert, Smidesvägen 5 3tr, 171 41 Solna, SwedenTel: +46 8 6274000 Fax: +46 8 987858 E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.badminton.nu

SWITZERLAND [SUI] Swiss BadmintonAstrid Kissling, Haus des Sportes, Laubeggstrasse 70, Postfach, CH-3000 Bern 32, SwitzerlandTel: +41 31 3597255 Fax: +41 31 3597259 E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.swiss-badminton.ch

SYRIA [SYR] Syrian Arab Badminton FederationKholoud Bitar, General Sports Federation, PO Box 421, 967Baramika, Damascus, SyriaTel: +963 11 2123346; +963 11 2131339 Fax: +963 11 2123346; +963 11 2131339 E-mail: [email protected] T

CHINESE TAIPEI [TPE] Chinese Taipei Badminton AssociationLim Kheng-Tee, Room 810, 8 Floor, No 20 Chulun Street, Taipei 104, TaiwanTel: +886 2 87711440; +886 2 87711509 Fax: +886 2 27522740 E-mail: [email protected]; [email protected] Web: www.ctbad.org.tw

TANZANIA [TAN] Tanzania Badminton AssociationSimon Maganga, PO Box 737, Morogoro, TanzaniaTel: +255 56 3093; +255 56 4370 *Fax: +255 56 3106 (Attn: S Maganga) E-mail: [email protected] *Tlx: 55310 MZIMA TZCopies to: Secretary General, National Sports Council, PO Box 2182, Dar-es-Salaam, Tanzania

THAILAND [THA] Badminton Association of ThailandProf Charoen Wattanasin, Badminton Association of Thailand Building, Lumpinee Park, Wittayu-Sarasin Road,Patumwan, Bangkok 10330, Thailand.Tel: +66 2 2553391; +66 2 2510712 Fax: +66 2 2553392 E-mail: [email protected]

TOGO [TOG] Federation Togolaise de Badmintonc/o Comite National Olympique Togolais, BP 1320, Lomé, Togo, West AfricaTel: +228 250161 Fax: +228 214546 Tlx: 5015 CNOT TG E-mail: [email protected]

TRINIDAD & TOBAGO [TRI] Trinidad & Tobago Badminton AssociationStephanie Mitchell, PO Box 448, Wrightson Road, Port-of-Spain, TrinidadTel: +1 868 6253735; +1 868 6284215 Fax: +1 868 6248034 (Attn: Ronald Clarke) E-mail: [email protected]

TURKEY [TUR] Turkish Badminton FederationB Mutlu Kadioglu, Ishani A Block Kat 10, Ulus, Ankara, TurkeyTel: +90 312 3108054 Fax: +90 312 3109978 E-mail: [email protected]

26

Web: www.badminton.gov.tr

TURKMENISTAN [TKM] Turkmenistan Badminton FederationMr Alty Orazov, Bolnichny pereulok 39, 744015 Ashgabat, TurkmenistanTel: +993 12 510484 Fax: +993 12 510484

UUGANDA [UGA] Uganda Badminton AssociationWilliam Tumwine, PO Box 20077, Kampala, UgandaTel: +256 41 254477 Fax: +256 41 258350 E-mail: [email protected]

UKRAINE [UKR] Ukrainian Badminton FederationVictor Shvachko, Esplanadnaya Str 42, Room 721, Kiev 01023, UkraineTel: +380 44 2200369 *Fax: +380 44 2200369 E-mail: [email protected]

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA [USA] USA BadmintonDan Cloppas, 1 Olympic Plaza, Colorado Springs, Colorado, 80909, USATel: +1 719 8664808 Fax: +1 719 8664507 E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.usabadminton.org

URUGUAY [URU] Asociacion Uruguaya de BadmintonPaola Collerati Mezgolits, Avda Gral Rivera 2108-10, Montevideo, Republic Oriental del UruguayTel: +598 2 4097405 Fax: +598 2 4007641 E-mail: [email protected]

UZBEKISTAN [UZB] Uzbekistan Badminton FederationOleg Savatyugin, Kara-Su – 2, h.38, apt.35, Tashkent, 700197, UzbekistanTel: +998 72 410050, +998 72 652363 Fax: +998 72 410850 E-mail: [email protected]

VVIETNAM [VIE] Vietnam Badminton FederationL T Sang, 36 Tran Phu Str, Hanoi, VietnamTel: +84 4 8230577 *Fax: +84 4 8232455 E-mail: [email protected]

WWALES [WAL] Welsh Badminton UnionAndrew Burke, 4th Floor Plymouth Chambers, 3 Westgate Street, Cardiff, CF10 1DP, S. Glamorgan, WalesTel: +44 29 20222082; +44 29 20394282 Fax: +44 29 20394282 E-mail: [email protected]: www.welshbadminton.net

ZZAMBIA [ZAM] Zambia Badminton AssociationDavid F Anderson, Box 20292, Kitwe, ZambiaTel: +260 2 230992; 260 97 846241 (m) Fax: +260 2 230992; +260 2 618898E-mail: [email protected]; Web: www.coppernet.zm

ZIMBABWE [ZIM] Zimbabwe Badminton AssociationArthur Meakin, PO Box 644, Harare, ZimbabweTel: +263 4 775513 Fax: +263 4 759989 E-mail: [email protected]

ASSOCIATE MEMBERS

Note: * next to contact numbers means that communications must be marked for the attention of the person and/orthe association concerned.

COLOMBIA [COL] Club de Badminton ColmonW. Rocha S, Fundación Educativa de Montelibano, AA 6823, Bogotá, D.C Colombia S.A.*Tel: +57 1 722430; +57 1 723457 *Fax: +57 1 722457; +57 1 722185

27

QATAR [QAT] Qatar Badminton ClubSiddiq Ahmed Dar, Salwa Road, PO Box 2761, Doha, QatarTel: +974 683293 Fax: +974 683293

SAUDI ARABIA [KSA] Radwa Badminton GroupA A Najmuddin, c/o Aramco, Box 5317, Najmah, Ras Tanura 31311, Saudi Arabia

SOLOMON ISLANDS [SOL] Honiara Badminton ClubFox H Qwaina, Secretary General, Director of Youth & Sports (SIG), PO Box 532, Honiara, Solomon IslandsTel: +677 24125; +677 25490 Fax: +677 25686; +677 20391

UNITED ARAB EMIRATES - DUBAI [UAE] Indian Sports ClubK Kumar, PO Box 679, Dubai, UAE

INTERNATIONAL BADMINTON ASSOCIATION FOR DISABLED PLAYERS

IBAD International Badminton Association for DisabledJim Frere (President), 4 Newfield Drive, Moorends, Doncaster DN8 4RZ, South Yorkshire, UKTel: +44 1405 812655 Fax: +44 1405 812655 E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.ibad.nl

INTERNATIONAL ORGANISATIONS

Note: * next to contact telex numbers means that communications must be marked for the attention of the person and/or association concerned.

BALKANS Balkan Badminton AssociationPuzant Kassabian, c/o Bulgarian Badminton Federation, 75 Vasil Levski Blvd., 1040 Sofia, BulgariaTel: +359 2 9300550 Tel/fax: +359 2 9867781 Fax: +359 2 9815728; +359 2 9861275E-mail: [email protected]

EUROPE Nordisk Badminton KongressEspen Larsen, c/o Norges Badminton Forbund, , Serviceboks 1, Ulleval Stadion, Sognsveien 1, N-0840 Oslo, NorwayTel: +47 21029762 Fax: +47 21029761 E-mail: [email protected]

IBERO-AMERICA Federación Iberoamericana de Badminton (FIBAD)David Cabello Manrique, C/Ferraz 16-6°, 28008 Madrid, SpainTel: +34 91 5428384 Fax: +34 91 5473299 E-mail: [email protected]

MEDITERRANEAN Mediterranean Badminton Confederation (COMEBA)Rodolfo La Rosa (President), Viale Tiziano 70, 00196 Rome, ItalyTel: +39 6 36858721; +39 6 36858727 Fax: +39 6 36858235

PANAMERICA Caribbean Regional Badminton Confederation (CAREBACO)Joseph Gordon (Secretary), B-22 Graeme Hall Park, Christ Church, Barbados, West IndiesTel: +1 246 4201800; +1 246 4371305 Fax: +1 246 4201818

PANAMERICA Central American and Caribbean Badminton Confederation (CONCECABA)Miguel Díaz Fernández (President), Via Blanca y Boyeros, Apartado 5130, La Habana, CubaTel: +53 7 577090 Fax: tbc E-mail: [email protected]

28

RULES

Rule 1 Name 23 2 Membership 23 3 Purposes and principles 23 4 Language 24 5 Government 24 6 Council 25 7 General Meetings 26 8 Proposals and amendments 27 9 Notice of meetings 2710 Nominations and elections 2811 Honorary Life Vice-Presidents & Officers 2812 Affiliation 2913 Representation and voting strength at General Meetings 3014 Subscriptions and Payments 3015 Termination or suspension of membership 3216 Doping 3217 Discipline 3218 Accounts 3319 Alteration of the Laws of badminton or of Recommendations to court officials 3320 Alteration of Competition Regulations or of Olympic Qualifying Regulations 3321 Alteration of these Rules 3322 Dissolution 33

Voting at General Meetings 34

Bodies competent to change statutes 34

29

RULESof the

INTERNATIONAL BADMINTON FEDERATION

1. NAME

This body shall be called the ‘International Badminton Federation’, hereinafter referred to as the Federation.

2. MEMBERSHIP

2.1 Membership of the Federation shall be open to national badminton associations (or correspondingorganisations) which recognise the Federation as the sole governing body of the game of badmintonthroughout the world and which adhere to the Rules of the Federation. Such national badmintonassociations or corresponding organisations, which become members, shall be known as "MemberAssociations".

2.1.1 On election as a member, each Member Association also automatically becomes a member of theFederation’s Continental Confederation which corresponds to the Member Association’sOlympic continental organisation. The Federation’s Continental Confederations, which existwithin and abide by the Rules and decisions of the Federation, are:

Africa Badminton Federation Asian Badminton Confederation European Badminton Union Panamerican Badminton Confederation Oceania Badminton Confederation

2.1.2 With the acceptance of the parties concerned, an Annual General Meeting has power to vary theContinental Confederation to which a Member Association belongs.

2.2 Membership of the Federation is also open to any international organisation which may be formed byMember Associations for the further promotion of the game in any defined part of the world and whichadheres to the Rules of the Federation. Such an international organisation shall not accept intomembership any association or organisation which is not itself a member of the Federation.

2.3 Clubs or organisations within countries not yet nationally organised may be admitted as AssociateMembers of the Federation upon such terms and conditions as the Council may from time to timedetermine. An Associate Member shall give all practical support to the formation of a national association(or corresponding organisation) for the country in which it is situated. An Associate Membership shalllapse when a properly constituted national association is admitted to IBF membership. Failing that, theterm of an Associate Membership shall not extend more than five years beyond the original affiliation.

2.4 Members of the Federation and Continental Confederations shall not be permitted to bring disputes withthe Federation, or with each other, before a Court of Justice and membership of the Federation shallinvolve members in renouncing the right to take a dispute before the Courts. Any such dispute shall bereferred to the Court of Arbitration for Sport, unless agreed otherwise by the parties in the dispute.

3. PURPOSES AND PRINCIPLES

3.1 The purposes and principles of the Federation include:

3.1.1 controlling the game, from an international aspect, in all countries and continents;

3.1.2 enabling mutual recognition of Member Associations in their dealings with each other;

3.1.3 upholding the Laws of badminton as at present adopted and making and maintaining suchchanges to them as may appear necessary or desirable;

3.1.4 achieving uniform interpretation of the Laws of badminton and of control of matches bydeveloping and maintaining Recommendations to court officials;

30

3.1.5 printing and publishing from time to time as occasion may require the official and decisive textof the Laws of badminton, Recommendations to court officials, and Rules of the Federation;

3.1.6 making regulations for all international play and publishing these as the CompetitionRegulations;

3.1.7 ensuring the observance of the Laws of badminton in all competitions and of the CompetitionRegulations in all international competitions;

3.1.8 employing the funds of the Federation in such manner as shall be deemed expedient;

3.1.9 strengthening the bonds of friendship between the existing Member Associations andencouraging the formation of new Member Associations;

3.1.10 enabling mutual recognition of penalties inflicted on its own members by any MemberAssociation;

3.1.11 settling disputes between Member Associations and adjudicating on any complaint of a MemberAssociation as to the conduct of a member of another Member Association; and

3.1.12 upholding the principles on which the Federation is founded, taking such measures as mayappear expedient for advancing the interests of badminton from an international point of view,and generally doing all such things as are incidental or conducive to the above objects or any ofthem.

3.2 The general and fundamental principles of the Olympic Charter are applicable, and no provision of theRules and other Regulations shall be deemed to conflict with or derogate from those principles.

4. LANGUAGE

The official language of the Federation shall be English for the time being.

5. GOVERNMENT

5.1 The Federation shall be governed by a General Meeting (see Rule 7), which delegates from all MemberAssociations shall be entitled to attend. The qualifications for attendance and the voting powers of thedelegates shall be as set out in Rule 13, but the Chair (see Rule 7.6) shall have a casting vote.

5.2 The Federation shall have officers comprising a President; the Immediate Past-President; thePresident-elect when appropriate; a Deputy President and six Vice-Presidents.

5.2.1 The officers shall be entitled to attend every General Meeting, but they shall have no vote intheir capacity as an officer. They shall, however, be entitled to speak on any business underconsideration.

5.2.2 The President shall assume office on 1 August following election at the Annual General Meeting(AGM). The term of office shall be four years. A President shall be eligible for re-election, butno person shall serve in more than two terms.

5.2.3 The outgoing President shall assume office as Immediate Past-President on 1 August followingthe AGM at which the new President is elected. The term of office shall be one year.

5.2.4 Council has the right to propose at a General Meeting the early termination of a President’s termof office.

5.2.5 If a President is unable to complete the term of office or the term has been terminated (see Rule5.2.4), the Deputy President shall be appointed acting President.

5.2.6 If there is an acting President (see Rule 5.2.5) five months before an AGM at which an election

31

for President would not normally have been held, a President for the remainder of the term ofoffice shall be elected in the usual way at that AGM.

5.2.7 Officers other than the President and Immediate Past-President shall assume office immediatelyafter the conclusion of the AGM at which they are elected.

5.2.8 Officers other than the President and Immediate Past-President and President-elect shall remainin office until the conclusion of the AGM at which they retire.

5.2.9 The President-elect shall remain in office until assuming office as President.

5.2.10 The term of office of the Deputy President and each Vice-President shall be four years, and theDeputy President and Vice-Presidents shall be eligible for re-election for a maximum of twoterms.

5.2.11 If a Vice-President does not complete the term of office, an Acting Vice-President shall beappointed by Council and a successor may be elected for the remainder of the term in the usualway at an AGM.

5.2.12 If the Deputy President does not complete the term of office, an Acting Deputy President shall beappointed by Council and a successor may be elected for the remainder of the term in the usual way at anAGM. 5.3Council Members acting on behalf of the Federation shall be indemnified against risk and expense out ofthe Federation assets, except for acts of wilful default or fraud.

5.4 Council (see Rule 6) shall appoint a Chief Operating Officer and such other staff as it deems necessary.

6. COUNCIL

6.1 Each AGM shall appoint a Council which shall have administrative powers to carry on the work of theFederation between AGMs. These powers include the authority to decide on matters under dispute andnot provided for in the Federation’s Statutes. Council reserves the right to appoint an Appeals committeeto rule on any such disputes.

6.2 Council shall consist of:

6.2.1 The officers as described in Rule 5.2.

6.2.2 Seventeen other members.

All members shall be elected every four years to hold office for a period of four years. In thecase of any retirement, that vacancy shall also be filled for the remainder of its original term atthe next AGM. The following are eligible for election, having been duly nominated andseconded as in Rule 10.2:

(i) any of that year’s nominated delegates (as described in Rule 13.2.

In the event of two or more candidates receiving an equal number of votes for the last seat orseats, the Chair of the meeting shall exercise any casting vote or votes necessary.

When voting for representatives, it is the duty of each delegate to vote for as many candidates asthere are vacant seats. Voting slips containing more or fewer names than the exact number ofvacant seats will be invalid.

6.3. The President and Deputy President shall assume the position of Chair and Deputy Chair of Councilrespectively.

32

6.4 Six shall form a quorum for every meeting. Except as provided in Rule 6.2.2, casual vacancies on Councilshall not be filled.

6.5 Council shall appoint such Committees and with such terms of reference as may be deemed necessary,including an Executive Board consisting of the President, Deputy President, six Vice-Presidents and theChairs of the committees. In between Council meetings, the Executive Board shall decide on matters ofurgency.

6.5.1 Council shall appoint the Chair and Deputy Chair for each Committee.

6.5.2 The quorum for all Committee meetings shall be at least one half of members.

6.5.3 It shall be part of the duties of the Finance & Administration Committee to decide any questionwhich may arise as to the interpretation of the Rules, Regulations, Laws or other statutes. Suchinterpretation shall be final.

6.5.4 Co-option to any Committees from outside the members of Council shall be permitted where it isconsidered the interests of badminton can be better served.

7. GENERAL MEETINGS

7.1 Annual General Meeting. An AGM shall be held not later than 31 July in such city as may be selectedfollowing notice given in accordance with Rule 7.3.8 at the last preceding AGM.

7.2 Closing date for proposals and nominations to the AGM. The exact closing date for the submission ofproposals and nominations to the AGM shall be notified to all Member Associations not later than 30September in the preceding year. The closing date shall be a minimum of 12 weeks before the dateestablished for the AGM.

7.3 The business of the AGM shall be:

7.3.1 to confirm the Minutes of the last AGM and of any Extraordinary General Meeting (EGM) heldsince the last AGM;

7.3.2 to receive the Report of Council;

7.3.3 to pass the accounts, duly audited, for the preceding year;

7.3.4 to consider any application for affiliation which has not come before Council;

7.3.5 to elect the officers, and other members of Council in that order;

7.3.6 to consider and deal with any proposals of which due notice shall have been given;

7.3.7 to appoint an Auditor, or Auditors, who shall retire annually, but be eligible for re-election;

7.3.8 to decide the date and place of the next AGM; and

7.3.9 to consider any other competent business.

7.4 Extraordinary General Meeting. An EGM may be convened at any time by Council, or must beconvened by the Chief Operating Officer on a date within ten weeks of the receipt by the Federation of arequisition in writing to that effect given by at least one-sixth of the number of Member Associations whohad paid their subscription for the relevant year at the time of the immediately preceding AGM. Everysuch requisition, and the convening notice, shall specify the business for which the meeting is to beconvened, and no other business shall be transacted at such meeting.

7.5 At General Meetings the representation of at least one-third of the Member Associations who have paidtheir subscription for that year under Rule 14 shall form a quorum.

7.6 The President shall act as Chair at all General Meetings. In the President’s absence, the Deputy President

33

shall act as Chair and, in the absence of both the President and the Deputy President, the meeting shallelect a Chair.

7.7 Before a proposal, submitted by a Member Association and of which notice (see Rule 8) has been givenon the agenda, may be discussed and voted upon, the Chair will invite the delegate of the responsibleMember Association to explain its purpose. Thereafter the Chair will ask whether a delegate of at leastone other Member Association is prepared to support or second the proposal. If no delegate is prepared tosecond the proposal it will not be discussed or voted upon. Seconding by a delegate does not mean thatthe delegate must vote in favour of the proposal once the discussion has taken place. A proposal made byCouncil must be explained but does not require to be supported or seconded before being discussed andvoted upon.

7.8 General Meetings shall be conducted in conformity with these Rules; the Chair shall have the finaldecision upon all points of order and matters of procedure, but shall not have the power to rule on mattersof substance without the consent of the meeting.

7.9 Except as otherwise provided in Rules 15, 19, 21 and 22, all questions shall be decided by a simplemajority of the votes cast.

8. PROPOSALS AND AMENDMENTS

8.1 Notice in writing of any proposal to be brought forward at an AGM may be given by any MemberAssociation. Such notice shall be sent directly to the Chief Operating Officer of the Federation at theFederation’s official address, so as to reach the Federation not later than the date published in accordancewith Rule 7.2. Council shall also be entitled to make a proposal at an AGM. Any proposal received bythe appropriate date must appear on the agenda of the meeting.

8.2 A proposal of which due notice has not been given, and which does not in any way affect these Rules orthe Laws of badminton, may be proposed only by a delegate and may be discussed at an AGM, but novote shall be taken thereon unless the Meeting, by a two-thirds majority of the votes cast, shall deem thematter to be of sufficient urgency. Subject thereto, a vote may be taken and, if the proposal is carried bythe appropriate majority, the proposal shall be adopted temporarily until the next AGM.

8.3 No amendment, other than one of wording which does not alter the meaning or intent of the originalproposal, shall be accepted by the Chair at a General Meeting unless it shall have been sent directly to theChief Operating Officer of the Federation so as to reach the Federation not later than five weeks inadvance of the meeting. This shall include any amendments made by the proposer of the originalproposal. A simple majority shall be required at the meeting to incorporate such an amendment.

8.4 Notice of any amendment received as specified in Rule 8.3 shall be sent by the Chief Operating Officer tothose specified in Rules 9.1.1 to 9.1.6 at least four weeks before the date of the meeting at which theproposal shall be considered.

9. NOTICE OF MEETINGS

9.1 Printed notice of every General Meeting, stating the date, time, and place thereof and the business to betransacted shall be sent to:

9.1.1 each Member Association;

9.1.2 officers as described in Rule 5.2;

9.1.3 Honorary Life Vice-Presidents (see Rule 11);

9.1.4 each delegate and alternate delegate appointed by a Member Association to represent it at suchGeneral Meeting as soon as the name and address of such a delegate has been made known;

9.1.5 each affiliated international organisation; and

9.1.6 each Associate Member.

34

9.2 Notice of General Meetings shall be sent at least seven weeks before the date fixed for such meetings, butaccidental omission to give notice to any of the above shall not invalidate the proceedings of any GeneralMeeting.

10. NOMINATIONS AND ELECTIONS

10.1 Officers

Nominations for election to the offices of President, Deputy President or Vice-Presidents may be made byany Member Association or by Council. Such nominations must be sent directly to the Chief OperatingOfficer of the Federation so as to reach the Federation not later than the date published in accordance withRule 7.2, and the names of nominees and their proposers shall appear on the agenda thereof. .

10.2 Council

10.2.1 Nominations for election to Council shall be made in writing and sent directly to the ChiefOperating Officer of the Federation so as to reach the Federation not later than the datepublished in accordance with Rule 7.2.

10.2.2 Nominations may be made by any Member Association. Nominations shall be seconded by adifferent Member Association from the proposer. Seconding of nominations must be written,and reach the Federation by the same date as for nominations.

10.2.3 Each nomination shall be accompanied by a brief statement of the candidate’s qualifications.

10.2.4 The names of the nominees and their proposers, and the statements of qualifications shall appearon the AGM agenda.

10.2.5 To be eligible for election at the meeting, a nominee must be among that year’s nominateddelegates.

10.3 To be entitled to nominate or second candidates for election as officers or to Council, a MemberAssociation must have paid the subscription for that year under Rule 14, prior to submitting nominationsor seconds.

10.4 When the results of any election are announced, the number of votes polled by each candidate shall bepublished.

11. HONORARY LIFE VICE-PRESIDENTS & OFFICERS

11.1 An AGM shall have power to elect Honorary Life Vice-Presidents for services rendered in the past.

11.2 Such nominations may be made by Council or by any Member Association, subject to the approval ofCouncil, and they must reach the Chief Operating Officer of the Federation not later than the datepublished in accordance with Rule 7.2, and they shall appear on the agenda thereof.

11.3 Honorary Life Vice-Presidents shall be entitled to attend and speak at General Meetings but shall have novote.

11.4 To be entitled to nominate candidates for election as Honorary Life Vice Presidents, a MemberAssociation must have paid the subscription for that year under Rule 14, prior to submitting nominations.

11.5 Council shall have power to elect any of the following Honorary Officers:

- Honorary Legal Adviser- Honorary Medical Officer- Honorary Financial Adviser

11.6 Honorary Officers shall be entitled to attend and speak at General Meetings but shall have no vote.

35

Honorary Officers, if attending meetings of Council, shall have no vote.

12. AFFILIATION

12.1 Applications from national badminton associations shall follow the procedures in Rules 12.1.1 to 12.1.4.

12.1.1 Applications for membership from a national badminton association (or correspondingorganisation) must be made on the approved form (see Schedule A on page 35) and sent to theChief Operating Officer of the Federation. Such application shall include details of theterritory(ies) over which jurisdiction is claimed and the number of the applicant’s own affiliatedclubs and players. A copy of the applicant’s own adopted rules and the names and addresses ofits principal officers shall also be submitted.

12.1.2 All such applications, together with the details mentioned above, shall be notified promptly bythe Chief Operating Officer of the Federation to the Secretaries of all Member Associations.

12.1.3 In the absence of the receipt of an objection from any Member Association within a period oftwo months after dispatch of such notification, Council shall have power to elect the applicant asa Member Association. Such election shall be reported to all other Members as soon as possible.

12.1.4 Should a protest be received from one or more Member Associations, the application shall not bedealt with by Council but, together with the reasons of objection and their sources, shall beplaced on the agenda for consideration by the following AGM. A simple majority shall sufficeto elect the applicant, such election to be effective from the close of the meeting.

12.2 Where Council is of the opinion that unusual circumstances exist, then, if approved by a two-thirdsmajority at a Council Meeting, Council may call an EGM to dispense with the procedures set out in Rule12.1 and propose to elect to immediate membership a badminton organisation which is known to controlthe game in its own country.

12.3 In the event of any organisation:

12.3.1 claiming jurisdiction over disputed territory; or

12.3.2 claiming jurisdiction over territory to which it might not have an obvious claim; or

12.3.3 desiring, or being forced, to alter its area of jurisdiction, whether greater or smaller, from that ofits original claim, it shall immediately submit details thereof to the Chief Operating Officer of theFederation together with the relevant supporting documentation. Notice of any alteration shallbe submitted to the AGM where it may be approved by a simple majority.

12.4 A General Meeting shall have power by a simple majority to recognise different frontiers from thosepolitically recognised as defining the territory governed by a Member Association, and also to allow thecombination of neighbouring non-independent territories with each other or with a neighbouring countrypossessing an independent constitution.

12.5 Application for membership from an international organisation or a prospective Associate Member can beapproved by Council.

12.6 Every affiliated organisation shall supply to the Chief Operating Officer of the Federation not later than31 May in each year such information as shall be required for purposes of administration and publication.This information shall include the names and addresses of its principal officers and the number of clubsand/or the total players affiliated to the organisation.

13. REPRESENTATION AND VOTING STRENGTH AT GENERAL MEETINGS

13.1 Subject to the conditions of Rule 14, each Member Association shall be entitled to appoint not more thantwo delegates to represent it at every General Meeting. Both delegates shall have the right to speak, butneither shall be permitted to second a proposal proposed by the other. Only one delegate from eachMember Association shall cast all the votes to which the Association is entitled.

36

13.2 The name and address of each delegate shall be sent in writing to the Chief Operating Officer of theFederation by the Secretary of the Member Association to be represented. All such nominations must bereceived by the Chief Operating Officer of the Federation not later than 24 hours before the time of themeeting.

13.3 Only Member Associations are entitled to vote at General Meetings. To be entitled to appoint delegatesto represent it and vote at any General Meeting, a Member Association must have paid the subscriptionfor that year under Rule 14 prior to submitting nominations of the delegates.

13.4 A Member Association having paid a subscription shall be entitled to a minimum of one vote and amaximum of five votes in accordance with the size of its affiliated membership of active players, asestablished to the satisfaction of Council. This shall apply automatically as at the date of the meeting:

Number of Players Votesfewer than 5,000 1 5,000 - 9,999 210,000 - 24,999 325,000 - 49,999 450,000 or more 5

13.5 The voting strength of a Member Association as described in Rule 13.4 shall apply to any proposal underthe Rules of the Federation with the exception of Rules 2, 12, 15 and 22. For a proposal under Rules 2,12, 15 or 22, each Member Association shall be entitled to one vote only.

13.6 The Chair has authority to admit observers to a General Meeting. Such observers are not permitted tospeak at the Meeting.

13.7 No delegate shall be permitted to cast a vote on behalf of more than one Member Association.

13.8 Each affiliated international organisation and each Associate Member shall be entitled to the samerepresentation at General Meetings as is enjoyed by Member Associations, except that they shall have novote. In other respects, representation shall be governed by Rules 13.1 and 13.2.

13.9 Members of Council shall have the right to attend General Meetings but, unless otherwise qualified, theyshall have no vote. They shall be permitted to speak on any proposal.

13.10 The Chief Operating Officer shall have the right to attend and speak at General Meetings. With theChair’s permission, other members of the Secretariat may attend and speak at General Meetings.

13.11 The Badminton Players’ Federation shall be entitled to appoint one representative to each GeneralMeeting. This representative shall have the right to speak, but shall have no vote.

14. SUBSCRIPTIONS & PAYMENTS

14.1 In any given year, in order that a Member Association or its players can take part in any competitive eventorganised by the Federation itself or requiring the sanction of the Federation, the Member Associationshall pay a subscription based on a scale of Units, the value of which shall be determined as described inRule 14.7.

14.2 The subscription is common to the Federation and to the Member Association’s ContinentalConfederation as in Rule 2.1.1. 90% of the total subscriptions collected from the Member Associations ofeach Continental Confederation shall be transferred to that Confederation. The remaining 10% shall beretained by the Federation as a service charge.

14.3 The subscriptions shall be determined by the affiliated membership of active players of the MemberAssociation in the preceding year, as shown in the following table:

Number of players Unitsfewer than 500 1

500 - 999 21,000 - 2,999 33,000 - 4,999 45,000 - 9,999 7

37

10,000 - 14,999 915,000 - 24,999 1425,000 - 49,999 2650,000 or more 31

14.4 Each Member Association shall supply to the Chief Operating Officer by 30 April in each year acertificate giving the number of its active players as at a date within the preceding three months*. Councilshall have the right by the following 1 August to refuse to accept such certificate as representing thenumber of active players and also, if no certificate has been received, to assess the figures on suchinformation as shall be available. A Member Association shall have the right to appeal against suchassessment by the following 30 September, and the onus of proof shall lie with the Member Associationconcerned. After considering any appeal, the decision of Council shall be final and the subscription dueshall be based on that decision.

14.5 An international organisation shall not pay an annual subscription.

14.6 An Associate Member shall not pay an annual subscription.

14.7 The value of the Unit in the scale of subscriptions outlined above, and the currency in which it shall beexpressed, shall be determined from time to time only at a General Meeting.

14.8 Payments

14.8.1 A subscription shall be payable prior to a Member Association or its players taking part incompetitive events as in Rule 14.1. In order to compete in the subsequent year, subscriptionsshall be paid by 31 December unless the Member Association concerned notifies the ChiefOperating Officer by that date of its intention to withdraw from such competitive events. If thisis done, a further certification, as in Schedule A, must be supplied that the organisation is aproperly constituted badminton organisation. Any Member whose subscription has not beenreceived by the Secretariat (or the appropriate Continental Confederation where this is agreed byboth IBF and the Continental Confederation) will not be allowed to nominate delegates torepresent it at a General Meeting or to nominate or second candidates for election as officers, toCouncil, or as Honorary Life Vice Presidents.

14.8.2 On application by a Member Association, the Chief Operating Officer has discretion to vary thedate in Rule 14.8.1 to 31 January to cater for delays such as banking system transmission timesor errors. In no circumstances can participation of players or a Member Association’s teamcontinue beyond this date if the subscription is not paid, nor can the Member Association stagean IBF-sanctioned tournament.

14.9 If a Member Association has neither notified the Chief Operating Officer of its intention, as described inRule 14.8, to withdraw from competitive events, nor paid its subscription by the date of the AGM,Council may decide to treat the Association as if it had given such notification to the Chief OperatingOfficer and may notify the Association accordingly.

14.10 Where a Member Association has notified the Chief Operating Officer as described in Rule 14.8, Councilshall have power to authorise the participation of that Member Association or its players in specific eventsrequiring the sanction of the Federation, but only on prior application of the organisers or the MemberAssociation concerned. Dispensation will only be granted when it would benefit the development of thegame.

14.11 Players from an Associate Member may participate in events requiring the sanction of the Federation onlywhen Council has so authorised in advance, on application of the organisers or the Associate Memberconcerned.

15. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF MEMBERSHIP

15.1 Any member wishing to retire from the Federation must give notice in writing to the Chief Operating

38

Officer of the Federation on or before 31 December in any year and, in default, will be held liable for thesubscription for the ensuing year.

15.2 If a General Meeting decides by at least three-fourths of the votes cast that a member should be expelledfrom the Federation, such member shall cease forthwith to be a member of the Federation. The ChiefOperating Officer shall subsequently notify the member concerned to that effect.

15.3 Suspension

15.3.1 Between General Meetings Council has the power to suspend the membership of a member whoin the opinion of Council acts directly against the Federation or its principles or purposes.Suspension is a temporary sanction and therefore a General Meeting cannot initiate a suspensionor require Council to do so.

15.3.2 Council may remove a suspension at any time.

15.3.3 If a suspension of a member shall be in operation at the date of a General Meeting, the GeneralMeeting shall vote to confirm or remove the suspension, a simple majority of the votes cast beingdecisive.

15.3.4 Confirmation of a suspension by a General Meeting shall not affect the power of Council toremove the suspension in the light of later developments in accordance with Rule 15.3.2.

15.3.5 During a period of suspension all subscriptions or other payments made or due to the Federationby the suspended member shall be apportioned by Council. If, and so long as, a member issuspended, such member shall be deprived of all rights of membership and shall not be eligibleto participate in any playing event promoted or sanctioned by the Federation or in any officiallyrecognised international badminton fixture.

16. DOPING

16.1 It is a condition of membership of the Federation that Member Associations support the Federation’spolicy of abhorrence of doping.

16.2 In particular, Member Associations must adhere to the IOC/WADA requirements on doping, and mustco-operate fully with the Federation in measures taken to detect or penalise infringements of thoserequirements.

16.3 Council is empowered to develop and publish dope-testing regulations and procedures, and to take othereducational actions to guide players, officials, tournament organisers and those responsible fordope-testing at tournaments.

17. DISCIPLINE

17.1 Council, or any Disciplinary Committee it appoints, shall have power on behalf of the Federation topenalise a Member Association, player, competition official, or other person for infringement of theAnti-Doping Statutes (see Competition Regulation 29), for misconduct during competition, or for actionsthat bring the game of badminton into disrepute.

17.1.1 Penalties can be in the form of suspensions, fines, other measures, or a combination of these.

17.1.2 Any suspension is from all competitive events for such time as is seen fit, including possibly forlife.

17.1.3 Any fine imposed on a player, competition official, or other person shall be notified to theperson’s Member Association, which shall have the responsibility for submitting payment to theFederation, within 60 days from the date of that notification.

17.2 Suspension may be imposed after an appropriate hearing of the case against a player or, where there isstrong evidence of serious misconduct, until such a hearing takes place.

18. ACCOUNTS

39

18.1 The financial year of the Federation shall close on 31 December and the Chair of Finance Committee shallensure that the annual Financial Statements shall be prepared and audited as soon as possible thereafter.

18.2 Council may appoint a suitably qualified firm to act as the finance manager under the control of the Chairof the Finance Committee. This firm shall be responsible for directing the professional staff on technicalfinancial matters and to produce such reports and statements of accounts which Council, through the Chairof Finance, shall direct.

19. ALTERATION OF THE LAWS OF BADMINTON OR OF RECOMMENDATIONS TO COURTOFFICIALS

19.1 No alteration shall be made to the Laws of badminton except at a General Meeting. Any proposalembodying such alteration, or one having a like effect, must be carried by a majority of two-thirds of thevotes cast. This Rule shall not be altered without the unanimous consent of a General Meeting.

19.2 A General Meeting shall be empowered to consider proposals to alter the Laws only at four-year intervalsbeginning with the AGM in 1994, unless special circumstances exist which, in the opinion of four-fifths ofthe votes cast, shall render the consideration of an alteration necessary.

19.3 Council shall have power, on behalf of the Federation, to make alterations to the Recommendations tocourt officials, Appendix 4 (Vocabulary) and Appendix 7 (Index to the Laws of badminton) providedthese alterations do not change the Laws of Badminton.

19.4 Council shall have power, on behalf of the Federation, to authorise experimental variations to the Laws ofBadminton.

20. ALTERATION OF COMPETITION REGULATIONS OR OF OLYMPIC QUALIFYINGREGULATIONS

Council shall have power, on behalf of the Federation, to decide alterations to the Competition Regulations or theOlympic Qualifying Regulations.

21. ALTERATION OF THESE RULES

21.1 Subject to the exceptions contained in Rules 19 and 22, these Rules may be altered from time to time, at aGeneral Meeting, if due notice of the proposal embodying such alteration shall have been given and suchproposal or one having the like effect shall be carried at the meeting by a majority of two-thirds of thevotes cast.

21.2 Any alteration made to any Rule shall not take effect until after all proposals as described in Rule 7.3.6have been disposed of.

22. DISSOLUTION

22.1 The Federation shall not be dissolved except at a General Meeting specially convened for the purpose andby a proposal carried by a majority of four-fifths of the votes cast.

22.2 In the event of such dissolution, any assets in hand shall be divided between the Member Associations inproportion to the subscriptions paid by each as provided in Rule 14.

______________________________

VOTING AT GENERAL MEETINGS

The following majorities are required for the adoption of proposals at General Meetings

Authority Proposal Majority VotingRequired System

5.2 Election of officers ............................................................................. most votes

6.2.2 Election of Council ............................................................................. most votes7.6 Eventual election of Chair at General Meetings most votes

40

7.8 Rule on matters of substance simple

8.1 Proposal not involving any alteration to Rules or Laws of badminton simple

8.2 Proposal without notice on agenda: – that it be discussed two-thirds Variable

– adoption ........................................................................................

as appropriate 1-5 votes

8.3 Amendment to proposal simple (Rules 13.4

11.1 Election of Honorary Life Vice Presidents simple & 13.5)

19.1 Alteration to Laws of badminton two-thirds

19.1 Alteration to Rule 19.1 unanimous

19.2 Consideration of change to Law of badminton (other than in 2006) four-fifths

21.1 Alteration to Rules (subject to exceptions in Rules 19 & 22) two-thirds

2.1.2 Variation of Continental Confederation ......................................................................

simple

12.1.4 Election to membership following objection simple 1 Vote

12.3.3 Alteration to area of jurisdiction of Member Association ..………. simple per Member15.2 Termination of membership three-fourths Association

15.3.3 Confirmation or renewal of suspension simple (Rule 13.5)

22.1 Dissolution of Federation four-fifths

BODIES COMPETENT TO CHANGE STATUTES

1. Alteration of the Rules of the Federation Only at a General Meeting (see Rule 21).

2. Alteration of the Laws of badminton Only at a General Meeting (see Rules 19.1, 19.3 and 19.4).

3. Recommendations to court officials These are often adopted in connection with an alteration to a Law of badminton and, in that case, will be adopted

at a General Meeting. If not connected with an alteration to a Law, Council has power to adopt new Recommendations or amend

existing ones (see Rule 19.3).

4. Thomas Cup, Uber Cup, Sudirman Cup and World Championships Regulations Council adopts additions and changes to these Regulations.

5. Competition Regulations and Appendices Council adopts additions and changes to these Regulations. Where a matter is of great importance, the new

Regulation will be proposed for confirmation at the first Annual General Meeting following its adoption.

41

6. Guide to Council procedure, Council Code of Conduct, Anti-Doping Statutes, Disciplinary Regulations,World Grand Prix Regulations and Awards RegulationsCouncil adopts additions and changes to these Regulations.

42

SCHEDULE A(affiliation form)

We, the undersigned, being duly authorised for the purpose, hereby apply on behalf of

____________________________________________________ (name of association) for election to

membership of the International Badminton Federation. We enclose a copy of our own Rules and undertake

that, if elected to membership, and while retaining such membership, the

____________________________________________________ (name of association) will observe and be

bound by the Rules of the International Badminton Federation.

President Secretary

Address Address

Telephone Telephone

Fax Fax

Email Email

Our organisation claims jurisdiction over territories known as

__________________________________________________

Number of Clubs _______________

Number of Players _______________

»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»»

I, the undersigned, hereby certify that

___________________________________________________________ (name of association) is a properly

constituted Badminton Organisation and that it may properly apply for membership of the International

Badminton Federation.

Signed _________________________

Date _________________________

Designation _________________________ (eg NOC or Government Official)

43

GUIDE FOR COUNCIL PROCEDURE

1. MEETINGS

1.1 Council shall meet at least once annually, but the Chair may summon additional meetings. Council shallmeet within three days of each Annual General Meeting, at which meeting it shall fulfil the requirementslaid down in Rules 6.3 and 6.4.

1.2 A special meeting of Council shall be summoned by the Chief Operating Officer upon the requisition, inwriting, of not less than six members of Council upon a date within two months of receipt of suchrequisition.

2. NOTICE OF MEETINGS

2.1 Notice of every Council meeting shall, if possible, be sent to each member’s usual address so as to arriveat least six weeks before the day appointed for such meetings, and such notice shall state the date, time,and place of such meeting.

2.2 The calling of a meeting of any Committee shall be a matter of arrangement between the Chair of suchCommittee and the Chief Operating Officer of the Federation.

3. DUTIES OF MEMBERS OF COUNCIL

3.1 When attending any meeting of Council or its Committees, members thereof shall not, under anycircumstances, regard themselves or be regarded, as representing or acting on behalf of their own or anyother affiliated Association. They shall speak and vote on all matters only in the general interest of theFederation and the game as a whole.

3.2 It shall be the duty of all members of Council to make themselves acquainted, as opportunity permits, withthe opinions of affiliated Associations on all matters of interest to world badminton.

3.3 It is the duty of all members of Council to attend all meetings of Council and Committees to which theyare appointed. Exemptions from attendance may only be given in exceptional circumstances by thePresident.

4. AGENDA

The agenda of a Council meeting and for any Committee meeting shall be circulated not less than two weeksbefore the meeting at which it shall be considered.

5. MINUTES

5.1 A copy of the minutes of every Council meeting shall be circulated to each member as soon as practicableafter the meeting concerned.

5.2 A proposal may not be moved nor discussion take place upon the minutes of any Council meeting otherthan to question their accuracy, but matters arising from the minutes, after they have been signed by theChair as correct, shall be part of the agenda submitted.

5.3 The minutes of Committee meetings shall be circulated to all members of Council and shall be presentedto the next meeting of Council for consideration. It shall be the duty of the Chair of each Committee todraw Council’s attention to any recommendation which covers a course of action beyond thatCommittee’s terms of reference. The minutes of all Committee meetings shall then be submitted toCouncil for adoption.

6. CONFIDENTIAL NATURE OF DOCUMENTS

All documents circulated to members of Council and to its Committees shall remain confidential to the membersof Council and shall also remain confidential to any person co-opted to any Committee. These documents shallinclude agenda, minutes, and any reports and appendices relating thereto.

44

7. TRAVELLING AND OPERATIONAL EXPENSES

7.1 The President shall be entitled to reasonable travel, hotel and subsistence expenses when engaged on thebusiness of Council. The President shall also be entitled to an allowance as stated in the budget.

7.2 The Executive Board (see 8.3), Chairs of Committees, and the Immediate Past-President shall be entitledto reasonable travel, hotel, and subsistence expenses when engaged on the business of Council. Theyshall also be entitled to reimbursement of their operational expenses (such as postage and telephonecosts), as shall Committee members, provided the expenses are agreed in advance by the relevant Chair.

7.3 All other members of Council shall be entitled to claim reasonable travel, hotel, and subsistence expensesincurred in attending meetings of the Council and its Committees.

7.4 Council members shall not receive travel expenses to Council and Committee meetings in connection withan AGM where elected to Council, having not been a Council member immediately before that AGM.

Council members are however eligible for expenses, including travel, from the date of election until theydemit office.

7.5 All claims for expenses shall be lodged with the Chief Operating Officer either quarterly (for categories7.1 and 7.2 above) or within one month of the expenses being incurred (for category 7.3 above), but notlater than 15 December in the calendar year concerned, failing which it shall be deemed that there shall beno claim. If travel expenses are met in whole or in part by a Member Association, then a claim may bemade and the member of Council entrusted to return any monies received to the Member Association. Noclaim may be made for any expenses met directly by a Council Member’s government.

8. COMMITTEES

8.1 The strength of each Committee shall be determined annually.

8.2 The President/Chair, and Deputy President/Chair of Council shall be ex-officio members of everyCommittee appointed as in Rule 6.4.

8.3 There shall also be an Executive Board which shall consist of the President/Chair and the DeputyPresident/Deputy Chair of Council, plus the six Vice-Presidents and the Chairs of the committees.

8.3.1 The Chair of Council shall act as Chair.

8.3.2 The Executive Board shall have power to meet and to deal with any matters of an urgent naturewhich may arise between meetings of Council and to act under any instructions specificallydelegated to it by Council.

8.4 Any casual vacancy occurring on any Committee may be filled by Council from among the members ofCouncil.

9. BANK ACCOUNT

9.1 The Federation’s banking accounts are, for the time being, at The Royal Bank of Scotland InternationalLtd, St Helier, Jersey, Channel Islands, and at any other bank approved by the Finance Committee.

9.2 For the time being, authority has been lodged with The Royal Bank of Scotland, Cheltenham, to honourthe signatures of the Chief Operating Officer, the Chair of Finance and the Chair of Marketing.

10. PROXY VOTING

No proxy voting is permissible at any meeting of Council or its Committees.

11. ELECTION OF ASSOCIATE MEMBERS

In order to avoid delay when some time must elapse before Council can meet, the Chair shall have power to

45

consider an application for election as an Associate member, and if in the Chair’s opinion, such an application isin order, to elect the applicant subject to confirmation by Council.

46

IBF Council Code of Conduct

Introduction

IBF, as a member of the Olympic family and as with any modern International Sports Federation, or indeed any otherorganisation, needs to define the standards of conduct expected of its staff and Council. Staff conduct is dealt with inthe Staff Handbook (part of the staff job contract), which also contains associated disciplinary procedures that wouldapply in cases of alleged misconduct.

This document details the expected standards of conduct for IBF Council, and the associated disciplinary and appealprocesses to be used in case of alleged misconduct.

Conduct that is not permitted

1. Personal gainTaking, influencing, or trying to influence an IBF decision that results in the Council member or a close familymember benefiting (in money or kind) from the decision, unless that benefit is declared and agreed in advance asnot disqualifying the Council member from taking, influencing, or trying to influence that IBF decision, or unless itis clear that the benefit could not reasonably have been anticipated or avoided.

Example: Council member’s wife receiving a sum of money or another benefit in kind from a bidding Associationin return for (or around the time of) voting for their bid to host a major IBF event.

2. Failing to declare an interestFailing to register a personal or close family member’s interest in areas that relate to the IBF’s activities.

Example: Council member not registering that he acts as an agent for a potential IBF sponsor.

3. Unacceptable personal misconductBeing convicted of an offence likely to bring the game of badminton into disrepute, or to undermine personalreputation to the extent that IBF’s reputation could be affected if the Council member continues in office;

being convicted of a serious criminal offence;

physical, or serious written or oral abuse of other IBF Council members or IBF staff members;

for repeated absence from Council Sessions without communicating a cause or excuse for absence to the Presidentor Chief Operating Officer.

Example: Council member being convicted of fraud, or of an attempt to fix the outcome of a match in anothersport

4. Fraudulent expense claimsClaiming for expenditure not incurred;

claiming for expenditure not incurred on behalf of IBF;

claiming from IBF for expenditure also claimed from another funding agency;

colluding with a third party to supply false documents;

and similar actions.

Example: paying a travel agent $1,000 for a flight, submitting an invoice for $1,500 and sharing the extra $500received with the travel agent; OR claiming for full travel costs from both the Council member’s own NOC andIBF for the same air ticket.

5. Failing to co-operate with disciplinary processRefusing to co-operate with a disciplinary process;

failing to highlight suspected misconduct.

Example: not replying to communications seeking information about an alleged offence; OR not reportingknowledge of cash being paid to a Council member from a bidding Association.

47

Disciplinary Process

A. Any evidence of misconduct to be sent in first instance to Chief Operating Officer (COO) (who may also instituteproceedings using other evidence).

B. COO informs President. Executive Board to be informed of alleged Presidential misconduct.

C. Standing Disciplinary Committee (DC) investigates, with changes to DC membership made by Executive Boardwhere DC members are alleged to have offended or are otherwise involved.

D. Investigation co-ordinated by COO with respondent (Council member charged with an offence against this Code)having the right to make representations and to supply evidence. DC may authorise personal hearing for serious orcomplex cases.

E. DC reports to full Council (possibly by couriered letter) with verdict, and if guilty, the penalty.

F. Penalties can include a fine, suspension of Council membership for a period, and/or dismissal from Council.Where the penalty is dismissal from Council, Council (other than anyone charged with an offence) votes on thepenalty: a simple majority in favour confirms the penalty – failure to secure a majority causes the penalty to bereconsidered by DC and a new penalty proposed.

G. Any appeal must be lodged with the Court of Arbitration for Sport (CAS) within 14 days of notification of guilt.

H. Any findings of guilt and penalty applied to be made public.

48

APPENDIX 1

INDEX TO THE RULES OF THE FEDERATION

This index is intended to assist with speedier reference to the Rules of the IBF. It is not intended to be definitive, andthe full text of the Rules should always be consulted for certainty.

Accounts – 18; passed at AGM 7.3.3Active players – determine voting strength 13.4; determine subscriptions 14.3Affiliation – 12Africa – continental recognition 2.1.1Agenda – for EGM 7.4; for GMs 9.1; for AGM 7.1Alterations – Laws 19; Regulations 20; Rules 21Amendment – to proposals 8.3, 8.4Annual General Meeting – 7.1Application – for affiliation 7.3.4, 12.1Asia – continental recognition 2.1.1Assessment – of active players 14.4Associate Members – definition 2.3; representation at AGM 13.8; no subscription 14.6Attendance – at General Meetings 5.1, 5.2.1, 13Auditor – appointment 7.3.7

Badminton Players’ Federation – representation at General Meetings 13.11

Chair – of General Meetings 7.6; casting vote 5.1Chair of Council – appointment 6.3Chair of General Meetings – 7.6Chief Operating Officer – appointment 5.3Clubs – admitted as Associate Members 2.3Co-option – to Council committees 6.4.4Committees – of Council 6.4Committee chairs – appointment 6.4.1Competition regulations – 3.1.6; observance 3.1.7; alteration 20Complaint – of a Member Association 3.1.11Continental Confederation – 2.1.1/2; transfer of IBF subscriptions 14.2Controlling the game – purpose 3.1.1Council – 6, 10.2Court of Arbitration for Sport – to settle disputes 2.4

Deciding of questions – normal case 7.9Delegates – nominations for Council 6.2.2; at General Meetings 13Deputy President – 5.2Deputy Chair of Council – appointment 6.3Disciplinary Committee – 17.1Discipline – 17; Council power to penalise 17.1; suspension 17.2Disputes – Members 2.4; Members’ rights 3.1.11Dissolution – 22Doping – 16, 17.1

Election – to Council 6.2.2, 10.2; to immediate membership 12.2Europe – continental recognition 2.1.1Executive Board – 6.4Expulsion – of Member 15.2Extraordinary General Meeting – confirm minutes 7.3.1; calling 7.4

Finance Committee – Chair’s duties 18.1, 18.2Financial year of Federation – 18.1Friendship – purpose 3.1.9Funds – purpose 3.1.8

49

General Meeting – 5.1, 7; representation 13; voting strength 13

Hearing – following or after suspension 17.2Honorary Life Vice-Presidents and Officers – 11

Immediate Past-President – officer 5.2; term of office 5.2.3, 5.2.7, 5.2.8International organisations – definition 2.2; approval of membership 12.5; representation at AGM 13.8; nosubscription 14.5Interpretation of the laws – 3.1.4

Language of the Federation – 4Laws of badminton – upholding 3.1.3; interpreting 3.1.4; printing and publishing 3.1.5; observance 3.1.7

Majority – to decide questions 7.9; urgent question 8.2; termination 15.2; for alterations 19-21; for dissolution 22Member Associations – definition 2.1; representation at AGM 5.1, 13; subscriptions 14Members – disputes 2.4Membership – definitions 2; application procedures 12; termination or suspension 15; objection 12.1.3, 12.1.4Minutes – of AGM or EGM 7.3.1Misconduct – penalties for 17.1

Mutual recognition – as purpose 3.1.2Name – of Federation 1Nomination – officers 10.1; Council 10.2Notice – of meetings 9; proposals 8.1

Objection to membership – 12.1.3, 12.1.4Oceania – continental recognition 2.1.1Officers – 5.2Olympic Charter – adherence to principles 3.2Olympic Games – alteration of Qualifying Regulations 20Organisations – as Associate Members 2.3

Panamerica – continental recognition 2.1.1Payback of subscriptions – 14.2Penalties – recognition 3.1.10; imposition 17.1Political frontiers – recognition for jurisdiction 12.4President – officer 5.2; term of office 5.2.2; termination 5.2.4; role as Chair 7.6; nomination 10.1President-elect – officer 5.2; term of office 5.2.9Principles – of Federation 3Proposals – at AGM 7.7, 8; seconding 7.7, 13.1; voting 13.5Purposes – of Federation 3.1

Quorum – Council committees 6.4.2; General Meetings 7.5

Re-election – President 5.2.2; Vice-President 5.2.10Recommendations to court officials – 3.1.4, 3.1.5, 19Report of Council – receive at AGM 7.3.2Representation at General Meetings – 13Retirement – officers 5.2.2, 5.2.8, 5.2.10; members 15.1; Council Member 6.2.2Rules & Laws Committee – 6.4

School players – active player count 14.4Seconding of proposals – before discussion 7.7; when not allowed 13.1Subscriptions – 14; payback to Confederations 14.2; International Organisation 14.5; Associate Member 14.6; unitand value 14.7; in arrears 14.8, 14.9Suspension – of membership 15

Termination – of President’s term 5.2.4; of membership 15Terms of office – officers 5.2.2, 5.2.3, 5.2.10; Council 6.2

50

51

Tournament sanction – 14.10, 14.11

Vacancy on Council – 6.3Vice-Presidents – as officers 5.2; length of term 5.2.10, 5.2.11Voting – at General Meetings 13

Withdrawal – from events 14.9

APPENDIX 2

INDEX TO THE GUIDE FOR COUNCIL PROCEDURE

This index is intended to assist with speedier reference to the Guide for Council Procedure. It is not intended to bedefinitive, and the full text of the Guide should always be consulted for certainty.

Agenda – of meetings 4; timing of circulation 4Annual General Meeting – timing of Council meetings 1.1Associate Members – election 11Bank accounts – 9; Finance Committee approval 9.1; signatures 9.2Chair – summon additional meetings 1.1; committees 8.2, 8.3; Executive Board 8.3.1;elect Associate Members 11Chief Operating Officer – summon special meetings 1.2; arrange committee meetings 2.2; receive expense claims7.5; signature 9.2Circulation – meeting notice 2.1; agenda 4; minutes 5.1; committee minutes 5.3; Claims – for expenses 7.5; Committee chairs – arrange committee meetings 2.2; duties 5.3; expenses 7.2Committees – 8; meetings 2.2; circulation of minutes 5.3; strength 8.1; ex-officio members 8.2; Executive 8.3;vacancies 8.4; voting 10Confidentiality – documents 6Deputy Chair – committees 8.2, 8.3Documents – confidentiality 6Duties – of members 3Election – of Associate Members 11Executive Board – 8.3; chair 8.3.1; powers 8.3.2; expenses 7.2Expenses – 7; President 7.1; Executive Board 7.2; committee chairs 7.2; Immediate Past President 7.2; members 7.3; prior to election 7.4; claims 7.5; Finance Committee – approve banks 9.1Immediate Past-President – expenses 7.2Meetings – frequency 1.1; timing relative to AGM 1.1; called by chair 1.1; by special requisition 1.2; notice of 2.1;of committees 2.2; speaking and voting 3.1; attendance 3.3; agenda 4; minutes 5Members of Council – duties 3; expenses 7.3, 7.4; Minutes – timing of circulation 5.1; discussion and proposals 5.2; matters arising 5.2; of committees 5.3Notice – meetings 2.1President – expenses 7.1; committees 8.2, 8.3Proxy voting – 10Representation – warning to members 3.1Signatures – bank accounts 9.2Vacancies – on committees 8.4Voting – proxy 10

52

LAWS OF BADMINTON

Laws 1 Court and court equipment 44 2 Shuttle 45 3 Testing a shuttle for speed 45 4 Racket 46 5 Equipment compliance 46 6 Toss 47 7 Scoring system 47 8 Change of ends 47 9 Service 4710 Singles 4911 Doubles 4912 Service court errors 5013 Faults 5014 Lets 5115 Shuttle not in play 5116 Continuous play, misconduct, penalties 5117 Officials and appeals 52

Appendices

1 Variations in court and equipment 54 2 Handicap matches 55 3 Games of other than 11 or 15 points 55 4 Vocabulary 55 5 Badminton for disabled people 58 6 Imperial measurements 66 7 Index to the Laws of badminton 67

Recommendations to court officials

1 Introduction 722 Officials and their decisions 723 Recommendations to umpires 724 General advice on umpiring 775 Instructions to service judges 776 Instructions to line judges 78

DIAGRAM A

53

LAWS OF BADMINTON(as from 1 August 2002)

DEFINITIONS

Player Any person playing badmintonMatch The basic contest in badminton between opposing sides each of one or two playersSingles A match where there is one player on each of the opposing sidesDoubles A match where there are two players on each of the opposing sidesServing side The side having the right to serveReceiving side The side opposing the serving sideRally A sequence of one or more strokes starting with the service, until the shuttle ceases to be in play

1. COURT AND COURT EQUIPMENT

1.1 The court shall be a rectangle laid out with lines 40 mm wide as in Diagram A.

1.2 The lines shall be easily distinguishable and preferably be coloured white or yellow.

1.3 All lines form part of the area which they define.

1.4 The posts shall be 1.55 metres in height from the surface of the court and shall remain vertical when thenet is strained as provided in Law 1.10. Posts shall not extend into the court. [Until 1 August 2004, thelimitation on extensions into the court will apply only to IBF-sanctioned events].

1.5 The posts shall be placed on the doubles side lines as in Diagram A irrespective of whether singles ordoubles is being played.

1.6 The net shall be made of fine cord of dark colour and even thickness with a mesh of not less than l5 mmand not more than 20 mm.

1.7 The net shall be 760 mm in depth and at least 6.1 metres wide.

1.8 The top of the net shall be edged with a 75 mm white cloth tape doubled over a cord or cable runningthrough the tape. This tape shall rest upon the cord or cable.

1.9 The cord or cable shall be stretched firmly, flush with the top of the posts.

1.10 The top of the net from the surface of the court shall be 1.524 metres at the centre of the court and 1.55metres over the side lines for doubles.

1.11 There shall be no gaps between the ends of the net and the posts. If necessary, the full depth of the net atthe ends shall be tied to the posts.

Note: (1) Diagonal length of full court = 14.723m (2) Court as shown above can be used for both singles and doubles play (3) ** Optional testing marks shown on page 45

54

55

2. SHUTTLE

2.1 The shuttle shall be made from natural and/or synthetic materials. From whatever material the shuttle ismade, the flight characteristics generally shall be similar to those produced by a natural feathered shuttlewith a cork base covered by a thin layer of leather.

2.2 The shuttle shall have 16 feathers fixed in the base.

2.3 The feathers shall have a uniform length between 62 mm to 70 mm when measured from the tip to the topof the base.

2.4 The tips of the feathers shall lie on a circle with a diameter from 58 mm to 68 mm.

2.5 The feathers shall be fastened firmly with thread or other suitable material.

2.6 The base shall be 25 mm to 28 mm in diameter and rounded on the bottom.

2.7 The shuttle shall weigh from 4.74 to 5.50 grams.

2.8 Non-Feathered Shuttle

2.8.1 The skirt, or simulation of feathers in synthetic materials, replaces natural feathers.

2.8.2 The base is described in Law 2.6.

2.8.3 Measurements and weight shall be as in Laws 2.3, 2.4 and 2.7. However, because of thedifference in the specific gravity and other properties of synthetic materials in comparison withfeathers, a variation of up to 10 per cent is acceptable.

2.9 Subject to there being no variation in the general design, speed and flight of the shuttle, modifications inthe above specifications may be made with the approval of the Member Association concerned, in placeswhere atmospheric conditions due to either altitude or climate make the standard shuttle unsuitable.

3. TESTING A SHUTTLE FOR SPEED

3.1 To test a shuttle, use a full underhand stroke which makes contact with the shuttle over the back boundaryline. The shuttle shall be hit at an upward angle and in a direction parallel to the side lines.

3.2 A shuttle of correct speed will land not less than 530 mm and not more than 990 mm short of the otherback boundary line as in Diagram B.

DIAGRAM B

Optional testing marks for doubles court

56

57

4. RACKET

4.1 The racket shall be a frame not exceeding 680 mm in overall length and 230 mm in overall widthconsisting of the main parts described in Laws 4.1.1 to 4.1.5 as illustrated in Diagram C.

4.1.1 The handle is the part of the racket intended to be gripped by the player.

4.1.2 The stringed area is the part of the racket with which it is intended the player hits the shuttle.

4.1.3 The head bounds the stringed area.

4.1.4 The shaft connects the handle to the head (subject to Law 4.1.5).

4.1.5 The throat (if present) connects the shaft to the head.

DIAGRAM C

frame

4.2 The stringed area:

4.2.1 shall be flat and consist of a pattern of crossed strings either alternately interlaced or bondedwhere they cross. The stringing pattern shall be generally uniform and, in particular, not lessdense in the centre than in any other area; and

4.2.2 shall not exceed 280 mm in overall length and 220 mm in overall width. However, the stringsmay extend into an area which otherwise would be the throat, provided that the width of theextended stringed area does not exceed 35 mm and provided that the overall length of thestringed area does not then exceed 330 mm.

4.3 The racket:

4.3.1 shall be free of attached objects and protrusions, other than those used solely and specifically tolimit or prevent wear and tear, or vibration, or to distribute weight, or to secure the handle bycord to the player’s hand, and which are reasonable in size and placement for such purposes; and

4.3.2 shall be free of any device that makes it possible for a player to change materially the shape ofthe racket.

5. EQUIPMENT COMPLIANCE

The International Badminton Federation shall rule on any question of whether any racket, shuttle or equipment orany prototype used in the playing of badminton complies with the specifications. Such ruling may be undertakenon the Federation’s initiative or on application by any party with a bona fide interest, including any player, courtofficial, equipment manufacturer or Member Association or member thereof.

58

6. TOSS

6.1 Before play commences, a toss shall be conducted and the side winning the toss shall exercise the choicein either Law 6.1.1 or 6.1.2:

6.1.1 to serve or receive first;

6.1.2 to start play at one end of the court or the other.

6.2 The side losing the toss shall then exercise the remaining choice.

7. SCORING SYSTEM

7.1 A match shall consist of the best of three games, unless otherwise arranged.

7.2 In doubles and men’s singles a game is won by the first side to score 15 points, except as provided in Law7.5.

7.3 In women’s singles a game is won by the first side to score 11 points, except as provided in Law 7.5.

7.4 Only the serving side can add a point to its score (see Law 10.3 or 11.5).

7.5 If the score becomes 14-all (10-all in women’s singles), the side which first scored 14 (10) shall chooseeither Law 7.5.1 or 7.5.2:

7.5.1 to continue the game to 15 (11) points, ie not to ‘set’ the game; or

7.5.2 to ‘set’ the game to 17 (13) points.

7.6 The side winning a game serves first in the next game.

8. CHANGE OF ENDS

8.1 Players shall change ends:

8.1.1 at the end of the first game;

8.1.2 prior to the beginning of the third game (if any); and

8.1.3 in the third game, or in a match of one game, when a side first scores:

– 6 in a game of 11 points; or – 8 in a game of 15 points.

8.2 If players omit to change ends as indicated in Law 8.1, they shall do so as soon as the mistake isdiscovered and the shuttle is not in play. The existing score shall stand.

9. SERVICE

9.1 In a correct service:

9.1.1 neither side shall cause undue delay to the delivery of the service once server and receiver havetaken their respective positions;

9.1.2 the server and receiver shall stand within diagonally opposite service courts without touching theboundary lines of these service courts;

9.1.3 some part of both feet of the server and receiver shall remain in contact with the surface of thecourt in a stationary position from the start of the service (Law 9.4) until the service is delivered(Law 9.5);

9.1.4 the server’s racket shall initially hit the base of the shuttle;

9.1.5 the whole shuttle shall be below the server’s waist at the instant of being hit by the server’sracket;

9.1.6 the shaft of the server’s racket at the instant of hitting the shuttle shall be pointing in a downward

59

direction to such an extent that the whole of the head of the racket is discernibly below the wholeof the server’s hand holding the racket as in Diagram D;

9.1.7 the movement of the server’s racket shall continue forwards from the start of the service (Law9.4) until the service is delivered; and

9.1.8 the flight of the shuttle shall be upwards from the server’s racket to pass over the net so that, ifnot intercepted, it lands in the receiver’s service court (ie on or within the boundary lines).

9.2 If a service is not correct by virtue of any of Laws 9.1.1 to 9.1.8, it shall be a ‘fault’ (Law 13) by theoffending side.

9.3 It is a ‘fault’ if the server, in attempting to serve, misses the shuttle.

9.4 Once the players have taken their positions, the first forward movement of the server’s racket head shallbe the start of the service.

9.5 Once started (Law 9.4), the service is delivered when the shuttle is hit by the server’s racket or, inattempting to serve, the server misses the shuttle.

9.6 The server shall not serve before the receiver is ready, but the receiver shall be considered to have beenready if a return of service is attempted.

9.7 In doubles, the partners may take up any positions which do not unsight the opposing server or receiver.

DIAGRAM D

Positions of the racket and of the server’s hand holding it

60

at the instant of striking the shuttle

61

10. SINGLES

10.1 Serving and receiving courts

10.1.1 The players shall serve from, and receive in, their respective right service courts when the serverhas not scored or has scored an even number of points in that game.

10.1.2 The players shall serve from, and receive in, their respective left service courts when the serverhas scored an odd number of points in that game.

10.2 The shuttle is hit alternately by the server and the receiver until a ‘fault’ is made or the shuttle ceases to bein play.

10.3 Scoring and serving

10.3.1 If the receiver makes a ‘fault’ or the shuttle ceases to be in play because it touches the surface ofthe court inside the receiver’s court, the server scores a point. The server then serves again fromthe alternate service court.

10.3.2 If the server makes a ‘fault’ or the shuttle ceases to be in play because it touches the surface ofthe court inside the server’s court, the server loses the right to continue serving and the receiverthen becomes the server, with no point scored by either player.

11. DOUBLES

11.1 At the start of a game, and each time a side gains the right to serve, the service shall be delivered from theright service court.

11.2 Only the receiver shall return the service: should the shuttle touch or be hit by the receiver’s partner, itshall be a ‘fault’ and the serving side scores a point.

11.3 Order of play and position on court

11.3.1 After the service is returned, the shuttle may be hit by either player of the serving side and thenby either player of the receiving side, and so on, until the shuttle ceases to be in play.

11.3.2 After the service is returned, a player may hit the shuttle from any position on that player’s sideof the net.


11.4.1 The player who serves at the start of any game shall serve from, or receive in, the right servicecourt when that player’s side has not scored or has scored an even number of points in that game,and the left service court when that player’s side has scored an odd number of points in thatgame.

11.4.2 The player who receives at the start of any game shall receive in, or serve from, the right servicecourt when that player’s side has not scored or has scored an even number of points in that game,and the left service court when that player’s side has scored an odd number of points in thatgame.

11.4.3 The reverse pattern shall apply to the partners.

11.5 Scoring and serving

11.5.1 If the receiving side makes a ‘fault’ or the shuttle ceases to be in play because it touches thesurface of the court inside the receiving side’s court, the serving side scores a point and theserver serves again.

11.5.2 If the serving side makes a ‘fault’ or the shuttle ceases to be in play because it touches thesurface of the court inside the serving side’s court, the server loses the right to continue serving,with no point scored by either side.

11.6 Service in any turn of serving shall be delivered from alternate service courts, except as provided in Laws12 and 14.

62

11.7 In any game, the right to serve passes consecutively from the initial server to the initial receiver, then tothat initial receiver’s partner, then to the opponent who is due to serve from the right service court (Law11.4), then to that player’s partner, and so on.

11.8 No player shall serve out of turn, receive out of turn, or receive two consecutive services in the samegame, except as provided in Laws 12 and 14.

11.9 Either player of the winning side may serve first in the next game, and either player of the losing side mayreceive.

12. SERVICE COURT ERRORS

12.1 A service court error has been made when a player:

12.1.1 has served out of turn;

12.1.2 has served from the wrong service court; or

12.1.3 standing in the wrong service court, was prepared to receive the service and it has beendelivered.

12.2 If a service court error is discovered before the next service is delivered:

12.2.1 if one side made the error and won the rally, it shall be a ‘let’;

12.2.2 if one side made the error and lost the rally, the error shall not be corrected;

12.2.3 if both sides made an error, it shall be a ‘let’.

12.3 If there is a ‘let’ because of a service court error, the rally shall be replayed with the error corrected.

12.4 If a service court error is discovered after the next service has been delivered, the error shall not becorrected and the play in that game shall proceed without changing the players’ new service courts (nor,when relevant, the new order of serving).

13. FAULTS

It is a ‘fault’:

13.1 if a service is not correct (Law 9.1) or if Law 9.3 or 11.2 applies;

13.2 if in play, the shuttle:

13.2.1 lands outside the boundaries of the court (ie not on or within the boundary lines);

13.2.2 passes through or under the net;

13.2.3 fails to pass the net;

13.2.4 touches the ceiling or side walls;

13.2.5 touches the person or dress of a player; or

13.2.6 touches any other object or person outside the immediate surroundings of the court;

(Where necessary on account of the structure of the building, the local badminton authority may, subjectto the right of veto of its Member Association, make bye-laws dealing with cases in which a shuttletouches an obstruction).

13.3 if, when in play, the initial point of contact with the shuttle is not on the striker’s side of the net. (Thestriker may, however, follow the shuttle over the net with the racket in the course of a stroke);

13.4 if, in play, a player:

13.4.1 touches the net or its supports with racket, person or dress;

13.4.2 invades an opponent’s court over the net with racket or person except as permitted in Law 13.3;

63

13.4.3 invades an opponent’s court under the net with racket or person such that an opponent isobstructed or distracted; or

13.4.4 obstructs an opponent, ie prevents an opponent from making a legal stroke where the shuttle isfollowed over the net;

13.5 if, in play, a player deliberately distracts an opponent by any action such as shouting or making gestures;

13.6 if, in play, the shuttle:

13.6.1 is caught and held on the racket and then slung during the execution of a stroke;

13.6.2 is hit twice in succession by the same player with two strokes;

13.6.3 is hit by a player and the player’s partner successively; or

13.6.4 touches a player’s racket and continues towards the back of that player’s court;

13.7 if a player is guilty of flagrant, repeated or persistent offences under Law 16;

13.8 if, on service, the shuttle is caught on the net and remains suspended on top or, on service, after passingover the net, is caught in the net.

14. LETS

14.1 ‘Let’ shall be called by the umpire, or by a player (if there is no umpire), to halt play if:

14.1.1 the server serves before the receiver is ready (see also Law 9.6);

14.1.2 during service, the receiver and server are both faulted;

14.1.3 a shuttle is caught on the net and remains suspended on top or, after passing over the net, iscaught in the net, except on service;

14.1.4 during play, the shuttle disintegrates and the base completely separates from the rest of theshuttle;

14.1.5 a line judge is unsighted and the umpire is unable to make a decision;

14.1.6 a service court error as specified in Law 12.2.1 or 12.2.3 has occurred; or

14.1.7 any unforeseen or accidental situation has occurred.

14.2 When a ‘let’ occurs, the play since the last service shall not count and the player who served shall serveagain, except where Law 12 is applicable.

15. SHUTTLE NOT IN PLAY

A shuttle is not in play when:

15.1 it strikes the net and remains attached there or suspended on top;

15.2 it strikes the net or post and starts to fall towards the surface of the court on the striker’s side of the net;

15.3 it hits the surface of the court; or

15.4 a ‘fault’ or ‘let’ has occurred.

16. CONTINUOUS PLAY, MISCONDUCT, PENALTIES

16.1 Play shall be continuous from the first service until the match is concluded, except as allowed in Laws16.2 and 16.3.

16.2 Intervals not exceeding 90 seconds between the first and second games, and not exceeding 5 minutesbetween the second and third games, shall be allowed in all matches.

(For a televised match, the Referee may decide before the match that intervals as in Law 16.2 aremandatory and of fixed duration).

64

16.3 Suspension of play

16.3.1 When necessitated by circumstances not within the control of the players, the umpire maysuspend play for such a period as the umpire may consider necessary.

16.3.2 Under special circumstances the Referee may instruct the umpire to suspend play.

16.3.3 If play is suspended, the existing score shall stand and play shall be resumed from that point.

16.4 Delay in play

16.4.1 Under no circumstances shall play be delayed to enable a player to recover strength or wind.

16.4.2 The umpire shall be the sole judge of any delay in play.

16.5 Advice and leaving the court

16.5.1 Except in the intervals provided in Laws 16.2 and 16.3, no player shall be permitted to receiveadvice during a match.

16.5.2 Except during the five minute interval described in Law 16.2, no player shall leave the courtduring a match without the umpire’s permission.

16.6 A player shall not:

16.6.1 deliberately cause delay in, or suspension of, play;

16.6.2 deliberately modify or damage the shuttle in order to change its speed or its flight;

16.6.3 behave in an offensive manner; or

16.6.4 be guilty of misconduct not otherwise covered by the Laws of badminton.

16.7 The umpire shall administer any breach of Law 16.4, 16.5 or 16.6 by:

16.7.1 issuing a warning to the offending side;

16.7.2 faulting the offending side, if previously warned; or

16.7.3 in cases of flagrant offence or persistent offences, faulting the offending side and reporting theoffending side immediately to the Referee, who shall have power to disqualify the offending sidefrom the match.

17. OFFICIALS AND APPEALS

17.1 The Referee is in overall charge of the tournament or event of which a match forms part.

17.2 The umpire, where appointed, is in charge of the match, the court and its immediate surrounds. Theumpire shall report to the Referee.

17.3 The service judge shall call service faults made by the server should they occur (Law 9).

17.4 A line judge shall indicate whether a shuttle landed ‘in’ or ‘out’ on the line(s) assigned.

17.5 An official’s decision is final on all points of fact for which that official is responsible.

17.6 An umpire shall:

17.6.1 uphold and enforce the Laws of badminton and, especially, call a ‘fault’ or ‘let’ should eitheroccur;

17.6.2 give a decision on any appeal regarding a point of dispute, if made before the next service isdelivered;

17.6.3 ensure players and spectators are kept informed of the progress of the match;

17.6.4 appoint or remove line judges or a service judge in consultation with the Referee;

17.6.5 where another court official is not appointed, arrange for that official’s duties to be carried out;

65

17.6.6 where an appointed official is unsighted, carry out the official’s duties or play a ‘let’;

17.6.7 record and report to the Referee all matters in relation to Law 16; and

17.6.8 take to the Referee all unsatisfied appeals on questions of law only. (Such appeals must be madebefore the next service is delivered or, if at the end of a game, before the side that appeals hasleft the court).

LAWS RTCO start on this page

66

APPENDIX 1

VARIATIONS IN COURT AND EQUIPMENT

1. Where it is not practicable to have posts on the sidelines, some method shall be used to indicate the position ofthe sidelines where they pass under the net, eg by the use of thin posts or strips of material 40 mm wide, fixed tothe side lines and rising vertically to the net cord.

2. A court may be marked out for singles only as shown in Diagram E. The back boundary lines become also thelong service lines and the posts or the strips of material representing them shall be placed on the side lines.

3. The top of the net from the surface of the court shall be 1.524 metres at the centre of the court and 1.55 metresover the side lines.

DIAGRAM E

Note: (1) Diagonal length of full court =14.366m (2) Court shown above is used for singles play only

67

** Optional testing marks for singles court

68

APPENDIX 2

HANDICAP MATCHES

In handicap matches, the following variations in the Laws apply:

1. No variation shall be permitted in the number of points required to win a game (ie setting the game as in Law 7.5shall not be permitted).

2. Law 8.1.3 shall be amended to read: ‘in the third game, and in a match of one game, when one side has scored half the total number of points required

to win the game (the next higher number being taken in case of fractions)’.

APPENDIX 3

GAMES OF OTHER THAN 11 OR 15 POINTS

It is permissible to play one game of 21 points, or the best of 5 games of 7 points by prior arrangement.

APPENDIX 4

VOCABULARY

This Appendix lists the standard vocabulary that shall be used by the umpire to control a match.

1. Announcements and Introductions

1.1 ‘Ladies and Gentlemen:

1.1.1 on my right ...... (player name), and on my left ...... (player name); or

1.1.2 on my right ...... (player names), and on my left ….. (player names)

3 on my right ….. (country/team name), represented by ….. (player name), and on my left …..(country/team name), represented by ….. (player name); or

1.1.4 on my right ….. (country/team name), represented by ….. (player names), and on my left …..(country/team name), represented by ….. (player names)

1.2.1 ...... (player name) to serve; or

1.2.2 ...... (country/team name) to serve

1.3.1 ...... (player name) to serve to ...... (player name)

1.3.2 ...... (player name) to ...... (player name)’

To be used in the order shown in the table below, as appropriate:

Event Singles Doubles Individual 1.1.1, 1.2.1 1.1.2, 1.3.1 Team 1.1.3, 1.2.2 1.1.4, 1.2.2, 1.3.2

2. Start of match and calling the score

2.1 ‘Love all; play’

69

2.2 ‘Service over’

2.3 ‘Second server’

2.4 ‘... game point ... ’ eg ‘14 game point 6’, or ‘16 game point 14’

2.5 ‘... match point ... ’ eg ‘14 match point 8’, or ‘16 match point 14’

2.6 ‘... game point all’ eg ‘14 game point all’, or ‘16 game point all’

2.7 ‘… match point all’ eg ‘14 match point all’ or ‘16 match point all’

2.8 ‘First game won by ...... ’ (in team event, use name of country/team) ‘ ... ’ (score)

2.9 ‘Second game’

2.10 ‘Second game won by ...... ’ (in team event, use name of country/team) ‘ ... ’ (score)

2.11 ‘Are you setting?’

2.11.1 ‘Game not set; playing to 15 (11)’

2.11.2 ‘Setting to 17 (13)’

2.12 ‘Court ... ’ (number) ‘20 seconds’

2.13 ‘One game all’

2.14 ‘Court ... ’ (number) ‘a five minute interval’

2.15 ‘Court ... ’ (number) ‘two minutes’

2.16 ‘Court ... ’ (number) ‘one minute’

2.17 ‘Final Game’

3. General Communication

3.1 ‘Are you ready?’

3.2 ‘Come here’

3.3 ‘Is the shuttle OK?’

3.4 ‘Test the shuttle’

3.5 ‘Change the shuttle’

3.6 ‘Do not change the shuttle’

3.7 ‘Play a let’

3.8 ‘Change ends’

3.9 ‘You served from the wrong court’

3.10 ‘You served out of turn’

3.11 ‘You received out of turn’

3.12 ‘You must not interfere with the shuttle’

3.13 ‘The shuttle touched you’

3.14 ‘You touched the net’

3.15 ‘You are standing in the wrong court’

3.16 ‘You distracted your opponent’

70

3.17 ‘You hit the shuttle twice’

3.18 ‘You slung the shuttle’

3.19 ‘You invaded your opponent’s court’

3.20 ‘You obstructed your opponent’

3.21 ‘Are you retiring?’

3.22 ‘Fault – receiver’

3.23 ‘Service fault called’

3.24 ‘Service delayed, play must be continuous’

3.25 ‘Play is suspended’

3.26 ‘ ...... ’ (name of player) ‘warning for misconduct’

3.27 ‘ ...... ’ (name of player) ‘fault for misconduct’

3.28 ‘Fault’

3.29 ‘Out’

3.30 ‘Line judge – signal’

3.31 ‘Service judge – signal’

3.32 ‘First server’

3.33 ‘Second server’

3.34 ‘Wipe the court’

4. End of Match

4.1 ‘Match won by ...... ’ (name of player/team) ‘...’ (scores)

4.2 ‘...... ’ (name of player/team) ‘retired’

4.3 ‘...... ’ (name of player/team) ‘disqualified’

5. Scoring

012345

------

LoveOneTwoThreeFourFive

67891011

------

SixSevenEightNineTenEleven

121314151617

------

TwelveThirteenFourteenFifteenSixteenSeventeen

71

APPENDIX 5

(as from 1 August 2004)

BADMINTON FOR DISABLED PEOPLE

The following amended Laws of badminton are applicable to various categories of disabled people as listed.

IBAD CLASSIFICATIONS

The system is a functional classification system for all physical disabilities. The minimum disabilities describedhereafter may be increased, but not decreased without the approval of the IBAD Annual General Meeting. Any suchchanges are not official unless printed as an update to the IBAD manual. Further details can be obtained from IBAD(see “Members” section for contact details).

WHEELCHAIR CLASS 1 – BMW 1

Tetraplegic player with lesion above C8 minimal motor losses maybe seen in the playing hand, but these losses are notsignificant. Slight changes of trunk position are secured by the free hand holding, pushing or propping the wheelchair orthigh. Lower part of the trunk keeps in contact with the back of the seat. Backward movements of the arm are reducedbecause of missing trunk rotation. Deliberate movements of the wheelchair are mostly disadvantageous.

CPs:Severe diplegia.Minimal limitations in control of upper extremities.Moderate trunk balance disorders.Severe Spasticity in lower extremities (Spasticity grade scale for muscle tone: 4).


Paraplegic Players with the lesion above T12. Slight changes of trunk position are secured by the free hand holding,pushing or propping the wheelchair or thigh. Lower part of the trunk keeps in contact with the back of the seat.Backward movements of the arm are reduced because of missing trunk rotation. Deliberate movements of the wheelchairare mostly disadvantageous.

CPs:Moderate diplegia.Moderate disorders in trunk balance.Moderate spasticity in lower extremities (Spasticity grade scale for muscle tone: 3).


Paraplegic Players with the lesion L1 and below.Minimal disability is lost of muscular power at least 20 points in one or both lower limbs.

Sitting upright, normal arm and trunk movements can be seen. Trunkmovements to increase reach are only possible by using free arm to prop, hold or push at wheelchair or thigh. Deliberatemovements of the wheelchair are possible. When starting with one hand forward trunk can not lean forward optimally.Lateral movements are not possible without assistance from the free arm.

CPs:Slight diplegia.Minimal trunk balance problems.Slight spasticity in lower extremities.Cannot play standing.

STANDING BELOW WAIST CLASS 1 – BMSTL 1

72

Very severe impairments of legs (poor static and dynamic balance)1. severe polio of both legs2. single AK plus single BK (below knee amputation)3. incomplete spinal cord injury of comparable profile4. severe diplegia5. severe hemiplegia with playing arm included


The player is standing and has a reduction of muscular power of at least 20 points in one or bothlower limbs or equivalent disability.

Profile - Moderate impairments of the legs1. one non-functional leg2. polio on one leg3. single AK4. stiff hip and stiff knee (together)5. hip luxation with visible shortening6. two moderate legs7. polio8. double BK9. incomplete Spinal Cord Injury (SCI), spina bifida level S1


The player is standing and has a reduction of muscular power of 10 to 19 points in one or bothlower limbs or equivalent disability.

Very mild impairments in legssingle stiff ankleamputation of forefoot through all metatarsals (minimal 1/3 of foot)hip subluxationRestriction movement of one hip or knee or anklePolio: loss of at least 10 points in muscles strength in one or both lower extremity

STANDING ABOVE WAIST CLASS 1 – BMSTU 4

Severe impairments of non-playing armMinimal disability: loss of 50 pointsorSingle AE (Above or through elbow joint amputation)Brachial plexus lesion with paralysis of the whole armShortening of the arm through the elbow without a functional hand.And comparable disabilities

The playing arm has a considerable loss of speed during maximal swing action; caused by loss of muscle strength,range of movement or co-ordination problems. The loss of speed must be in the hitting direction.

Muscle strength is not more than grade 4 on the MRC scale in the hitting direction (forehand or backhand) of one ofthe participating jointsThe range of movement’s loss of 30-50% for ante-flexion of the shoulder, extension of the elbow, pronation of theforearm.In co-ordination as in spastic monoplegia and athethosis a slight degree.And comparable disabilities.

73

STANDING ABOVE WAIST CLASS 2 – BMSTU 5

Minimal disability: loss of 30 pointsor Severe to moderate impairment of NON-PLAYING ARMsingle BE (below elbow but through or above wrist joint)brachial plexus lesion with some residual functionsdysmelia or similar disabilities comparable with single BE

THE PLAYING ARM

Very mild impairment of playing armfinger amputation/dysmelia with functional gripstiff wrist with functional gripweakness of the hand or joints of the armComparable impairment profile

LES AUTRES (OTHER LOCOMOTOR DISABILITIES) BASED

The handicap must be permanent (Stationary or Progressive).

BACK AND TORSO

Severely reduced mobility of a permanent nature and / or as in scoliosis measuring over 60 degrees curve as measuredby the Cobb method. X – Ray proof is necessary.

DWARFS

The maximum height for a dwarf to meet minimum disability is 142 centimeters for male and 136 centimeters forfemale. The athlete must exhibit other disabilities besides being of small stature therefore excluding a pituitary dwarf.

NOTES

1. Competitors with progressive locomotive disabilities e.g. Multiple Sclerosis, must be classified at the start ofeach sanctioned competition.

2. Example of conditions not eligible: persons with severely reduced mental capacity. Further persons with heart,chest, abdominal, skin, ear and eye diseases without locomotor disability.

COMPETING IN A CLASS WITH LESSER DISABILITY

When an athlete chooses to compete in a class with less disabled athletes he/she must stay in the same class for thatparticular competition.

74

BADMINTON FOR DISABLED PEOPLE: AMENDMENTS TO LAWS OF BADMINTON

1. COURT AND COURT EQUIPMENT

1.1 The court shall be a rectangle laid out with lines 40mm wide as in Diagram A in the Laws of badminton.The following courts shall be used for the disabled:

1.1.1 Wheelchair badminton: the courts for singles and doubles shall be as shown in Diagrams F, G, Hand I, respectively.

1.1.2 Standing badminton (below waist classes 1 and 2): the court for singles shall be as shown inDiagram J.

1.4 The posts shall be the following heights from the surface of the court and shall remain vertical when thenet is strained as provided in Law 1.10:

1.4.1 Wheelchair badminton: 1.40 metres.

1.4.2 Standing badminton: 1.55 metres.

1.10 The top of the net from the surface of the court shall be the following heights at the centre of the court andover the side lines for doubles, respectively:

1.10.1 Wheelchair badminton: 1.372 and 1.40 metres.

1.10.2 Standing badminton: 1.524 and 1.55 metres.

9. SERVICE

9.1 In a correct service:

9.1.2 the server and receiver shall stand within diagonally opposite service courts or be within therespective service courts without touching the boundary lines of these service courts;

9.1.3 [This Law applies to standing badminton, above body disability only.] in wheelchair badminton:at the start of the service the wheels of both the server and the receiver must be stationary.

9.1.5 in standing badminton the whole shuttle shall be below the server’s waist at the instant of beinghit by the server’s racket; in sitting and wheelchair badminton, the whole shuttle shall be belowthe server’s armpit at the instant of being hit by the server’s racket;

9.7 In doubles for standing badminton the partners may take up any positions which do not unsight theopposing server or receiver and in doubles for sitting and wheelchair badminton, the partnersshall be in the adjoining service court.

10. SINGLES


10.1.1 The players shall serve from, and receive in, their respective service courts.

11. DOUBLES

11.4 Serving and receiving courts for standing badminton

11.4.1 In standing badminton, the player who serves at the start of any game shall serve from (or receivein) the right service court when that player’s side has not scored or has scored an even number ofpoints in that game, and the left service court when that player’s side has scored an odd numberof points in that game.

11.4.2 In standing badminton, the player who receives at the start of any game shall receive in, or servefrom, the right service court when that player’s side has not scored or has scored an even numberof points in that game, and the left service court when that player’s side has scored an oddnumber of points in that game.

75

11.4.3 In standing badminton, the reverse pattern shall apply to the partners.

13. FAULTS

13.2.5 In wheelchair badminton, the whole of the wheelchair is considered part of the player’s person.

16. CONTINUOUS PLAY

In wheelchair badminton:

16.1 Play shall be continuous from the first service until the match is concluded, except as allowed in Laws16.2, 16.3, 16.9 and 16.10.

16.9 A player may be allowed to leave the court for an interval not exceeding three minutes during a match inorder to catheterise. He/she shall be accompanied by an official.

16.10 A player may be allowed to repair a damaged wheelchair provided it is done in the quickest possible time.If the player has to leave the court, he/she shall be accompanied by an official.

18. LIMITATION OF MOVEMENT

18.1 In wheelchair badminton:

18.1.1 At the moment a player strikes the shuttle some part of the trunk shall be in contact with the seatof the wheelchair.

18.1.2 When the shuttle is in play, the feet shall remain in contact with the footrest. The feet may befixed to the footrest.

18.1.3 At no time when the shuttle is in play may any part of the feet come into contact with the floor.In particular, a player may not use the feet for braking or for support.

18.1.4 Just before and at the moment that a player strikes the shuttle, the player may not touch the floorwith the hands for support.

18.1.5 When the shuttle is in play, a mounted footrest may not touch the floor.

19. WHEELCHAIR EQUIPMENT

19.1 A player’s body may be fixed to the wheelchair with an elastic belt.

19.2 A wheelchair may be equipped with a rear supporting wheel, which may extend beyond the main wheels.

76

Note: In all diagrams that follow = court area for play and = service area

DIAGRAM F

Short service line Long service line

Court and service court for singles badminton wheelchair class 3 – BMW3

DIAGRAM G


77

Court and service court for singles badminton wheelchair classes 1 & 2 – BMW 1 & 2

DIAGRAM H


Court and service court for doubles badminton wheelchair class 3 – BMW3

DIAGRAM I

78


Court and service court for doubles badminton wheelchair classes 1 & 2 – BMW 1 & 2

DIAGRAM J


Court and service court for singles standing badminton below waist classes 1 & 2

Standing Below Waist Class 3 and Above Waist disability courts

Such disabilities will play normal court size in accordance with IBF Laws for both singles and doubles

79

APPENDIX 6

IMPERIAL MEASUREMENTS

The Laws express all measurements in metres or millimetres. Imperial measurements are acceptable and for thepurposes of the Laws the following table of equivalence should be used:

Millimetres Inches Millimetres Feet Inches 15 380 1 3

20 420 1 4

25 1 490 1 7

28 1 530 1 9

40 1 570 1 10

58 2 680 2 2

64 2 720 2 4

68 2 760 2 6

70 2 950 3 1

75 3 990 3 3 220 8 Metres Feet Inches 230 9 1.524 5 280 11 1.550 5 1 290 11 2.530 8 3

3.880 12 94.640 15 35.180 176.100 2013.400 44

80

APPENDIX 7

INDEX TO THE LAWS OF BADMINTON

This index is intended to assist with speedier reference to the Laws. It is not intended to be definitive and the full textof the Laws should always be consulted for certainty.

Advice not allowed during match 16.5.1

Appeals what, when, to whom 17.6.2, 17.6.8 umpire's decision 17.6.1-2 only on question of Law 17.6.8

Behave in an offensive manner 16.6.3, 16.7, R3.13

Call scores etc, Ap4, R3.3-3.3.13 how? use standard vocabulary R3.7

Ceiling fault if shuttle in play touches 13.2.4

Change ends 8.1 forgot to change ends 8.2 shuttle R3.8.5, R3.12

Clothing fault if shuttle in play touches 13.2.5

Coaching not allowed 16.5.1, R3.8.3

Continuous play 16.1, 16.4

Cord or cable 1.9

Correcting an error (see 'let') R4.2 an error re changing ends 8.2

Court layout and size 1.1 and diagram A

Delay player not cause 16.6.1 serve/receive 9.1.1, 13.1, R3.8.4 umpire sole judge 16.4.2Disqualify 16.7.3, warning card R3.3.13

Distract opponent: fault 13.4.3, 13.5

Doubles number of players a side Definitionsstart right service court 11.1

only receiver to return service 11.2 play after return of service 11.3, 11.4 scoring 11.5 where to serve/receive 11.4 the right to serve 11.7 receive/serve out of turn 11.8 serving first in next game 11.9

Double hit 13.6.2 by one player with one stroke = OK

R3.8.6, but see 13.6.3Duties of officials Referee 17.1-2, 17.6.8

umpire 17.2, 17.6.1-8, R3, R4 service judge 17.3, R5 line judge 17.4, R6

Enforce Laws umpire's duty to 17.6.1

81

using standard vocabulary R3.7, Ap4

Equipment approval by IBF 5

Extra duties by service judge R5.4

Faults cause suspension of play 16.6.1 delay service 9.1.1 foot fault 9.1.2, 13.1 (both server and receiver) hitting shuttle on other side of net 13.3 in service - shuttle caught on net 13.8 shuttle caught in net 13.8 (see 14.1.3 for during play) misconduct 16.6.3-4 server misses shuttle 9.3 service - if not as 9.1 then = fault interfere with speed of shuttle 16.6.2 when shuttle in play does not pass net, lands outside court, or hits anything 13.2.1-6 list of, 13.2.1-6

Flagrant or persistent offences 13.7, 16.6-7

Follow shuttle over net OK if in course of a stroke 13.3

Foot fault for both server and receiver 9.1.2-3, 13.1

Game number of points in men’ s and women’s games 7.2-3, Ap3

Games per match 7.1

Gestures fault 13.5

Handicap matches, no setting Ap2

Hit shuttle in succession by both partners, fault 13.6.3 shuttle twice by one player with two strokes, fault 13.6.2 shuttle twice by one player with one stroke R3.8.6

In charge of line = line judge 17.4, 17.5 overall = Referee 17.1 of serving = service judge 17.3, 17.5 of the match and the court = umpire 17.2

Injury/Sickness 16.4, 16.6.1, R3.10

Instructions from off court 16.5.1, R3.8.3

Interfere with shuttle 16.6.2

Intervals in play 16.2

Laws enforced by umpire 17.6.1

Leaving court when not allowed 16.5.2

Let following service court errors 14.1.6 unsighted line judge and umpire unable to decide 14.1.5 unforeseen/accidental occurrence 14.1.7 = replay 14.2 shuttle disintegrates 14.1.4 shuttle caught on, or, after passing over, in net 14.1.3 (but on service it is a fault 13.8) simultaneous faults during service by server and receiver 14.1.2 umpire to halt play 14.1

Line judge duties 17.4 signals R6

Lines width, colour 1.1-2

82

are part of area defined 1.3

Match numbers of games 7.1, Ap3

Misconduct 16.6 not specifically mentioned 16.6.4 warning card R3.13

Net colour 1.6 construction 1.6-11 depth 1.7 tape at top 1.8 height above floor l.10 (for singles Ap1) tied at posts 1.11 shuttle caught in or on 13.8, 14.1.3, 15.1 initial point of contact not on striker’s side 13.3

Not in play 15 shuttle strikes net, stays on top or stays suspended there 15.1 (see 13.8, 14.1.3, 15.2-4)

Obstruct a legal stroke 13.4.4

Obstruction 13.4.3-4

Offensive behaviour 16.6.3, 16.7, R3.13

Officials appeals and duties 17 decisions R2

Overruling by umpire of service/line judge not possible 17.5

Penalties 16.7 misbehaviour 16.7.3 when to fault and suspend 13.7

Persistent offences 13.7, 16.7.3

Play ceases 10.3, 11.3-4, 15

Player definition Definitions how many a side Definitions serving and receiving side Definitions tired, no resting 16.4

Points per game 7.2-4, Ap3 scored only by server 7.6

Position of partner when serving or receiving 9.7

Posts height 1.4 position 1.5

Racket construction 4 compliance with specifications 5 invading opponent’s court 13.4.2-3

Rally ceases 10.3, 11.5, 15

Receive/serve where to stand 9.1.2 where partners may stand 9.7

Ready to receive 9.6, 14.1.1

Receiver considered ready to receive 9.6

Receiving side singles 10.1 doubles 11.5

83

Recommendations to court officials R1-6 to umpires R3

Recover strength 16.4

Referee in overall charge 17.1

Repeated offences 13.7

Resting only during intervals 16.2

Roof fault if shuttle in play touches 13.2.4

Scoring number of games per match 7.1, Ap3 only by serving side 7.4 points per game 7.2-4, Ap3 first side scoring - choice of setting 7.5

Serve/receive where to stand 9.1.2-3positions of partners 9.7

who in next game 7.6, 11.9 out of turn or serve twice 11.8, 12.1 continuous movement of racket 9.1.7, 9.4, 13.1, R5.3

Server to hit shuttle below waist 9.1.5, 13.1, R5.3 to hit shuttle on its base 9.1.4, 13.1, R5.3 misses shuttle = fault 9.3 racket to point downwards 9.1.6, 13.1, R5.3 serving before receiver is ready to receive = let 9.6, 14.1.1

Service correct when there is no undue delay 9.1.1 feet stationary 9.1.3 racket hits base of shuttle 9.1.4 racket hits shuttle below server’s waist 9.1.5 shaft of racket points discernibly downwards 9.1.6 racket moves continuous 9.1.7 when shuttle goes over net and falls in 9.1.8

Service ends 9.5, see rally ceases how and where shuttle must go 9.1.8, 13.1 service judge duties 17.3, R5.2 serve only when receiver is ready 9.6 (not a fault, but see 9.1.1 and 14.1.1) delays 9.1.1, 9.6, 13.1 starts with first forward movement of racket head 9.4 delivered 9.5 when not correct = fault 13.1, 9.1 serving side 10.1-3 (singles), 11.4-5 (doubles) alternative service courts (doubles) 11.6

Service court errors 12how to correct 12.2-5

Service judge duties 17.3 signals R5.3

Setting 7.5 umpire to ask R3.3.7 not in handicap match Ap2.l

Shouting fault 13.5, R3.8.2

Shuttle general design and weight 2.1-7 synthetic 2.8 how to test for speed and where shuttle must fall 3

84

disintegrates during play 14.1.4 caught on net or in net after passing over = let in play 14.1.3 = fault in service 13.8, 9.2 passes through or under net 13.2.2Shuttle cont’d … lands on line 1.3 speed marking zone 3.2, diagrams A and B not in play 15

Sickness/injury 16.3, 16.6.1, R3.l0

Simultaneous faulting during service by both server and receiver = let 14.1.2

Singles number of players a side Definitions where to serve/receive when score even 10.1.1 where to serve/receive when score odd 10.1.2 points when setting 7.5 playing, hit shuttle alternately 10.2 scoring 10.3 (singles)

Size of court dimensions and marking 1.1-3, diagram A singles Ap1

Slinging shuttle 13.6.1, R3.8.6

Speed of shuttle 3

Strings 4.3

Suspending play what to call R3.11

Suspension of play 16.3by player 16.6.1

Tired player no rest 16.4.1

Toss winner’s choice 6.1, loser’s choice 6.2

Touch net/posts with clothes, racket, person = fault 13.4.1

Touch service court line when serving/receiving = fault 9.1.2, 13.1

Umpire's duties uphold and enforce Laws 17.6.1-8, R3 know the Laws R4.1 call service/line faults if other official unsighted 17.6.6 how to call R3.3-3.3.11, R3.7, Ap4 keep records 17.6.7, R3.3 re appeals, what/when 17.6.2, 17.6.8 in charge of match 17.2, 17.6.1 suspension of play 16.3.1

Umpiring general advice R4

Unforeseen circumstances 14.1-7

Unsighted line judge and umpire 14.1.5, 17.6.6 partners 9.7

Warning umpire issuing 16.7.1 warning card R3.13

Winner of game starts serving in next game 7.6

85

RECOMMENDATIONS TO COURT OFFICIALS

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 The Recommendations to court officials are issued by the IBF in its desire to standardise the control of thegame in all countries and in accordance with its Rules.

1.2 The purpose of these Recommendations is to advise umpires how to control a match firmly and withfairness, without being officious, while ensuring that the Laws of the game are observed. TheseRecommendations also give guidance to service judges and line judges as to how to carry out their duties.

1.3 All court officials should remember that the game is for the players.

2. OFFICIALS AND THEIR DECISIONS

2.1 The umpire reports to and acts under the authority of the Referee (or the responsible official in theabsence of a Referee).

2.2 A service judge is normally appointed by the Referee but can be removed by the umpire in consultationwith the Referee.

2.3 Line judges are normally appointed by the Referee, but a line judge can be removed by the umpire inconsultation with the Referee.

2.4 An official’s decision is final on all points of fact for which that official is responsible (Law 17.5).

2.5 When another official is unsighted, the umpire makes the decision. When no decision can be given, a ‘let’is called (Law 17.6.6).

2.6 The umpire is in charge of the court and its immediate surrounds. The umpire’s jurisdiction exists fromentering the court before the match until leaving the court after the match.

3. RECOMMENDATIONS TO UMPIRES

3.1 Before the match, the umpire shall:

3.1.1 obtain the scoresheet from the Referee;

3.1.2 ensure that any scoring device to be used is working;

3.1.3 see that the posts are on the lines;

3.1.4 check the net for the height and ensure that there are no gaps between the ends of the net and thenet posts; (it is customary for the umpire to delegate the duties in 3.1.3 and 3.1.4 to the servicejudge, where one is appointed);

3.1.5 ascertain whether there are any bye-laws regarding the shuttle hitting an obstruction;

3.1.6 ensure that the service judge and line judges know their duties and that they are correctly placed(sections 5 and 6);

3.1.7 ensure that a sufficient quantity of tested shuttles (Law 3) are readily available for the match inorder to avoid delays during play; and

3.1.8 check that players’ clothing conforms with the relevant Regulations concerning colour, designs,lettering and advertising, and ensure that any violations are rectified. Any decision that clothingwas in violation of the Regulations (or was nearly so) should be advised to the Referee orappropriate official before the match or, if this is not possible, immediately after the match.

3.2 The calling of ‘play’ constitutes the start of a match. To start the match, the umpire shall:

3.2.1 ensure that the toss is fairly carried out and that the winning side and the losing side exercisetheir choices correctly (Law 6);

86

3.2.2 note, in the case of doubles, the names of the players starting in the right service court. Similarnotes must be made at the start of each game. (This enables a check to be made at any time tosee if the players are in the correct service court. If, during a game, a player commits a servicecourt error unnoticed so that the players have to stay wrong, change the note accordingly); and

3.2.3 announce the match using the following announcement and pointing to the right or left at theappropriate words in the announcement.

Tournament:

“Ladies and Gentlemen, on my right ‘X’ and on my left ‘Y’. ‘X’ to serve; love all; play.”

Team event :

“Ladies and Gentlemen, on my right ‘A’ (country name) represented by ‘X’ and on myleft ‘B’ (country name) represented by ‘Y’. ‘A’ to serve; love all; play.”

In doubles, identify server and receiver by announcing:

Tournament: “...... on my right ‘W’ and ‘X’ and on my left ‘Y’ and ‘Z’. ‘X’ to serve to ‘Y’;love all; play.”

Team event: “...... on my right ‘A’ (country name) represented by ‘W’ and ‘X’ and on my left‘B’ (country name) represented by ‘Y’ and ‘Z’. ‘A’ to serve; ‘X’ to ‘Y’; love all; play.”

3.3 During the match the umpire shall record and call the score.

3.3.1 Always call the server’s score first.

3.3.2 In singles, when a player loses the right to continue serving, call

“Service over”

followed by the score in favour of the new server.

3.3.3 In doubles, at the beginning of a game call the score only and continue to do so as long as thefirst player serves. When the right to serve is lost, call

“Service over”

followed by the score in favour of the new server. When the first server loses the right to serve,call the score, followed by

“Second server”.

Continue this as long as the second player serves. When a side loses the right to serve, call

“Service over”

followed by the score in favour of the new server.

3.3.4 “Play” should only be called by the umpire:

- to indicate that a match or a game is to start, or that a game after changing ends is tocontinue;

- to indicate that play is to resume after a break; or- to indicate that the umpire is instructing players to resume play.

3.3.5 “Fault” should be called when a ‘fault’ occurs, except as follows:

- a ‘fault’ called by the service judge under Laws 9.1 to 9.3, which should be recognised bycalling “Service fault called”;

- a ‘fault’ occurring under Law 13.2.1, for which the line judge’s call or signal suffices; and- ‘faults’ occurring under Laws 13.2.2 or 13.2.3 which should only be called if clarification

is needed for players or spectators.

87

3.3.6 “Game point” (or “match point”, where applicable) should be called in each game and for eachside on the first occasion that a side reaches 14 or 16 (10 or 12 in women’s singles).

These calls should always immediately follow the serving side’s score and precede the receivingside’s score.

When the score reaches 14-all (10-all), call on the first occasion only in each game, and beforeasking if the side wishes to set “14 (10) game point all” or “14 (10) match point all” asappropriate.

3.3.7 When scores are first level on game point/match point, ask the receiver

“Are you setting?”

if the answer is yes, call:

“Setting to (relevant score)”; (and “second server” – if appropriate)

if the answer is no, call:

“Game not set; playing to (relevant score)”; (and “second server” – if appropriate)

Thereafter call the progressive score until the winning point is scored.

3.3.8 At the end of every game, “game” must always be called immediately the conclusive rally hasended, regardless of applause. Where appropriate this constitutes the start of any intervalallowed under Law 16.2.

After first game call:

“First game won by ...... [name(s) of player(s), or team (in a team event)] ….. [score]”.

After second game call:

“Second game won by ...... [name(s) of player(s), or team (in a team event)] ….. [score]”.

If a game wins the match, call instead:

“Match won by ...... [name(s) of player(s), or team (in a team event)] ….. [scores]”.

3.3.9 In the interval between first and second game, after 70 seconds have elapsed call:

“[Court ...] 20 seconds”. Repeat the call.

In the interval between the first and second game each side may be joined on court by no morethan two persons. These persons shall join the side after ends have been changed, and shall leavethe court when the umpire calls “... 20 seconds”.

To start the second game, call:

“Second game, love all, play”.

3.3.10 If there is to be a third game, call:

“One game all” immediately after the call in Recommendation 3.3.8.

If a five minute interval is being claimed, call:

“[Court ... ] a five minute interval”.

After three minutes have elapsed, call:

“[Court ... ] two minutes”. Repeat the call.

After four minutes have elapsed, call:

“[Court ... ] one minute”. Repeat the call.

88

To start the third game, call:

“Final game; love all; play”.

3.3.11 In the third game, or in a match of one game, call the score followed by “Change ends” when theleading score reaches 6 or 8, as appropriate (Law 8.1.3).

Once the players have changed ends the score should be repeated, followed by “play”.

3.3.12 At the end of the match immediately take the completed scoresheet to the Referee.

3.4 If a service judge is appointed, the umpire shall especially watch the receiver.

3.5 The umpire should always look to the line judge(s) when the shuttle lands close to a line and always whenthe shuttle lands out, however far. The line judge is entirely responsible for the decision.

3.6 During the match the umpire shall:

3.6.1 if possible, keep aware of the status of any scoring device; and

3.6.2 in the absence of a line judge or if the line judge is unsighted call:

– “out” before calling the score when the shuttle lands outside the line; or

– the score, when the shuttle lands in; or

– “let” when the umpire is also unsighted.

3.7 During the match the umpire shall use the standard vocabulary in Appendix 4 of the Laws of badminton.

3.8 During the match the following situations should be watched for and dealt with as detailed.

3.8.1 A player sliding under the net (and who also thereby obstructs or distracts an opponent), orthrowing a racket into the opponent’s court should be faulted under Law 13.4.3 or 13.4.2respectively.

2 A player shouting to a partner who is about to hit the shuttle should not necessarily be regardedas distracting the opponents. Calling ‘no shot’, ‘fault’, etc should be considered a distraction.

3.8.3 Coaching during a match from off court should be prevented. If this cannot be controlled by theumpire, the Referee should be informed immediately.

3.8.4 Players going off court to wipe their hands etc: if play is not held up, this is acceptable, but, ifone side is ready to play, the offending side may have to be reminded that leaving the court needsthe umpire’s permission (Law 16.5.2). If necessary, Law 16.7 should be applied.

3.8.5 Changing the shuttle during the match should not be unfair. If both sides agree to the changethere should be no objection by the umpire. If only one side wishes to change the shuttle, theumpire should take the decision, having the shuttle tested if necessary.

3.8.6 Law 13.6: a double hit by one player with one stroke is not a ‘fault’.

3.9 Ensure that players do not leave the court without the umpire’s permission. However, change of a racketat courtside during a rally is permitted.

3.10 Injury or sickness during a match must be handled carefully and flexibly. The umpire must determine theseverity of the problem as quickly as possible. Normally, the only people that should be allowed on courtare a doctor or paramedic and the Referee.

The opposing side must not be put at a disadvantage and Laws 16.4, 16.5, 16.6.1, and 16.7 should beapplied appropriately.

When appropriate, because of injury, illness or other unavoidable hindrance, ask the player:

“Are you retiring?”

and if the answer is affirmative, call

89

“…..[name of player/team, as appropriate] retired, match won by ...... [name of player/team, asappropriate] ... [score]”.

90

3.11 If play has to be suspended, call:

“Play is suspended”

and record the score, server, receiver, correct service court and ends.

When play resumes call:

“Are you ready?”

call the score (and, if appropriate, “first/second server”) and

“Play”.

3.12 A shuttle whose speed or flight has been interfered with should be discarded.

3.13 Misconduct

3.13.1

3.13.2

Record and report to the Referee any incidents of misconduct andthe action taken.

Misconduct between games is treated as misconduct during agame. The umpire announces the decision at the start of thefollowing game.

3.13.3 When the umpire administers a breach of Law 16.4, 16.5 or 16.6 by issuing a warning to theoffending side (Law 16.7.1), the umpire calls “Come here” to the offending player and calls:

“… [name of player], warning for misconduct”

at the same time raising the right hand holding a yellow card above the umpire’s head.

When the umpire administers a breach of Law 16.4, 16.5 or 16.6 by issuing a warning to theoffending side, which has been previously warned (Law 16.7.2), the umpire calls “Come here” tothe offending player and calls:

“…[name of player], fault for misconduct”

at the same time raising the right hand holding a red card above the umpire’s head.

When the umpire administers a flagrant or persistent breach of Law 16.4, 16.5 or 16.6 byfaulting the offending side (Law 16.7.3) and reporting the offending side immediately to theReferee with a view to disqualification, the umpire calls:

“… [name of player], fault for misconduct”

at the same time raising the right hand holding a red card above the umpire’s head, and callingthe Referee.

When the Referee decides to disqualify the side, a black card is given to the umpire, who raisingthe right hand holding the black card above his/her head, announces:

“…[name of side] disqualified for misconduct”.

91

3.14 If you want assistance from the Referee raise your right hand above your head.

4. GENERAL ADVICE ON UMPIRING

This section gives general advice which should be followed.

4.1 Know and understand the Laws of badminton.

4.2 Call promptly and with authority, but, if a mistake is made, admit it, apologise and correct it.

4.3 All announcements and calling of the score must be done distinctly and loudly enough to be heard clearlyby players and spectators.

4.4 When a doubt arises in your mind as to whether an infringement of the Laws has occurred or not, “fault”should not be called and the game allowed to proceed.

4.5 Never ask spectators nor be influenced by them or their remarks.

4.6 Motivate your other court officials, eg by discreetly acknowledging the decisions of line judges andestablishing a working relationship with them.

5. INSTRUCTIONS TO SERVICE JUDGES

5.1 The service judge shall sit on a low chair by the post, preferably opposite the umpire.

5.2 The service judge is responsible for judging that the server delivers a correct service. If not, call ‘fault’loudly and use the approved hand signal to indicate the type of infringement.

5.3 The approved hand signals are:

Law 9.1.6At the instant of hitting the shuttle, the shaft of the racket notpointing in a downward direction to such an extent that thewhole of the head of the racket is discernibly below the wholeof the server’s hand holding the racket.

92

Law 9.1.5Whole of the shuttle not belowthe server’s waist at the momentof being struck.

Laws 9.4 and 9.1.7Once the players have taken their positions, thefirst forward movement of the server’s racket headis the start of the service. The movement of theracket must continue forwards.

Laws 9.1.2 and 9.1.3Some part of both feet not in the service courtand in a stationary position until the service isdelivered.

93

Law 9.1.4Initial point of contact with the shuttle not on thebase of the shuttle.

5.4 The umpire may arrange with the service judge any extra duties to be undertaken, provided that theplayers are so advised.

6. INSTRUCTIONS TO LINE JUDGES

6.1 Line judges sit on chairs in prolongation of their lines at the ends and sides of the court and preferably atthe side opposite to the umpire. (See diagrams).

6.2 A line judge is entirely responsible for the line(s) assigned. If the shuttle lands out, no matter how far, call“out” promptly in a clear voice, loud enough to be heard by the players and the spectators and, at the sametime, signal by extending both arms horizontally so that the umpire can see clearly.

If the shuttle lands in, the line judge shall say nothing, but point to the line with the right hand.

(singles)

X positions of line judges

Where practical, it is recommended that the line judges’ positions be 2.5 to 3.5 metres from the court boundaries and,in any arrangement, the line judges’ positions be protected from encroachment by any outside influence, eg byphotographers.

94

(doubles)

X positions of line judges

Where practical, it is recommended that the line judges’ positions be 2.5 to 3.5 metres from the court boundaries and,in any arrangement, the line judges’ positions be protected from encroachment by any outside influence, eg byphotographers.

95

6.3 If unsighted, inform the umpire immediately by putting both hands up to cover the eyes.

6.4 Do not call or signal until the shuttle has touched the floor.

6.5 Calls should always be made, and no anticipation made of umpiring decisions, eg that the shuttle hit aplayer.

SHUTTLE IS OUTIf the shuttle lands out, no matter how far, call “out” promptly in a clear voice, loud enough to be heard by theplayers and the spectators and, at the same time, signal by extending both arms horizontally so that the umpirecan see clearly.

SHUTTLE IS INIf the shuttle lands in, say nothing, butpoint to the line with your right hand.

96

IF UNSIGHTEDIf unsighted, inform the umpire immediatelyby holding your hands to cover your eyes.

REGULATIONS FOR COMPETITIONSOlympic Qualifying Regulations 82Olympic Games : Statement of Badminton’s Requirements 86Olympic Games : Regulations for the Badminton Competition 91General Competition Regulations 1 Purpose and applicability of the Regulations 92 2 Tournament definitions 92 3 Sanction 93 4 Rights 95 5 Entries and control of entries 95 6 Tournament age limits 96 7 Member Associations’ responsibilities for tournaments and players 96 8 International representation 97 9 Jurisdiction 9710 Invitations 9811 Payments to players 9812 The draw 9813 Qualifying 11214 Qualifying – alterations to the draw and stopping matches in progress 11215 Main draw – alterations and substitutions 11316 Ranking in events played under the pool system or in groups 11417 Advertising in the playing area 11418 Virtual imaging or advertising 11519 Clothing (general) 11520 Colour of players’ clothing 11521 Designs on players’ clothing 11622 Lettering on players’ clothing 11723 Advertising on players’ clothing 12024 Results 12025 Withdrawals 12026 Conduct of tournaments or events 12227 Prizes 12328 Player Movement 12429 Doping and femininity control 12430 World Ranking System (Appendix 6) 12431 Implementation, modification and penalties 124Appendix 1 International representation chart 125Appendix 2

97

Specifications for international standard facilities 126Appendix 3 Anti-Doping Regulations 127Appendix 4 Players’ Code of Conduct 159Appendix 5

Declaration on Integrity of Matches 162Appendix 6

World Ranking System 163Disciplinary Regulations 171IBF events and World Grand Prix Regulations: World Championships 174 World Junior Championships 179 World Junior Team Championships 182 World Senior Championships 183 Thomas & Uber Cups 186 Sudirman Cup 193 World Grand Prix 198

98

OLYMPIC QUALIFYING REGULATIONS for ATHENS 2004

1. EVENTS

Men Women Mixed

SinglesDoubles

SinglesDoubles

Doubles

2. NUMBER OF PLAYERS/ NOC QUOTA

2.1 Player quota 86 men 86 women 172 total players

Maximum per NOC2.2 The maximum number of players per NOC shall be three entries in each of the five events, provided

each entry is qualified (see Regulations 3.2.1 to 3.2.14).

3. QUALIFICATION SYSTEM

3.1 QUALIFICATION SYSTEM PRINCIPLES

The IBF ranking list of 1 May 2004 will be used to determine qualification for the following numberof places in each event:

Men’s singles 29 placesWomen’s singles 29 placesMen’s doubles 38 places (19 pairs)Women’s doubles 38 places (19 pairs)Mixed doubles 38 places (19 pairs)TOTAL 172 places

3.2 QUALIFICATION SYSTEM IN DETAIL

IBF ranking list, 1 May 20043.2.1 The IBF ranking list of 1 May 2004 will be used to allocate qualifying places until a total of

29 places in each singles event and 19 places (pairs) in each doubles event are allocated,including the requirements of Regulations 3.2.5 to 3.2.14.

Players/pairs ranked 1 to 163.2.2 Players/pairs ranked 1 to 16 in the IBF ranking list for each event will be taken in turn and

will qualify unless a total of three players/pairs from any one NOC would thereby beexceeded in that event.

Attribution of qualification An NOC may have more than three players/pairs ranked 1 to 16 in the IBF ranking list for a

particular event. In such a case the NOC has the right to disregard ranking order of thoseplayers/pairs when determining its entries, and select from any of the players/pairs ranked 1to 16 in filling its three qualification places for the respective event. In the event of thewithdrawal of a player/pair entered by that NOC, the NOC will be invited to replace theplayer/pair by another player/pair ranked 1 to 16.

Players/pairs ranked 17 to 643.2.3 Players/pairs ranked 17 to 64 in the IBF ranking list for each event will be taken in turn and

will qualify unless a total of two players/pairs from any one NOC would thereby be exceededin that event.

99

Attribution of qualificationAn NOC may have more than two players/pairs ranked 1 to 64 in the IBF ranking list for aparticular event. In such a case the NOC has the right to disregard ranking order whendetermining its entries and select from any of the players/pairs ranked 1 to 64 in filling itstwo qualification places for the respective event, provided each player/pair eventuallyselected would have qualified under Regulations 3.2.1 to 3.2.3.

Players/pairs ranked 65 and lower3.2.4 Players/pairs ranked 65 and lower in the IBF ranking list for each event will be taken in turn

and will qualify unless a total of one player/pair from any one NOC would thereby beexceeded in that event.

Host NOC3.2.5 The host NOC (Greece) shall be entitled to have exactly two players in total in the Olympic

competition, but more than two players are permitted if all the players have qualified underRegulations 3.2.1 to 3.2.4.

3.2.6 If Regulation 3.2.5 is not satisfied under Regulations 3.2.1 to 3.2.4, then the entitlement oftwo players shall be completed by the qualification of an additional player or players fromthe IBF ranking list(s) nominated by the Hellenic Badminton Federation.

3.2.7 The player(s) qualifying for the host NOC will be the highest-ranked player(s)/pair in thenominated IBF ranking list(s) of 1 May 2004, or if there is no Greek NOC player/pair in thenominated IBF ranking list, the winning player/pair in that event in the Greek NationalChampionships most recently concluded prior to 1 May 2004.

Continental representation3.2.8 In each event there shall be at least one player/pair from each of the five IBF Continental

Confederations.

3.2.9 If, for a particular Continental Confederation, there is no player/pair qualified in an eventunder Regulations 3.2.2 to 3.2.4, the player/pair selected for the continental representationshall be the appropriate highest-ranked player/pair in the IBF ranking list of 1 May 2004.

3.2.10 If there is no Continental Confederation player/pair in the IBF ranking list of 1 May 2004 in aparticular event, then the player/pair selected for continental representation shall be thewinner(s) of the respective Continental Championships most recently concluded prior to1 May 2004.

Tripartite Commission (IOC – Association of NOCs (ANOC) – IBF) invitation places3.2.11 One place in men’s singles and one place in women’s singles shall be used by the IOC

Tripartite Commission to allocate invitation places, in accordance with the general process ofTripartite Commission invitations.

3.2.12 NOCs must apply for these invitation places prior to the deadline of 30 June 2002. TheTripartite Commission will by 31 August 2002 establish which invitation requests meet theidentified general criteria of NOC delegation size and technical standard, and provisionallyallocate places to one male and one female player. The final allocation of invitation placeswill be done on 1 May 2004.

3.2.13 To be eligible to compete in the Athens 2004 Olympic Games, the players filling invitationplaces must be ranked in the top 100 in the IBF ranking list of 1 May 2004. Should theseplaces not be allocated due to the technical level of the players, they will be added to theplaces allocated through the IBF ranking list of 1 May 2004.

3.2.14 A player filling an invitation place will be regarded as satisfying the minimum continentalrepresentation in that event.

100

Qualification period and events3.2.15 The IBF ranking list of 1 May 2004 will be based on results during the period 1 May 2003 to

30 April 2004.Participation in any of the following will count towards the IBF ranking list during thisperiod:

Thomas Cup (all stages)Uber Cup (all stages)Sudirman CupWorld ChampionshipsWorld Grand Prix tournamentsWorld Grand Prix FinalsOther Open tournaments (with prize money of US $10,000 or over)International ChampionshipsContinental Championships (individual and team)Any other international event publicised by IBF Council in advance as being includedWith prior IBF approval, individual and team events at other major multi-sport Games

Note: National championships, friendly international matches, junior events and invitationalevents are not included. Full details of IBF-sanctioned events and their World Rankinggradings are contained in the IBF Calendar of Events, published on the IBF websitewww.worldbadminton.net.

4. QUALIFYING TIMELINE

30 June 2002 NOCs apply for Tripartite Commission invitation places31 August 2002 Tripartite Commission provisionally allocates one male and one female invitation place1 May 2003 Start of period for the IBF ranking list of 1 May 200430 April 2004 End of period for the IBF ranking list of 1 May 20041 May 2004 IBF ranking list used to determine qualification10 May 2004 IBF notifies Member Associations of qualified players/pairs31 May 2004 Member Associations / NOCs confirm to IBF their selection of qualified players/pairs11 June 2004 Reallocation of places where an NOC has not confirmed the entry of a player/pair qualified

in the list of 10 May15 June 2004 IBF notifies Member Associations of further qualified players/pairs29 June 2004 Reallocation of places where an NOC has not confirmed the entry of a player/pair qualified

in the list of 11 June21 July 2004 Date of final entries for Athens 2004 Olympic Games

5. DATES/PROCESS OF CONFIRMATION OF PLACES

5.1 The list of initially qualified players/pairs for each event will be published as part of the WorldRanking List by the IBF and notified to the IOC and Member Associations no later than 10 May 2004. Member Associations are responsible for forwarding relevant information to their NOC.

5.2 Member Associations / NOCs have until 31 May 2004 to confirm that they will use the qualificationplaces through the selection of qualified players/pairs.

6. REALLOCATION OF UNUSED QUALIFICATION PLACES

Procedure if a qualified player/pair is not entered6.1 A further player or pair will be taken from the IBF ranking list if a Member Association or relevant

NOC notifies the IBF either that the NOC is not selecting a qualified player/pair or that a player/pair isunable to compete through injury or other unavoidable occurrence. This reallocation of thequalification place shall respect the maximum numbers of places per NOC and the attribution ofqualification noted in Regulations 3.2.2 and 3.2.3.

6.2 If an NOC has not confirmed by 11 June 2004 that it will be entering a given player/pair listed inaccordance with Regulation 5.1, then the place will be reallocated to another player/pair underRegulation 6.1 in a supplementary list to be published on 15 June 2004. Similarly, if an NOC has not

101

confirmed by 29 June 2004 that it will be entering a given player/pair from the 15 June 2004supplementary list, then the place will be reallocated to another player/pair under Regulation 6.1.

6.3 The procedure to be used in Regulation 6.2 will apply up to 21 July 2004.

6.4 If a player/pair cannot compete for a reason stated in Regulation 6.1, the substitute player/pair will bethe next ranked player/pair as in Regulations 3.2.2, 3.2.3, and 3.2.4.

6.5 In implementing Regulation 6.4, the player or pair who has withdrawn will not count in any total ofplayers/pairs from the relevant NOC (see attribution of qualification noted in Regulations 3.2.2 and3.2.3).

Reallocation of extra places between events6.6 IBF has discretion in allocating the events to be used for any extra places which arise because a player

has qualified (and been selected by the player’s NOC) in more than one event.

7. SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS

Participation in other events7.1 Players may only participate in events for which they have qualified as in Regulations 3.2.1 to 3.2.14.

Interpretation7.2 IBF Council will decide the interpretation of these Regulations in accordance with the Olympic

Charter, and such decision shall be final.

Amendment of Regulations7.3 IBF Council has authority (Rule 20) to amend these Regulations, in agreement with the IOC.

102

OLYMPIC GAMESSTATEMENT OF BADMINTON’S REQUIREMENTS

The purpose of this Statement is to act as:

an aid to bidding citiesa reference against which the plans of cities hosting the Olympic Games will be measured

The Statement is not exhaustive, in the sense that it does not necessarily include responsibilities and obligations placedon the Organising Committee for the Games by the International Olympic Committee.

The IBF reserves the right to amend the Statement from time to time.

1. EVENTS IN THE COMPETITION

The competition in badminton must comprise all the following:

Men’s Singles Women’s Singles Men’s Doubles Women’s Doubles Mixed Doubles

2. PERIOD OF COMPETITION

This will vary according to the number of competitors, but must always be at least eight days. In 2004 (with 172players) the competition will be played over eight days. The schedule assumes three sessions of play each dayuntil the later stages of the competition.

3. NUMBER OF COMPETITORS

The number of competitors for 2004 is 172. The IOC decides the number of competitors.

4. TECHNICAL OFFICIALS

Officials fall into the following categories and numbers:

Technical Delegates 2 Referee 1 Deputy Referees 3 Umpires 24 Medical Officers 2 Match Co-ordinator 1 Umpire Co-ordinator 1 Line Judge Co-ordinator 1 * Line Judges 80 *

* These officials are usually provided by the Member Association in the country in which the Games are held,but IBF policy is that at least 10% of positions are made available to experienced Line Judges from outside thatcountry, provided these Line Judges bear their own travel costs. Appointment of the Line Judge Co-ordinatorand Line Judges does, nonetheless, require IBF approval. The IBF must be involved in the training of LineJudges.

5. IBF OFFICIALS

5.1 In addition to the President and Chief Operating Officer, members of the IBF Secretariat play a variety ofroles at all major events, including the Olympic Games. Those expected to be in attendance are:

Head of Administration Director of Marketing & Development Director of Events Communications Officer Senior Marketing Officer

103

5.2 In addition to the Communications Officer, the IBF party will include:

IBF official photographer IBF official journalist

6. ACCREDITATION

It is essential that all IBF staff, including those at 5.2, be given the necessary accreditation to enable them toaccess all parts of the Competition venue.

7. IBF COUNCIL

The IBF Council, comprising the President, Vice Presidents (seven) and Members (17) normally attend theGames. The hotel housing the IBF delegation will require meeting facilities – although not necessarily on thescale required for a Congress.

8. COMPETITION VENUE

8.1 Field of Play. The floor of the field of play must measure not less than 46 metres by 30 metres. Theuninterrupted height above the floor must be not less than 12 metres. [Note: the field of play is boundedby the first row of seating for spectators or others not involved in management of the competition].

8.2 Flooring. The surface on which carpeting and court mats are placed must be a wooden, sprung floor.

8.3 Court Equipment. Court mats, posts and nets for three competition courts and three warm-up courts mustbe procured only from sources authorised by the IBF.

8.4 Shuttlecocks. Shuttlecocks must be procured only from sources authorised by the IBF. A secure roommust be provided for the storage of 700 dozen shuttlecocks, of at least three speeds (these will varyaccording to conditions in the Competition Hall).

8.5 Lighting. The positioning and lux requirements of lighting over the field of play may vary according tothe nature and structure of the competition hall. Lighting must be situated at least one metre outside, andat least 12 metres above, the court boundaries. There should be no direct glare from lighting into the eyesof players on court. A lighting level of at least 1200 lux is required on the court, when measured holdingthe light meter in the vertical plane at right angles to intended TV camera shots. Court lighting must becapable of immediate response to the on/off switch. There must be no external sources of light throughwindows etc. Lighting over spectator areas must be capable of being dimmed during play.

8.6 Background. The walls, ‘A’ boards and other interior surrounds (including seating) to the field of playmust be of a dark colour. Light colours – white or yellow, for example – must not be used. [Note:according to lighting placements and the height of the ceiling above the lighting, it may also beinappropriate for the ceiling to be of a light colour]. Backgrounds of any “look” ‘A’ boards must be of atmost two colours and must meet with IBF approval.

8.7 Air movement. The field of play must be free of draughts or other air movement. Where air-conditioningis normally used, special attention must be paid to its effects. Double-door (air-lock) entry/exit pointsmust be provided.

8.8 Seating. A minimum of 5,000 seats is required. This number includes Olympic Family requirements. Atvenues in parts of Asia and Europe a greater seating capacity than 5,000 will almost certainly be required.

8.9 Warm-up area. This must be close to the competition hall and accessible under cover. Space for threecourts is required. An uninterrupted height above the courts of at least 10 metres must be provided. Therequirements of 8.2, 8.3, 8.6 and 8.7 above will apply.

8.10 Coach videoing. Physical provision must be made for team coaches to video matches involving theirplayers, as is generally allowed at all IBF events. These videos are for private use and analysis only, andusers can, if desired, be required to sign appropriate commitments as to use of the tapes.

9. TELEVISION and INTERNET COVERAGE

9.1 Television coverage must be provided for at least the central court throughout all sessions of thecompetition.

104

9.2 “Real-time” scores must be provided to the internet, ie the score point by point in all matches as the pointsare scored.

10. PRACTICE HALL

A hall (or halls) with eight or more courts is required for training before and during the period of competition.Distance from the Athletes’ Village is more important than that from the Competition Hall. Although it may notbe possible to replicate the exact conditions of the Competition Hall, the uninterrupted height above the courtsmust be at least 10 metres. The requirements of 8.2, 8.3, 8.6 and 8.7 above will apply.

11. EQUIPMENT

Basic equipment requirements are:

11.1 Field of play:

Wooden, sprung flooring Carpeting around courts and to edge of field of play Shuttlecocks (500 dozen) Court mats (3) Net Posts (6) Nets (3) Net/post measuring sticks (3) Umpires’ chairs (3) Service Judges’ chairs (3) Boxes for used shuttles (3) Mopping brooms and towels (6 of each at any one time) Vacuum cleaner Line Judges’ chairs (30) 5-minute interval indicators (3) Electronic specialised scoreboards (6) Main fixed electronic display board Large videoscreen visible to the majority of spectators and showing the TV signal Players’ kit boxes (12) Drinking water dispensers (3) Equipment to measure and record temperature, humidity and air pressure

11.2 Warm-up hall:

Shuttlecocks (included within 500 dozen in 11.1) Wooden, sprung flooring Matting/carpeting around courts and to edge of wooden flooring Court mats (3) Net posts (6) Net/post measuring sticks (3) Nets (3) Drinking water dispensers (3) Seats for players and coaches (10 per court)

11.3 Practice hall:

Shuttlecocks (200 dozen) Court mats (8) Net posts (16) Net/post measuring sticks (8) Nets (8) Seats for players and coaches (80) Refreshment facilities and drinking water dispensers

[Note: the above numbers in 11.1, 11.2 and 11.3 are the operational requirements; spares must, of course, beavailable].

105

11.4 Technical (Field of Play):

Work stations with individual phones for: Referees Technical Delegates Match Co-ordinator and assistants Umpire Co-ordinator Shuttlecock control Medical Officers TV liaison staff Racket stringing

Court-side areas reserved for: TV cameras Press photographers

Mobile phones (7) for: Technical Delegates Referees Chief Operating Officer

Wireless headset for: Match Co-ordinator

Radios and pagers for: Referees (4) IBF Staff (6) Technical Delegates (2) Medical Officers (2)

Radio or telephone links: when on court, from each Umpire and Service Judge to the Referee’s desk

12. TECHNICAL CONSULTATION

The IBF will require full consultation with the Organising Committee regarding establishment of many technicalaspects, but including especially:

Computer database Computer elements of Match Control Electronic specialised sport scoreboards Lighting conditions Air conditioning

13. TOURNAMENT CONDITIONS

The competition will be conducted under IBF Regulations. The IBF will determine the qualification process(subject to IOC approval), the timing and procedure of the draw, and the selection of seeded players. Onceagreed by the IOC, the Olympic Qualifying System for the next Olympic Games will appear in the IBF Statutes.

14. SEATING BY CATEGORY

Allocation of seating in the Competition Hall must take particular account – in terms both of numbers andlocation – of the needs of players and team officials. The number of seats for this purpose should not be less thanthe total player quota. Team officials, coaches, medical officers and staff must be accredited for access to theplayers’ seating area(s).

15. IBF OFFICE REQUIREMENTS

Separate rooms at the competition venue are required for the following Federation personnel:

}}

106

President Chief Operating Officer in close proximity Secretariat

Technical Delegates Referees adjacent to Field of Play Communications Officer

16. PLAYERS’ FACILITIES

The following are the Federation’s basic requirements at the Competition Venue:

Players’ lounge Changing rooms (men) Changing rooms (women) Physiotherapy room(s) Medical Consultation room

17. FACILITIES FOR TECHNICAL OFFICIALS

The following are the basic requirements at the Competition Venue:

Briefing room (to hold up to 50 people) Changing room (men) Changing room (women) Umpires’ lounge (to hold up to 30 people) Line Judges’ lounge (to hold up to 50 people) Secure lockers/cupboards

18. PRESS FACILITIES

The Press and Interview Rooms must be as close as possible to the Competition Hall, and any link between thePress Facilities and the Competition Hall must be under cover. Professional interpretation into English isrequired, with particular requirements in Chinese, Bahasa and Korean.

107

OLYMPIC GAMESREGULATIONS FOR THE BADMINTON COMPETITION

Council is empowered to produce specific regulations for the Olympic Games badminton competition, including,if thought fit, variations to the Competition Regulations.

1. The competition shall be conducted according to the IBF Competition Regulations except where providedotherwise in these regulations.

2. There shall be eight seeds in each of the five events in the Olympic Games badminton competition.

3. The seeds for the 2004 Olympic Games badminton competition shall be determined using the IBF ranking list of1 May 2004.

4. Substitutions

4.1 A player/pair may participate in an event of the Olympic Games badminton Competition only if theplayer's/pair's entry is made by the closing date for entries as established by the relevant Olympic GamesOrganising Committee.

4.2 After the closing date for entries but before the draw is made, a player who has entered may be unable totake part through illness, injury, or other unavoidable cause. That player's place in singles or doubles orboth can be taken by a player from the same NOC who has already entered another Olympic badmintonevent, provided the player or resulting pair would have been the next to be invited following thewithdrawal.

4.3 No changes or substitutions of any kind can be made to the draw after it has been made.

5. Disqualification

5.1 If, for any reason, a player is disqualified before the badminton competition finishes, that player willreceive no ranking points for any event entered. Where the disqualified player is part of a doubles pair,that pair will be disqualified and receive no ranking points for the event entered.

5.2 Any beaten player/pair will remain eliminated from the draw and will receive ranking points as loser(s).

6. Separation of entries

6.1 Entries from any one NOC shall be drawn as follows:

6.1.1 the first and second ranked entries by lot in opposite halves of the draw;

6.1.2 the third ranked entry by lot in one of the two remaining quarters;

6.1.3 the ranking of entries from a NOC can be amended by the seeding. If this is done a newranking order is implicitly established and should be used for the purposes of Regulation6.1.

108

GENERAL COMPETITION REGULATIONS

1. PURPOSE AND APPLICABILITY OF THE REGULATIONS

1.1 With these Regulations the IBF in accordance with its Rules:

1.1.1 controls the game, from an international aspect, in all countries; and

1.1.2 makes Regulations for all international competition.

1.2 These Regulations apply to all categories of event that are defined in Regulations 2.2 to 2.14.

1.3 The provisions of Regulations 11 to 29 are recommended, but not mandatory, for the categories of eventdefined in Regulations 2.15 and 2.16.

2. TOURNAMENT DEFINITIONS

2.1 The IBF recognises the categories of tournaments, international matches and other events defined inRegulations 2.2 to 2.16.

2.2 Thomas Cup The men’s world team championships.

2.3 Uber Cup The women’s world team championships.

2.4 Sudirman Cup The world team championships.

2.5 World Grand Prix The World Grand Prix series of tournaments and the World Grand Prix Finals, when held.

2.6 International Open Tournaments and International Junior Open Tournaments Any tournament under the control of the Member Association of the country in which it is held, which

players of any Member Association may enter, and in which the total prize fund is US $10,000 or more orin which the largest individual prize is US $1,500 or more.

2.7 International Tournaments and International Junior Tournaments Any tournament as in Regulation 2.6, but in which the total prize fund is less than US $10,000 and in

which the largest individual prize is less than US $1,500.

2.8 Other Championships of an international character Any tournament bearing the title of an area greater than that of a single country, eg:

World Championships World Junior Championships Asian Badminton Confederation Championships European Championships

2.9 Multi-Sport Events Official international sporting events containing several different sports including badminton, eg:

Olympic Games Asian Games Commonwealth Games

2.10 Major Tournaments or Events Any tournament or event under the jurisdiction of a Member Association accepting entries from a total in

the whole tournament of more than three top-ranked players from other Member Associations.

2.10.1 “Top-ranked” shall be defined as “contained in the first 25 places in any of the five IBF rankinglists valid three months before the tournament or event”.

109

2.11Invitation Events

Any tournament or other competitive event (with or without prize money) limited to players invitedaccording to Regulation 10, which involves a total in the whole event of more than three top-rankedplayers from other Member Associations.

2.12 International Seniors’ Events Any event intending by its title or promotion to attract an international entry and limiting entries to players

over certain age limits.

2.13 Exhibition Events Any event involving exhibition or demonstration of the game, without competition for title or prize

money, which involves more than three top-ranked players invited from other Member Associations or inwhich any player receives a fee of US $1,000 or more.

2.14 International Matches Any fixture between Member Associations.

2.15 National Championships Any tournament of whatever nature (with or without prize money) in which entries are restricted to players

being citizens of, or resident in, the country concerned according to regulations adopted by the MemberAssociation in question.

2.16 Other Tournaments or Events Any tournament not falling into one of the categories defined in Regulations 2.2 to 2.15.

3. SANCTION

3.1 For all tournaments and events defined above in Regulations 2.2 to 2.13, the Member Association mustapply for and receive the sanction of Council.

3.2 Council has power to refuse sanction of a proposed tournament or event. If sanction is refused, the reasonshall be stated to the Member Association applying.

3.3 The use of the title “Grand Prix” in connection with one or more tournaments, as well as individualtournament names, shall be subject to Council approval. Such tournaments shall then be organised inaccordance with the Regulations for the World Grand Prix.

3.4 The use of the title “World” in connection with a badminton tournament shall be subject to Councilapproval.

3.5 A calendar for the next two years shall be published quarterly, and shall contain the names and dates of allIBF-sanctioned events. These allocated dates may only be changed or cancelled between eight and 14months in advance, as follows:

3.5.1 by 31 December in each year for the period 1 September to the end of February in the followingyear; and

3.5.2 by 30 June in each year for the period 1 March to 31 August in the following year.

3.5.3 Where a change of date is requested, Council has power to vary the required notice set out abovewhere circumstances so warrant. Council can only exercise this power following fullconsultation with each Member Association directly concerned.

3.6 Application for sanction for new events with less than the required notice in Regulation 3.5 will not beconsidered except in special circumstances.

3.7 Sanction fees

3.7.1 All International Open Championships and other international events (as defined in Regulations2.6, 2.8, 2.10, 2.11 or 2.13) offering prize money above the limits set out in Regulation 2.6, shallpay a sanction fee to the IBF at the rate of 10 per cent of the total prize fund. Such fee shall be acharge on the tournament and not on the prize fund and shall be paid such that an amount equal

110

to 10 per cent of the total prize fund is received by the IBF within three weeks of the end of thetournament.

3.7.2 Council may approach Member Associations and make any additional financial arrangements asit may from time to time decide.

3.8 Confirmation of prize money, withdrawal of sanction, and penalty fees

3.8.1 For all International Open Championships and other international events (as defined in Regulation2.6, 2.8, 2.10, 2.11 or 2.13), offering prize money as in Regulation 2.6, IBF shall, at least ninemonths before the date of the event, seek confirmation of the total prize money.

3.8.2 If no confirmation of the prize money is received from the organiser by eight months before theevent, IBF shall decide the total prize money that will be used to determine any fee due forcancellation, postponement, or reduction in prize money, and shall forthwith advise the organiserof this decision.

3.8.3 Where IBF has had to decide the total prize money as in Regulation 3.8.2, the organiser shall, nolater than 90 days before the date of the event, confirm to the IBF that the event is to take place,failing which IBF shall withdraw sanction. The Chief Operating Officer has discretion to deferwithdrawal of sanction, but to a date not later than 60 days before the event.

3.9 Fees for postponement, cancellation or changed prize money

3.9.1 If, fewer than 60 days before the date of the event, a World Grand Prix tournament is cancelled,postponed or the prize money as in Regulation 3.8 is reduced, the organiser shall pay IBF a feeon the following basis:

- 50% of the total prize money if the tournament drops two or more star-ratings, or becomes aninternational event

- 25% of the total prize money if the tournament drops one star-rating.

3.9.2 If, fewer than 60 days before the date of the event, an International Open Championship otherthan a World Grand Prix tournament is cancelled, postponed or the prize money as in Regulation3.8 is reduced, the organiser shall pay IBF a fee of 40% of the total prize money.

3.9.3 Where, however, Council is satisfied that the tournament cancellation or postponement wasoutside the control of the organisers due to force majeure (eg civil disturbance, natural disaster),these fees may be waived.

3.10 The IBF can have no jurisdiction in connection with any playing event promoted directly or indirectly byunaffiliated organisations.

3.11 Unsanctioned events

3.11.1 Member Associations shall allow players under their jurisdiction to compete only in eventssanctioned by the IBF or one of its members.

3.11.2 Council has power to vary the requirement of Regulation 3.11.1, provided an application givingreasons is made at least two months in advance.

3.11.3 Notwithstanding Regulation 3.11.1, players under the jurisdiction of a Member Association maypromote the game by giving a demonstration under the auspices of an organisation not under thejurisdiction of another Member Association. This demonstration may be amongst themselves orwith local players, provided the title and form of competition, and the prizes and/or expenseshave been approved by the IBF.

111

4. RIGHTS

4.1 For any tournament or event sanctioned under Competition Regulation 3, the term “IBF-sanctionedtournament rights” shall mean all commercial, television, internet, webcasting, audio, film and other rightsof like nature at all venues, and other rights associated primarily with the event.

4.2 It is a condition of sanction that ownership of IBF-sanctioned tournament rights shall be determined inaccordance with IBF statutes.

4.3 IBF-sanctioned tournament rights shall automatically belong to IBF, unless licences or concessions inrespect of such rights are granted by IBF to the promoting Member Association, either by virtue of IBFstatutes or in writing.

4.4 IBF always retains the right to publish results and reports from IBF-sanctioned tournaments and events, onthe Internet and elsewhere, and to do so at times determined solely by IBF.

4.5 Players’ images

4.5.1 When a player is entered in an IBF-sanctioned event, the creation of television or audio signals,and the taking of photographs is permitted at all associated venues (including training/practice)without further need to seek the consent of the player or Member Association concerned. Any suchtelevision or audio signals can be distributed by the rights owner in any and all territories, and maybe used on live or recorded television, Internet, webcasting, radio, film and other media of similarnature. IBF, the promoting Member Association, and any photographer concerned shall have theright to use photographs or any other image of player(s) taken during the event.

4.5.2 If for legal reasons use of a player’s image requires the consent of the player concerned, theMember Association must ensure that such consent is obtained before entering the player. The userof photographs or other such images of player(s) assumes sole legal liability for such use.

4.6 IBF currently grants ownership of IBF-sanctioned tournament rights at all tournaments defined inRegulations 2.6, 2.7 and 2.10 to 2.16 to the promoting Member Association. In formulating contracts,Member Associations are advised that this concession of rights is subject to change with reasonablenotice.

4.7 Ownership of IBF-sanctioned tournament rights at tournaments defined in Regulations 2.2 to 2.5, andWorld Junior Championships and World Junior Team Championships shall be determined by the IBFstatutes associated with each tournament.

4.8 Ownership of IBF-sanctioned tournament rights at other Championships of an international character asdefined in Regulation 2.8 (such as Continental Championships) shall belong to the promotingorganisation.

4.9 Ownership of IBF-sanctioned tournament rights at tournaments defined in Regulation 2.9 shall belong tothe promoting organisation.

5. ENTRIES AND CONTROL OF ENTRIES

5.1 Without special consent of Council, no Member Association shall, for any tournament directly orindirectly promoted by it, accept entries from or on behalf of any players who:

5.1.1 are not under the jurisdiction of a Member Association of the Federation; or

5.1.2 have been declared not in good standing with that Member Association.

5.2 Any member of IBF wishing to organise any tournament or other competitive event, which is intended toinclude players other than those qualified as in Regulation 5.1, shall apply for the special permission ofCouncil.

5.3 Players must be permitted to enter all events for which they are qualified and no restriction in this respect

112

shall be permitted. In the event of a Member Association making entries on behalf of its players, it shalllist such entries in order of playing strength.

5.4 For all events requiring IBF sanction, an entry of a player/pair can be accepted only when it is either madedirectly by the Member Association of which the player/pair is a member or accompanied by writtenauthorisation from the Member Association of which the player/pair is a member. It is the responsibilityof the organiser to acknowledge receipt of entries of player/pairs and any subsequent amendment prior tothe closing date. It is the responsibility of the Member Association to ensure that confirmation ofacceptance is received. (Regulations 14 and 15 deal with alterations to the draw).

5.5 No player/pair shall enter or be entered in two IBF-sanctioned competitions if the published dates of thecompetitions overlap.

5.6 In making or authorising entries, the Member Association concerned is reconfirming its acceptance, andacceptance by the players being entered, of the Federation’s Rules, Competition Regulations andDisciplinary processes.

5.7 For any competitive event sanctioned by the IBF, a player shall not have his/her entry refused for reasonsof race, religion or politics. Refusal of entries for any reason other than that there are too many entries tobe accommodated (Regulations 13.1 and 13.7) requires the specific written permission of the IBF.

5.8 The IBF may impose conditions on entries made by a Member Association whose players repeatedly entera tournament and do not play.

6. TOURNAMENT AGE LIMITS

6.1 It is recommended that for junior tournaments, all players should remain under 19 years of age throughoutthe calendar year in which the event is held.

6.2 It is recommended that senior age groups should commence at 35 years of age. Further groups should beconsidered at five-year intervals. Groups would therefore be 35 and over, 40 and over, 45 and over, etc.In any seniors’ competitions, players are eligible provided they are 35, 40, 45, etc years of age or morethroughout the calendar year in which the competition is held.

7. MEMBER ASSOCIATIONS’ RESPONSIBILITIES FOR TOURNAMENTS AND PLAYERS

7.1 Each Member Association shall be responsible for the conduct of all tournaments held under itsjurisdiction and in particular for ensuring compliance by the organisers with all the relevant CompetitionRegulations in IBF-sanctioned events.

7.2 Each Member Association shall be responsible for the control and management of all players under itsjurisdiction.

7.2.1 To be eligible to enter and compete in tournaments, all players must be in good standing withtheir Member Association. A Member Association may declare a player under its jurisdiction tobe ineligible to compete, but the reasons for such declaration and the period of ineligibility mustbe reported to the IBF.

7.2.2 Member Associations shall have full responsibility for any support (financial or otherwise)received by players under their jurisdiction for the purposes of preparation and competition.

7.2.3 Member Associations shall accept and deal with all prizes paid in cash under Regulations 27.1and 27.2.

7.2.4 Member Associations shall also supervise or administer any sponsorship, contractual or otherarrangements entered into, or involving, players under their jurisdiction.

7.2.5 Member Associations shall ensure that players adhere to the Players’ Code of Conduct[Appendix 4].

8. INTERNATIONAL REPRESENTATION*

8.1 Representing a Member Association is defined as accepting a nomination to be a member of that

113

Association’s team in any badminton event where the competition is between teams. However, playing asan individual in a tournament does not count as representation, unless the event has been specificallynominated by the IBF (Regulation 8.1.2).

8.1.1 Competition between teams includes, but is not limited to, the Thomas, Uber and SudirmanCups, Continental team championships, the Asian Games team championships, theCommonwealth Games team championships, and other international matches or competitionsinvolving two or more Member Associations’ teams.

8.1.2 Currently, the IBF has also specified that the World Championships (see World ChampionshipsRegulation 8.2), the World Senior Championships and the individual events at the OlympicGames, the Asian Games, the Commonwealth Games, and Continental Championships shallcount as international representation. Where players in a doubles pair are from different MemberAssociations it shall count as international representation for each player.

8.2 A player shall be qualified to represent a Member Association providing the player is in good standingwith that Member Association and satisfies Regulations 8.2.1 and either 8.2.2 or 8.2.3:

8.2.1 holds a passport of a country whose territory the Member Association has jurisdiction over;

8.2.2 has not represented any other Member Association for three years immediately preceding thedate of the fixture;

8.2.3 last represented that Member Association;

8.3 A player shall be deemed to have represented a Member Association if he or she shall have been officiallynominated to represent that Member Association and shall have accepted such nomination.

8.4 If a player has represented a Member Association and such Member Association is subsequently dividedinto two or more Member Associations or is absorbed by another Member Association, either politicallyor by recognition of the IBF, such player shall, for the purposes of these Regulations, be deemed from thedate of such alteration not to have represented any Member Association.

8.5 Notwithstanding the foregoing Regulations, in the case of any officially-recognised competitivemulti-sport event in which badminton is included, the qualifications for the representation of a MemberAssociation shall be in full accordance with the conditions laid down by such a multi-sport internationalevent, provided however that the above Regulations 8.2 to 8.4 are also not contravened.

9. JURISDICTION

9.1 A player comes under the jurisdiction of all Member Associations to which the player is directly orindirectly affiliated.

9.2 Duration

9.2.1 A player comes under continued jurisdiction of a Member Association for a period of threemonths after ceasing to reside in the country of that Member Association, unless the playerexplicitly renounces this jurisdiction.

9.2.2 After the three-month period, jurisdiction shall lapse unless the player implicitly (eg byparticipation in the Member Association’s activities) continues to accept that jurisdiction, orexplicitly declares a wish to accept that jurisdiction.

9.2.3 A player who represents a Member Association (see Regulation 8.3) automatically comes underthe jurisdiction of that Member Association for three months thereafter (as in Regulation 9.2.1).

9.3 Where a sanction is imposed that affects a player’s participation beyond the jurisdiction of the MemberAssociation concerned, then such sanction shall be notified immediately to the IBF, who shall notify allMember Associations of such sanction.

9.4 Where sanctions affect a player who comes under the jurisdiction of more than one Member Association,IBF shall have power to receive representations and to amend such sanctions, if felt necessary.

114

10. INVITATIONS

10.1 For the purpose of this Regulation on invitations, a player’s Member Association shall be that underwhose jurisdiction he or she shall have been an active playing member for the three months immediatelypreceding the date of the invitation. This will normally be in the country in which he or she is resident.This definition is quite irrespective of the player’s qualifications for representing a Member Association(Regulation 8).

10.2 Any tournament or exhibition event in which it is desired to invite the participation of players fromanother Member Association shall be subject to the following regulations.

10.2.1 Any invitation to players of another Member Association shall be sent by the promoting MemberAssociation (or by another subsidiary body with the approval of the Member Associationconcerned) in the first instance to the Member Association of the player to be invited. A copy ofsuch invitation shall also be sent to any different Member Association for which the player has aqualification for international play.

10.2.2 No player shall participate in a tournament or exhibition event which is promoted or organisedby an individual or company (or other organisation) unless a sanction for the event has beenobtained from the Member Association concerned or from the Federation.

11. PAYMENTS TO PLAYERS

11.1 Under no circumstances may a player be offered or paid money or goods to play in other than anexhibition event (as defined in Regulation 2.13). Reasonable travel and subsistence expenses that areactually incurred are however allowable.

11.2 No promoter shall offer, and no player accept, a fee and/or goods totalling more than US $3,000 in valuefor playing an exhibition event.

12. THE DRAW

12.1 The draw for all knock-out events shall be made in the manner set out below and no dummy entry ispermitted.

12.2 In all International Open events and multi-sport events requiring sanction by the IBF, the seeding of thedraw shall be done by the IBF. To accomplish this, all entries shall be forwarded by the organisingcommittee to the IBF Secretariat.

12.3 The draw shall be done not more than 10 days and not less than 24 hours before the first scheduled match. It is recommended that the draw be done as near as practicable to the end of the period specified. Thedraw must be published as soon as possible after it is done, but in all cases not less than 24 hours beforethe first scheduled match. The qualifying rounds, if any, count as part of the tournament for thesepurposes.

12.4 The draw shall be conducted as follows.

12.4.1 When the number of playing units is 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128 or any higher power of 2, they shallmeet in pairs in the order drawn, as in Diagram 1 for eight playing units.

12.4.2 When the number of playing units is not a power of 2, there shall be byes in the first round. Thenumber of byes shall be equal to the difference between the next higher power of 2 and thenumber of playing units, (eg with 17 playing units, there are 32-17 = 15 byes).

12.4.3 The byes shall be placed as in Tables 1 to 5 and Diagram 2.

115

DIAGRAM 11st round

2nd roundA

B finalB

D winnerC

DD

DE

FF

FG

HH

12.5 The seeding of the draw at all IBF-sanctioned events shall be done using the most recently-publishedWorld Ranking. In each event, the entry which is ranked highest shall be seeded number 1, and the nexthighest number 2, and so on until all seeds required by Regulation 12.7 are decided.

12.6 Before implementing Regulation 12.5 in doubles events in which the IBF does the seeding, the WorldRanking of each pair who did not compete together for the 12 months preceding the ranking period shallbe modified for seeding purposes when Regulation 12.6.1 or 12.6.2 applies.

12.6.1 If a pair has no World Ranking, a notional ranking is calculated for the pair. An average (the"notional" average) is taken of the best average points scored by each of the two players withother partners. This notional average is converted into the total notional points for the pair bymultiplying by 10 and taking 80%. The notional points are used to determine a notional ranking.

12.6.2 If the two players have a World Ranking as a pair but have competed in fewer than eight eventsin the 12 month period, a notional ranking is produced by taking the pair’s World Ranking pointsand adjusting as follows:

Number oftournaments

played in

Adjust bymultiplying by:

2 10/53 10/54 10/55 10/56 10/67 10/7

12.6.3 The resulting notional ranking is used to determine the seeding position.

116

12.6.4 A pair may have a seeding from one to four on the basis of any World Ranking, but a seeding nohigher than five based on any notional ranking.

12.7 To seek even strength throughout the draw and to avoid players from one Member Association meeting inthe early rounds, the draw may be seeded or arranged subject to the following restrictions:

12.7.1 A maximum of 16 seeds if there are 64 or more entries;

a maximum of eight seeds if there are 32 to 63 entries;

a maximum of four seeds if there are 16 to 31 entries; or

two seeds if there are less than 16 entries.

12.7.2 The seeded entries shall be selected as the best in the event at that time.

12.7.3 Seeded entries shall be placed as detailed in the example draw in Diagram 2. Seeded entries inthe top half of the draw are placed at the top half of their sections (eg eighths or sixteenths), andin the bottom half of the draw at the bottom of their sections.

12.8 The top two seeded entries shall be dealt with as follows:

12.8.1 number 1 placed at the top of the draw; and

12.8.2 number 2 placed at the bottom of the draw.

Placing of byes and seeds in a draw

Table 1 (for 8 to 16 entries) On a draw sheet numbered 1 to 16.Entries No of

seedsSeed 1 Seed 2 Seeds

3/4No ofbyes

Placement of byes

9 2 1 16 - 7 2, 4, 6, 8, 11, 13, 1510 2 1 16 - 6 2, 4, 6, 11, 13, 1511 2 1 16 - 5 2, 4, 6, 11, 1512 2 1 16 - 4 2, 6, 11, 1513 2 1 16 - 3 2, 6, 1514 2 1 16 - 2 2, 1515 2 1 16 - 1 216 4 1 16 5, 12 0 -

continued on next page ............

117

Table 2 (for 17 to 32 entries) On a draw sheet numbered 1 to 32.Entries No of

seedsSeed 1 Seed 2 Seeds

3/4Seeds 5/8 No of

byesPlacement of byes

17 4 1 32 9, 24 - 15 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, 29, 3118 4 1 32 9, 24 - 14 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, 29, 3119 4 1 32 9, 24 - 13 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 19, 21, 23, 27, 29, 3120 4 1 32 9, 24 - 12 2, 4, 6, 10, 12, 14, 19, 21, 23, 27, 29, 3121 4 1 32 9, 24 - 11 2, 4, 6, 10, 12, 14, 19, 23, 27, 29, 3122 4 1 32 9, 24 - 10 2, 4, 6, 10, 14, 19, 23, 27, 29, 3123 4 1 32 9, 24 - 9 2, 4, 6, 10, 14, 19, 23, 27, 3124 4 1 32 9, 24 - 8 2, 6, 10, 14, 19, 23, 27, 3125 4 1 32 9, 24 - 7 2, 6, 10, 14, 23, 27, 3126 4 1 32 9, 24 - 6 2, 6, 10, 23, 27, 3127 4 1 32 9, 24 - 5 2, 6, 10, 23, 3128 4 1 32 9, 24 - 4 2, 10, 23, 3129 4 1 32 9, 24 - 3 2, 10, 3130 4 1 32 9, 24 - 2 2, 3131 4 1 32 9, 24 - 1 232 8 1 32 9, 24 5, 13, 20, 28 0 -

Table 3 (for 33 to 64 entries) On a draw sheet numbered 1 to 64.Ent-ries

No ofseeds

Seed1

Seed2

Seeds3/4

Seeds5/8

No ofbyes

Placement of byes

33 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 31 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 35, 37, 39, 41, 43, 45, 47, 49, 51, 53, 55, 57, 59, 61, 6334 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 30 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 35, 37, 39, 41, 43, 45, 47, 49, 51, 53, 55, 57, 59, 61, 6335 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 29 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 35, 37, 39, 41, 43, 45, 47, 51, 53, 55, 57, 59, 61, 6336 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 28 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 35, 37, 39, 41, 43, 45, 47, 51, 53, 55, 57, 59, 61, 6337 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 27 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 35, 37, 39, 43, 45, 47, 51, 53, 55, 57, 59, 61, 6338 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 26 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 18, 20, 22, 26, 28, 30, 35, 37, 39, 43, 45, 47, 51, 53, 55, 57, 59, 61, 6339 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 25 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 18, 20, 22, 26, 28, 30, 35, 37, 39, 43, 45, 47, 51, 53, 55, 59, 61, 6340 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 24 2, 4, 6, 10, 12, 14, 18, 20, 22, 26, 28, 30, 35, 37, 39, 43, 45, 47, 51, 53, 55, 59, 61, 6341 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 23 2, 4, 6, 10, 12, 14, 18, 20, 22, 26, 28, 30, 37, 39, 43, 45, 47, 51, 53, 55, 59, 61, 6342 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 22 2, 4, 6, 10, 12, 14, 18, 20, 22, 26, 28, 37, 39, 43, 45, 47, 51, 53, 55, 59, 61, 6343 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 21 2, 4, 6, 10, 12, 14, 18, 20, 22, 26, 28, 37, 39, 43, 45, 47, 53, 55, 59, 61, 6344 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 20 2, 4, 6, 10, 12, 18, 20, 22, 26, 28, 37, 39, 43, 45, 47, 53, 55, 59, 61, 6345 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 19 2, 4, 6, 10, 12, 18, 20, 22, 26, 28, 37, 39, 45, 47, 53, 55, 59, 61, 63

118

Table 3 (continued)Ent-ries

No ofseeds

Seed1

Seed2

Seeds3/4

Seeds 5/8

No ofbyes

Placement of byes

46 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 18 2, 4, 6, 10, 12, 18, 20, 26, 28, 37, 39, 45, 47, 53, 55, 59, 61, 6347 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 17 2, 4, 6, 10, 12, 18, 20, 26, 28, 37, 39, 45, 47, 53, 55, 61, 6348 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 16 2, 4, 10, 12, 18, 20, 26, 28, 37, 39, 45, 47, 53, 55, 61, 6349 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 15 2, 4, 10, 12, 18, 20, 26, 28, 39, 45, 47, 53, 55, 61, 6350 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 14 2, 4, 10, 12, 18, 20, 26, 39, 45, 47, 53, 55, 61, 6351 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 13 2, 4, 10, 12, 18, 20, 26, 39, 45, 47, 55, 61, 6352 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 12 2, 4, 10, 18, 20, 26, 39, 45, 47, 55, 61, 6353 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 11 2, 4, 10, 18, 20, 26, 39, 47, 55, 61, 6354 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 10 2, 4, 10, 18, 26, 39, 47, 55, 61, 6355 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 9 2, 4, 10, 18, 26, 39, 47, 55, 6356 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 8 2, 10, 18, 26, 39, 47, 55, 6357 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 7 2, 10, 18, 26, 47, 55, 6358 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 6 2, 10, 18, 47, 55, 6359 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 5 2, 10, 18, 47, 6360 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 4 2, 18, 47, 6361 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 3 2, 18, 6362 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 2 2, 6363 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 1 264 8 1 64 17, 48 9, 25, 40, 56 0 - (seeds 9/16 : 5, 13, 21, 29, 36, 44, 52, 60)

Table 4 ( Seeds for 65 to 128 entries) On a draw sheet numbered 1 to 128.Ent-ries

No ofseeds

Seed1

Seed2

Seeds3/4

Seeds 5/8

Seeds 9/16

65 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12066 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12067 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12068 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12069 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9. 25, 41. 57, 72, 88, 104, 12070 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12071 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12072 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12073 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12074 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12075 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12076 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12077 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120

119

Table 4 ( continued)Ent-ries

No ofseeds

Seed1

Seed2

Seeds3/4

Seeds5/8

Seeds9/16

78 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12079 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12080 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12081 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12082 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12083 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12084 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12085 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12086 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12087 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12088 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12089 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12090 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12091 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12092 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12093 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12094 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12095 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12096 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12097 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12098 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 12099 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120100 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120101 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120102 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120103 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120104 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120105 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120106 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120107 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120108 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120109 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120110 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120111 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120112 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120

120


No ofseeds

Seed1

Seed2

Seeds3/4

Seeds5/8

Seeds9/16

113 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120114 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120115 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120116 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120117 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120118 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120119 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120120 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120121 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120122 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120123 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120124 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120125 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120126 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120127 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120128 16 1 128 33, 96 17, 49, 80, 112 9, 25, 41, 57, 72, 88, 104, 120

Table 5 (Byes for 65 to 128 entries) On a draw sheet numbered 1 to 128.Ent-ries

No ofbyes

Placement of byes

65 63 2, 4, 6, 8,10, 12, 14, 16,

18, 20, 22, 24,26, 28, 30, 32,

34, 36, 38, 40,42, 44, 46, 48,

50, 52, 54, 56,58, 60, 62, 64,

67, 69, 71,73, 75, 77, 79,

81, 83, 85, 87,89, 91, 93, 95,

97, 99, 101, 103,105, 107, 109, 111,

113, 115, 117, 119,121, 123, 125, 127

66 62 2, 4, 6, 8,10, 12, 14, 16,

18, 20, 22, 24,26, 28, 30, 32,

34, 36, 38, 40,42, 44, 46, 48,

50, 52, 54, 56,58, 60, 62,

67, 69, 71,73, 75, 77, 79,

81, 83, 85, 87,89, 91, 93, 95,

97, 99, 101, 103,105, 107, 109, 111,

113, 115, 117, 119,121, 123, 125, 127

67 61 2, 4, 6, 8,10, 12, 14, 16,

18, 20, 22, 24,26, 28, 30, 32

34, 36, 38, 40,42, 44, 46, 48,

50, 52, 54, 56,58, 60, 62,

67, 69, 71,73, 75, 77, 79,

81, 83, 85, 87,89, 91, 93, 95,

99, 101, 103,105, 107, 109, 111,

113, 115, 117, 119,121, 123, 125, 127

68 60 2, 4, 6, 8,10, 12, 14, 16,

18, 20, 22, 24,26, 28, 30,

34, 36, 38, 40,42, 44, 46, 48,

50, 52, 54, 56,58, 60, 62,

67, 69, 71,73, 75, 77, 79,

81, 83, 85, 87,89, 91, 93, 95,

99, 101, 103,105, 107, 109, 111,

113, 115, 117, 119,121, 123, 125, 127

69 59 2, 4, 6, 8,10, 12, 14, 16,

18, 20, 22, 24,26, 28, 30,

34, 36, 38, 40,42, 44, 46, 48,

50, 52, 54, 56,58, 60, 62,

67, 69, 71,73, 75, 77, 79,

83, 85, 87,89, 91, 93, 95,

99, 101, 103,105, 107, 109, 111,

113, 115, 117, 119,121, 123, 125, 127

70 58 2, 4, 6, 8,10, 12, 14, 16,

18, 20, 22, 24,26, 28, 30,

34, 36, 38, 40,42, 44, 46,

50, 52, 54, 56,58, 60, 62,

67, 69, 71,73, 75, 77, 79,

83, 85, 87,89, 91, 93, 95,

99, 101, 103,105, 107, 109, 111,

113, 115, 117, 119,121, 123, 125, 127

71 57 2, 4, 6, 8,10, 12, 14, 16

18, 20, 22, 24,26, 28, 30,

34, 36, 38, 40,42, 44, 46,

50, 52, 54, 56,58, 60, 62,

67, 69, 71,73, 75, 77, 79,

83, 85, 87,89, 91, 93, 95,

99, 101, 103,105, 107, 109, 111,

115, 117, 119,121, 123, 125, 127

72 56 2, 4, 6, 8,10, 12, 14,

18, 20, 22, 24,26, 28, 30,

34, 36, 38, 40,42, 44, 46,

50, 52, 54, 56,58, 60, 62,

67, 69, 71,73, 75, 77, 79,

83, 85, 87,89, 91, 93, 95,

99, 101, 103,105, 107, 109, 111,

115, 117, 119,121, 123, 125, 127

121

Table 5 ( continued)Ent-ries

No ofbyes

Placement of byes

73 55 2, 4, 6, 8,10, 12, 14,

18, 20, 22, 24,26, 28, 30,

34, 36, 38, 40,42, 44, 46,

50, 52, 54, 56,58, 60, 62,

67, 69, 71, 75, 77, 79,

83, 85, 87,89, 91, 93, 95,

99, 101, 103,105, 107, 109, 111,

115, 117, 119,121, 123, 125, 127

74 54 2, 4, 6, 8,10, 12, 14,

18, 20, 22, 24,26, 28, 30,

34, 36, 38, 40,42, 44, 46,

50, 52, 54,58, 60, 62,

67, 69, 71, 75, 77, 79,

83, 85, 87,89, 91, 93, 95,

99, 101, 103,105, 107, 109, 111,

115, 117, 119,121, 123, 125, 127

75 53 2, 4, 6, 8,10, 12, 14,

18, 20, 22, 24,26, 28, 30,

34, 36, 38, 40,42, 44, 46,

50, 52, 54,58, 60, 62,

67, 69, 71, 75, 77, 79,

83, 85, 87,89, 91, 93, 95,

99, 101, 103, 107, 109, 111,

115, 117, 119,121, 123, 125, 127

76 52 2, 4, 6, 8,10, 12, 14,

18, 20, 22,26, 28, 30,

34, 36, 38, 40,42, 44, 46,

50, 52, 54,58, 60, 62,

67, 69, 71, 75, 77, 79,

83, 85, 87,89, 91, 93, 95,

99, 101, 103, 107, 109, 111,

115, 117, 119,121, 123, 125, 127

77 51 2, 4, 6, 8,10, 12, 14,

18, 20, 22,26, 28, 30,

34, 36, 38, 40,42, 44, 46,

50, 52, 54,58, 60, 62,

67, 69, 71, 75, 77, 79,

83, 85, 87, 91, 93, 95,

99, 101, 103, 107, 109, 111,

115, 117, 119,121, 123, 125, 127

78 50 2, 4, 6, 8,10, 12, 14,

18, 20, 22,26, 28, 30,

34, 36, 38,42, 44, 46,

50, 52, 54,58, 60, 62,

67, 69, 71, 75, 77, 79,

83, 85, 87, 91, 93, 95,

99, 101, 103, 107, 109, 111,

115, 117, 119,121, 123, 125, 127

79 49 2, 4, 6, 8,10, 12, 14,

18, 20, 22,26, 28, 30,

34, 36, 38,42, 44, 46,

50, 52, 54,58, 60, 62,

67, 69, 71, 75, 77, 79,

83, 85, 87, 91, 93, 95,

99, 101, 103, 107, 109, 111,

115, 117, 119, 123, 125, 127

80 48 2, 4, 6, 10, 12, 14,

18, 20, 22,26, 28, 30,

34, 36, 38,42, 44, 46,

50, 52, 54,58, 60, 62,

67, 69, 71, 75, 77, 79,

83, 85, 87, 91, 93, 95,

99, 101, 103, 107, 109, 111,

115, 117, 119, 123, 125, 127

81 47 2, 4, 6, 10, 12, 14,

18, 20, 22,26, 28, 30,

34, 36, 38,42, 44, 46,

50, 52, 54,58, 60, 62,

69, 71, 75, 77, 79,

83, 85, 87, 91, 93, 95,

99, 101, 103, 107, 109, 111,

115, 117, 119, 123, 125, 127

82 46 2, 4, 6, 10, 12, 14,

18, 20, 22,26, 28, 30,

34, 36, 38,42, 44, 46,

50, 52, 54,58, 60,

69, 71, 75, 77, 79,

83, 85, 87, 91, 93, 95,

99, 101, 103, 107, 109, 111,

115, 117, 119, 123, 125, 127

83 45 2, 4, 6, 10, 12, 14,

18, 20, 22,26, 28, 30,

34, 36, 38,42, 44, 46,

50, 52, 54,58, 60,

69, 71, 75, 77, 79,

83, 85, 87, 91, 93, 95,

101, 103, 107, 109, 111,

115, 117, 119, 123, 125, 127

84 44 2, 4, 6, 10, 12, 14,

18, 20, 22,26, 28,

34, 36, 38,42, 44, 46,

50, 52, 54,58, 60,

69, 71, 75, 77, 79,

83, 85, 87, 91, 93, 95,

101, 103, 107, 109, 111,

115, 117, 119, 123, 125, 127

85 43 2, 4, 6, 10, 12, 14,

18, 20, 22,26, 28,

34, 36, 38,42, 44, 46,

50, 52, 54,58, 60,

69, 71, 75, 77, 79,

85, 87, 91, 93, 95,

101, 103, 107, 109, 111,

115, 117, 119, 123, 125, 127

86 42 2, 4, 6, 10, 12, 14,

18, 20, 22,26, 28,

34, 36, 38,42, 44,

50, 52, 54,58, 60,

69, 71, 75, 77, 79,

85, 87, 91, 93, 95,

101, 103, 107, 109, 111,

115, 117, 119, 123, 125, 127

87 41 2, 4, 6, 10, 12, 14,

18, 20, 22,26, 28,

34, 36, 38,42, 44,

50, 52, 54,58, 60,

69, 71, 75, 77, 79,

85, 87, 91, 93, 95,

101, 103, 107, 109, 111,

117, 119, 123, 125, 127

88 40 2, 4, 6, 10, 12,

18, 20, 22,26, 28,

34, 36, 38,42, 44,

50, 52, 54,58, 60,

69, 71, 75, 77, 79,

85, 87, 91, 93, 95,

101, 103, 107, 109, 111,

117, 119, 123, 125, 127

89 39 2, 4, 6, 10, 12,

18, 20, 22,26, 28,

34, 36, 38,42, 44,

50, 52, 54,58, 60,

69, 71, 77, 79,

85, 87, 91, 93, 95,

101, 103, 107, 109, 111,

117, 119, 123, 125, 127

90 38 2, 4, 6, 10, 12,

18, 20, 22,26, 28,

34, 36, 38,42, 44,

50, 52,58, 60,

69, 71, 77, 79,

85, 87, 91, 93, 95,

101, 103, 107, 109, 111,

117, 119, 123, 125, 127

122

Table 5 (continued)Entr-ies

No ofbyes

Placement of byes

91 37 2, 4, 6, 10, 12,

18, 20, 22,26, 28,

34, 36, 38,42, 44,

50, 52,58, 60,

69, 71, 77, 79,

85, 87, 91, 93, 95,

101, 103, 109, 111,

117, 119, 123, 125, 127

92 36 2, 4, 6, 10, 12,

18, 20,26, 28,

34, 36, 38,42, 44,

50, 52,58, 60,

69, 71, 77, 79,

85, 87, 91, 93, 95,

101, 103, 109, 111,

117, 119, 123, 125, 127

93 35 2, 4, 6, 10, 12,

18, 20,26, 28,

34, 36, 38,42, 44,

50, 52,58, 60,

69, 71, 77, 79,

85, 87, 93, 95,

101, 103, 109, 111,

117, 119, 123, 125, 127

94 34 2, 4, 6, 10, 12,

18, 20,26, 28,

34, 36,42, 44,

50, 52,58, 60,

69, 71, 77, 79,

85, 87, 93, 95,

101, 103, 109, 111,

117, 119, 123, 125, 127

95 33 2, 4, 6, 10, 12,

18, 20,26, 28,

34, 36,42, 44,

50, 52,58, 60,

69, 71, 77, 79,

85, 87, 93, 95,

101, 103, 109, 111,

117, 119, 125, 127

96 32 2, 4, 10, 12,

18, 20,26, 28,

34, 36,42, 44,

50, 52,58, 60,

69, 71, 77, 79,

85, 87, 93, 95,

101, 103, 109, 111,

117, 119, 125, 127

97 31 2, 4, 10, 12,

18, 20,26, 28,

34, 36,42, 44,

50, 52,58, 60,

71, 77, 79,

85, 87, 93, 95,

101, 103, 109, 111,

117, 119, 125, 127

98 30 2, 4, 10, 12,

18, 20,26, 28,

34, 36,42, 44,

50, 52,58,

71, 77, 79,

85, 87, 93, 95,

101, 103, 109, 111,

117, 119, 125, 127

99 29 2, 4, 10, 12,

18, 20,26, 28,

34, 36,42, 44,

50, 52,58,

71, 77, 79,

85, 87, 93, 95,

103, 109, 111,

117, 119, 125, 127

100 28 2, 4, 10, 12,

18, 20,26,

34, 36,42, 44,

50, 52,58,

71, 77, 79,

85, 87, 93, 95,

103, 109, 111,

117, 119, 125, 127

101 27 2, 4, 10, 12,

18, 20,26,

34, 36,42, 44,

50, 52,58,

71, 77, 79,

87, 93, 95,

103, 109, 111,

117, 119, 125, 127

102 26 2, 4, 10, 12,

18, 20,26,

34, 36,42,

50, 52,58,

71, 77, 79,

87, 93, 95,

103, 109, 111,

117, 119, 125, 127

103 25 2, 4, 10, 12,

18, 20,26,

34, 36,42,

50, 52,58,

71, 77, 79,

87, 93, 95,

103, 109, 111,

119, 125, 127

104 24 2, 4, 10,

18, 20,26,

34, 36,42,

50, 52,58,

71, 77, 79,

87, 93, 95,

103, 109, 111,

119, 125, 127

105 23 2, 4, 10,

18, 20,26,

34, 36,42,

50, 52,58,

71, 79,

87, 93, 95,

103, 109, 111,

119, 125, 127

106 22 2, 4, 10,

18, 20,26,

34, 36,42,

50,58,

71, 79,

87, 93, 95,

103, 109, 111,

119, 125, 127

107 21 2, 4, 10,

18, 20,26,

34, 36,42,

50,58,

71, 79,

87, 93, 95,

103, 111,

119, 125, 127

108 20 2, 4, 10,

18,26,

34, 36,42,

50,58,

71, 79,

87, 93, 95,

103, 111,

119, 125, 127

123


No ofbyes

Placement of byes

109 19 2, 4, 10,

18,26,

34, 36,42,

50,58,

71, 79,

87, 95,

103, 111,

119, 125, 127

110 18 2, 4, 10,

18,26,

34,42,

50,58,

71, 79,

87, 95,

103, 111,

119, 125, 127

111 17 2, 4, 10,

18,26,

34,42,

50,58,

71, 79,

87, 95,

103, 111,

119, 127

112 16 2,10,

18,26,

34,42,

50,58,

71, 79,

87, 95,

103, 111,

119, 127

113 15 2,10,

18,26,

34,42,

50,58, 79,

87, 95,

103, 111,

119, 127

114 14 2,10,

18,26,

34,42,

50, 79,

87, 95,

103, 111,

119, 127

115 13 2,10,

18,26,

34,42,

50, 79,

87, 95, 111,

119, 127

116 12 2,10,

18, 34,42,

50, 79,

87, 95, 111,

119, 127

117 11 2,10,

18, 34,42,

50, 79, 95, 111,

119, 127

118 10 2,10,

18, 34, 50, 79, 95, 111,

119, 127

119 9 2,10,

18, 34, 50, 79, 95, 111, 127

120 8 2, 18, 34, 50, 79, 95, 111, 127

121 7 2, 18, 34, 50, 95, 111, 127122 6 2, 18, 34, 95, 111, 127123 5 2, 18, 34, 95, 127124 4 2, 34, 95, 127125 3 2, 34, 127126 2 2, 127127 1 2128 0

124

DIAGRAM 2 (1 of 4) Placing Byes:Where to place byes:

Round of 128 in case of 1 bye use 1Round of 64 2 byes use 1, 2

7 byes use 1 to 71 1 seed Round of 32 16 byes use 1 to 16 etc

1 1 seed2 bye 1 Round of 16

1 1 seed3

2 bye 14 bye 17

1 1 seed5

36 bye 33

2 bye 17

4 bye 98 bye 49

9 9/16 seed5 9/16 seed

10 bye 93

116 bye 17

12 bye 252 bye 1

137

14 bye 414 bye 9

158 bye 25

16 bye 57

17 5/8 seed9 5/8 seed

18 bye 55 5/8 seed

1910 bye 5

20 bye 213

2111

22 bye 376 bye 5

2312 bye 13

24 bye 53

25 9/16 seed13 9/16 seed

26 bye 137

2714 bye 21

28 bye 294 bye 5

2915

30 bye 458 bye 13

3116 bye 29

32 bye 61

125

126

DIAGRAM 2 (2 of 4)

33 3/4 seed17 3/4 seed

34 bye 39 3/4 seed

3518 bye 3

36 bye 195 3/4 seed

3719

38 bye 3510 bye 3

3920 bye 11

40 bye 51

41 9/16 seed21 9/16 seed

42 bye 1111

4322 bye 19

44 bye 276 bye 3

4523

46 bye 4312 bye 11

4724 bye 27

48 bye 59

49 5/8 seed25 5/8 seed

50 bye 713 5/8 seed

5126 bye 7

52 bye 237

5327

54 bye 3914 bye 7

5528 bye 15

56 bye 55

57 9/16 seed29 9/16 seed

58 bye 1515

5930 bye 23

60 bye 318 bye 7

6131

62 bye 4716 bye 15

6332 bye 31

64 bye 63

127

DIAGRAM 3 (3 of 4)

6533

6617

67 bye 4834

689

69 bye 3235 bye 24

7018

71 bye 1636 9/16 seed

72 9/16 seed

73 bye 5637 bye 16

7419 bye 8

75 bye 4038

7610

77 bye 2439 bye 8

7820 5/8 seed

79 bye 840 5/8 seed

80 5/8 seed

81 bye 6041 bye 28

8221 bye 12

83 bye 4442

8411 bye 4

85 bye 2843 bye 20

8622

87 bye 1244 9/16 seed

88 9/16 seed

89 bye 5245 bye 12

9023 bye 4

91 bye 3646

9212 3/4 seed

93 bye 2047 bye 4

9424 3/4 seed

95 bye 448 3/4 seed

96 3/4 seed

128

129

DIAGRAM 4 (4 of 4)

97 bye 6249 bye 30

9825 bye 14

99 bye 4650

10013 bye 6

101 bye 3051 bye 22

10226

103 bye 1452 9/16 seed

104 9/16 seed

105 bye 5453 bye 14

10627 bye 6

107 bye 3854

10814

109 bye 2255 bye 6

11028 5/8 seed

111 bye 656 5/8 seed

112 5/8 seed

113 bye 5857 bye 26

11429 bye 10

115 bye 4258

11615 bye 2

117 bye 2659 bye 18

11830

119 bye 1060 9/16 seed

120 9/16 seed

121 bye 5061 bye 10

12231 bye 2

123 bye 3462

12416 2 seed

125 bye 1863 bye 2

12632 2 seed

127 bye 264 2 seed

128 2 seed

130

131

12.9 Theother seeds shall be dealt with taking regard of the requirements of Regulation 12.10.

12.9.1 Numbers 3 and 4 drawn by lot to the remaining two quarters of the draw.

12.9.2 Numbers 5 to 8 drawn by lot to the remaining eighths of the draw.

12.9.3 Numbers 9 to 16 drawn by lot to the remaining sixteenths of the draw.

12.10 Separation of Entries

12.10.1 the first and second ranked entries from any one Member Association shall be drawn by lot inopposite halves of the draw;

12.10.2 the ranking of entries from a Member Association can be amended by the seeding. If this is donea new ranking order is implicitly established and should be used for the purposes of Regulation12.10.

12.10.3 wherever possible, entries from any one Member Association shall not meet in the first round.

Note: this method of player separation, where it is desired, is recommended for all tournamentsconducted at any level of competition.

12.11 For the purposes of Regulation 12.10, a qualifying entry or a pair from two different Member Associationsshall be regarded as not coming from any particular Member Association.

13. QUALIFYING

Principle of qualifying 13.1 Where entries exceed the required places in the main competition draw, the organisers are recommended

to play qualifying rounds under the supervision of the Referee, as provided for in Regulations 13.2 to13.8.

Determination of main or qualifying draw for entries received13.2 The World Ranking shall be used to determine the players/pairs whose entries can be accepted in the main

draw, with the principles of Regulations 12.6.1 and 12.6.2 used to modify the World Ranking regardlessof whether or not a pair has competed during the 12 months prior to the ranking period.

Qualifying draw 13.3 The players or pairs not directly in the main competition shall play for a limited number of places fixed by

the organisers and it is recommended that this number not exceed one for each eight places in the maindraw.

13.4 The draw for the qualifying competition shall be done in accordance with Regulations 12.1 and 12.4.

13.5 Any seeding in the qualifying draw shall be done in accordance with Regulations 12.5 to 12.9.

13.6 It is recommended that as far as is practicable, entry separation (as in Regulation 12.10) should be used ineach qualifying draw.

Excess entries in the qualifying 13.7 If more players/pairs enter than the organisers can accept even in the qualifying competition, the World

Ranking (as modified using the principles explained in Regulations 12.5 and 12.6) shall be used todetermine the players/pairs whose entries can be accepted into the qualifying draw, and which entries areto fill any subsequent vacancies that may arise. When more than one vacancy arises, the relevant placesshall be filled by drawing lots.

13.8 Where drawing by lot is done under Regulation 13.7, entry separation (as in Regulation 12.10) shall beignored.

CRegs

14. QUALIFYING - ALTERATIONS TO THE DRAW AND STOPPING MATCHES IN PROGRESS

14.1 The Referee may re-draw a particular qualifying draw if it has been rendered significantly imbalanced andif play in that draw has not begun.

Promotion of qualifiers to main draw14.2 Where players or pairs withdraw their entry from the main competition, the Referee may fill the vacancies

from the entries in the qualifying rounds, provided these entries have not yet lost a match, even stopping amatch in progress if required.

14.3 If a vacancy arises in the main draw, the highest-ranked entry not accepted (as described in Regulation13.2) and which has not yet lost a match can be placed in the vacancy. Where more than one vacancyarises, the relevant places shall be filled by drawing lots.

15. MAIN DRAW - ALTERATIONS and SUBSTITUTIONS

15.1 The places allocated for any qualifying players/pairs in the main draw shall be drawn by lot, shall not beplaced, and shall not be artificially separated. The main draw shall be made and published before playbegins in the qualifying rounds.

15.2 No changes whatsoever may be made to the draw except as provided in Regulations 15.3 to 15.4: inparticular, no player (singles) may be moved from one draw position to another, and no pair may bemoved from one draw position to another except in the situation described in Regulation 15.5.3.

15.3 The Referee shall only permit an alteration to the draw if either Regulation 15.3.1 is met, or bothRegulations 15.3.2 and 15.3.3 are met:

15.3.1 play in that draw has not begun, and an error has been made in accordance with control of entries(Regulation 5.4) or making the draw (Regulation 12);

15.3.2 prior to the player’s first scheduled match, a player is prevented from competing through illness,injury, or other unavoidable hindrance;

15.3.3 the substitute player/pair would have been either unseeded, or seeded in no higher a seedinggroup than the seeding group of the original player/pair. The seeding groups are (in order) 1 and2, 3 and 4, 5 to 8, and 9 to 16.

15.4 Subject to Regulation 15.3, substitution in doubles is only permitted:

15.4.1 to enable the remaining player to have a substitute partner from any Member Association,provided the constitution of no other pair is affected;

15.4.2 to enable the remaining players from two original pairs affected by Regulation 15.3.2 to partnereach other.

In this event, if one of the original pairs has drawn a bye, that place in the draw shall be filled bythe new pair; otherwise the place to be filled shall be drawn by lot.

15.5 Substitutions under Regulations 15.3 to 15.5 take priority over changes under Regulations 14.2 and 14.3.

15.6 A player (singles), a player as part of a pair (doubles), or a pair losing a match shall not play again in thesame event in the same tournament.

15.7 In events played under the pool system or in groups, the Referee may allow the substitution of aplayer/pair if the original player/pair is prevented from playing through illness, injury or otherunavoidable hindrance. Such substitution can only take place until the first match of that player/pair hasstarted but, once started, no substitution can take place.

CRegs

16. RANKING IN EVENTS PLAYED UNDER THE POOL SYSTEM OR IN GROUPS

16.1 Ranking will be established by the number of matches won.

16.2 If two players/pairs have won the same number of matches, the winner of the match between them will beranked higher.

16.3 If three or more players/pairs have won the same number of matches, ranking will be established by thedifference between total games won and total games lost, with greater difference ranked higher.

16.3.1 If this still leaves two players/pairs equal, the winner of the match between them will be rankedhigher.

16.4 If three or more players/pairs have won the same number of matches and are equal in the differencebetween total games won and total games lost, ranking will be established by the difference between totalpoints won and total points lost, with greater difference ranked higher.

16.4.1 If this still leaves two players/pairs equal, the winner of the match between them will be rankedhigher.

16.4.2 If three or more players/pairs are still equal, then ranking will be established by drawing lots.

16.5 If illness, injury or other unavoidable hindrance prevents a player/pair completing all the pool matches, allthe results of that player/pair shall be deleted.

16.6 A player/pair is entitled to prizes according to results actually obtained before any withdrawal due toinjury.

17. ADVERTISING IN THE PLAYING AREA

17.1 The only allowable display of advertising in words or pictures anywhere within the two-metre clear spacesurrounding the court (see Appendix 2, page 126) or over the court itself must satisfy Regulations 17.2 to17.10.

17.2 Any form of advertising in the playing area must not distract players, spectators or TV viewers, or causeany confusion with the court lines.

The Court

17.3 A maximum of two identical emblems of the court supplier can be situated flush with the court surfacesuch that there is at most one outside each baseline 30 centimetres or more away. Each emblem can be170 centimetres or less by 30 centimetres or less.

17.4 A maximum of two identical emblems of the event sponsor can be situated flush with the court surfacesuch that there is at most one outside each sideline or each baseline 30 centimetres or more away. Eachemblem can be 170 centimetres or less by 30 centimetres or less.

17.5 One emblem of the event sponsor can be situated flush with the court surface in the area under the netequidistant from each of the two short service lines and from each of the side lines for singles. Theemblem can be 250 centimetres or less by 100 centimetres or less.

17.6 There is no restriction on the shape of the advertisement(s). However, non-slip materials with similarproperties to the rest of the playing surface must be used to apply/display advertisements.

The Net

17.7 A single advertisement can be situated on the net at least 100 centimetres from either end of the net and atleast 12.5 centimetres from both the net tape and the bottom of the net. The advertisement must beapplied by paint or dye and no solid advertisement will be permitted.

17.8 A maximum of two net supplier’s emblems can appear on the net. If present, they should be placed suchthat there is one on each end of the net on opposite sides of the court. Each emblem must be placed on thewhite tape at a distance of 4 centimetres from the post and can be 3.5 centimetres high or less and 10centimetres broad or less.

CRegs

The Posts

17.9 Each post can have a maximum of two identical emblems. Each emblem must face an end of the court, beflush with the surface of the post and be 30 centimetres high or less, and 3 centimetres broad or less.

Umpire’s and service judge’s chair

17.10 The umpire’s and service judge’s chairs are always permitted to have advertising. Rackets and players’clothing are permitted to have advertising in accordance with Regulations 19 to 23.

18. VIRTUAL IMAGING OR ADVERTISING

Use of any virtual imaging or advertising on the TV signal at IBF-sanctioned events is not permitted withoutprior written approval of IBF.

19. CLOTHING (general)

19.1 For the purpose of these Regulations, an article of clothing shall be defined as anything worn or carried bya player during play, except the racket, and including, but not limited to, pullovers, shirts, shorts, skirts,socks, shoes, headbands, towels, wristbands, bandages and medical supports.

19.2 In order to ensure attractive presentation of badminton at events organised or sanctioned by IBF, allclothing worn by players shall be acceptable badminton sports clothing. It is not acceptable to tape overnor to pin on advertising nor in any other way to modify such clothing to comply with advertising or otherregulations.

19.3 Regulations regarding advertising apply only to clothing worn during play.

19.4 The exact regulations regarding advertising must be clearly indicated on the tournament prospectus orentry form and advised to entrants in all associated communications.

19.5 In applying Regulations 19 to 23 the decision of the Referee at each event shall be final.

20. COLOUR OF PLAYERS’ CLOTHING

20.1 In all sanctioned events, including those organised by the IBF itself and multi-sport events, each article ofclothing may be of any colour or combination of colours.

20.2 Team events In all IBF team events ie Thomas Cup, Uber Cup, Sudirman Cup and World Junior Team Championships,

players must wear team colours. That is, each player must wear the same colour and design of shirts andshorts (or equivalent articles of clothing).

20.3 Singles matches Each player must wear, as far as colour and design is concerned, shirts and shorts (or equivalent articles of

clothing) in accordance with Regulations 20.3.1 to 20.3.10.

20.3.1 In International events, the colour of clothing is optional.

20.3.2 In Continental Circuit events, the colour of clothing is optional or dependent

on the Continental Confederation’s regulations.

20.3.3 In Open events, excluding World Grand Prix events, it is recommended that

CRegs

from the quarter finals onwards, the opposing players in each match wear

different colours from each other.

20.3.4 In World Grand Prix events, it is recommended that, from the quarter finals

onwards, the opposing players in each match wear different colours from each

other.

20.3.5 In World Championships, it is recommended that, from the quarter finals

onwards, the opposing players in each match wear different colours from each

other.

20.3.6 In World Junior Championships, it is recommended that, from the

semi-finals onwards, the opposing players in each match wear different colours

from each other.

20.3.7 In Thomas & Uber Cups, it is recommended that the opposing players in each

match wear different colours from each other.

20.3.8 In Sudirman Cup, it is recommended that the opposing players in each match

wear different colours from each other.

20.3.9 In World Junior Team Championships, it is recommended that the opposing

players in each match wear different colours from each other.

20.3.10 In Olympic Games, it is mandatory for the opposing players in each match

CRegs

wear different colours from each other. Preferred colours of shirts need to be

registered before the Games.

20.4 Doubles matches Each player in a given pair must wear, as far as colour and design is concerned, shirts and shorts (or

equivalent articles of clothing) in accordance with Regulations 20.4.1 to 20.4.10.

20.4.1 In International events, the colour of clothing is optional.

20.4.2 In Continental Circuit events, the colour of clothing is optional or dependent

on the Continental Confederation’s regulations.

20.4.3 In Open events, excluding World Grand Prix events, it is recommended that

doubles partners wear the same colour, and that from the quarter finals

onwards, the opposing pairs in each match wear different colours from each

other.

20.4.4 In World Grand Prix events, it is mandatory for doubles partners to wear the

same colour from the quarter finals onwards. It is recommended that, from the

quarter finals onwards, the opposing pairs in each match wear different colours

from each other.

20.4.5 In World Championships, it is mandatory for doubles partners to wear the

same colour. It is recommended that, from the quarter finals onwards, the

opposing pairs in each match wear different colours from each other.

20.4.6 In World Junior Championships, it is recommended that, from the

semi-finals onwards, doubles partners wear the same colour, and that the

CRegs

opposing pairs in each match wear different colours from each other.

20.4.7 In Thomas & Uber Cups, it is recommended that the opposing pairs in each

match wear different colours from each other.

20.4.8 In Sudirman Cup, it is recommended that the opposing pairs in each match

wear different colours from each other.

20.4.9 In World Junior Team Championships, it is recommended that the opposing

pairs in each match wear different colours from each other.

20.4.10 In Olympic Games, it is mandatory for doubles partners to wear the same

colour and that the opposing pairs in each match wear different colours from

each other. Preferred colours of shirts need to be registered before the Games.

20.5 For all events, preferred colours of shirts should be registered with the IBF. In the event that the opposingplayers/pairs involved in a match wish to wear the same coloured clothing, the player/pair placed lower inthe draw will be required to wear clothing of a different colour.

21. DESIGNS ON PLAYERS’ CLOTHING

21.1 In all sanctioned events, including those organised by IBF itself and multi-sport events, each article ofclothing may only bear a design as provided in Regulations 21.2 to 21.4.

21.2 Abstract designs are permitted when devoid of advertising, commercial or promotional content.

21.3 The front of the shirt may carry the flag or national emblem of the association represented.

21.4 A design is allowed when it forms part of an advert permitted by Regulation 23 and falls wholly within thepermitted dimensions.

22. LETTERING ON PLAYERS’ CLOTHING

22.1 In all sanctioned events, including those organised by IBF itself, and multi-sport events, each article ofclothing may only have visible lettering as provided in Regulations 22.2 to 22.5.

22.2 Colour, style and height of lettering

22.2.1 Lettering shall be in capital letters in the Roman alphabet, and in one single

colour contrasting with that of the shirt.

CRegs

22.2.2 If there is a pattern on the back of the shirt, the lettering should be on a

contrasting panel.

22.2.3 In order that lettering be legible from a distance for spectators in the stadium

and television viewers, lettering must be a minimum height of 6 centimetres

and a maximum height of 10 centimetres.

22.2.4 Lettering should be horizontal, or as close to horizontal as practically possible, and placed nearthe top of the shirt.

22.3 Player names

Any name of a player on the back of the shirt must be in accordance with Regulations 22.3.1 to 22.3.10,and shall meet all requirements of Regulation 22. If used, the player's name shall include the family name(or an abbreviation thereof) and, if desired, the initials of the given name(s) or nickname and shallcorrespond with the name on the entry.

22.3.1 In International events, the name of the player on the back of the shirt is optional.

22.3.2 In Continental Circuit events, the name of the player on the back of the shirt is optional ordependent on the Continental Confederation’s regulations.

22.3.3 In Open events, excluding World Grand Prix events, the name of the player on the back ofthe shirt is mandatory.

22.3.4 In World Grand Prix events, the name of the player on the back of the shirt is mandatory.

22.3.5 In World Championships, the name of the player on the back of the shirt is mandatory.

22.3.6 In World Junior Championships, the name of the player on the back of the shirt is optional,but mandatory for the semi-finals and finals.

22.3.7 In Thomas & Uber Cup continental stage, the name of the player on the back of the shirt isoptional, unless otherwise required by the respective Continental Confederation.

In Thomas & Uber Cups final stage, the name of the player on the back of the shirt ismandatory.

22.3.8 In Sudirman Cup, the name of the player on the back of the shirt is mandatory for Division 1and optional for the other divisions.

22.3.9 In World Junior Team Championships, the name of the player on the back of the shirt isoptional but mandatory for the final.

22.3.10 In Olympic Games, the name of the player on the back of the shirt is mandatory. Players’names need to be registered to ensure consistency with the names on scoreboards.

22.4 Association names

The name of the player’s association may appear on the back of the shirt and must be in accordance withRegulations 22.4.1 to 22.4.10 but, if used, shall meet all requirements of Regulation 22.

CRegs

22.4.1 In International events, the name of the player’s association on the back of the shirt isoptional.

22.4.2 In Continental Circuit events, the name of the player’s association on the back of the shirt isoptional or dependent on the Continental Confederation’s regulations.

22.4.3 In Open events, excluding World Grand Prix events, the name of the player’s association onthe back of the shirt is optional.

22.4.4 In World Grand Prix events, the name of the player’s association on the back of the shirt isoptional.

22.4.5 In World Championships, the name of the player’s association on the back of the shirt isoptional.

22.4.6 In World Junior Championships, the name of the player’s association on the back of the shirtis optional.

22.4.7 In Thomas & Uber Cup continental stage, the name of the player’s association on the back ofthe shirt is optional, unless otherwise required by the respective Continental Confederation.

In Thomas & Uber Cups final stage, the name of the player’s association on the back of theshirt is mandatory.

22.4.8 In Sudirman Cup, the name of the player’s association on the back of the shirt is mandatoryfor Division 1 and optional for the other divisions.

22.4.9 In World Junior Team Championships, the name of the player’s association on the back ofthe shirt is optional but mandatory for the final.

22.4.10 In Olympic Games, the name of the player’s NOC on the back of the shirt is mandatory.

22.5 Lettering sequence and use in advertisements

22.5.1 The sequence on the shirt from top to bottom shall be player name (if present), associationname (if present), advert (if present).

22.5.2 Lettering is also allowed when it forms part of an advert permitted by Regulation 23, and fallswholly within the permitted dimensions. Such lettering can then be in any alphabet.

The following table summarises the requirements of Regulations 20 & 22.

CRegs

Summary of Competition Regulations 20 and 22: Colour of clothing and namesEvent Colour and design of players’ shirts and

shorts in singles matches (as of 1 January 2004)Colour and design of pairs’ shirts and shorts in

doubles matchesPlayer name on back of

shirtAssociation name on

back of shirtInternational events Different colours for opposing players

optionalSame colour optional Optional Optional

Continental Circuitevents

Different colours for opposing playersoptional, or dependent on ContinentalConfederation regulations

Same colour optional, or dependent on ContinentalConfederation regulations

Optional, or dependent onContinental Confederationregulations

Optional, or dependent onContinental Confederationregulations

Open events (otherthan World GrandPrix)

From ¼ finals onwards, recommended thatopposing players wear different colours fromeach other

Same colour recommended, and from ¼ finalsonwards, recommended that opposing pairs weardifferent colours from each other

Mandatory Optional

World Grand Prixevents


Mandatory to wear same colour from ¼ finalsonwards. From ¼ finals onwards, recommended that opposingpairs wear different colours from each other

Mandatory Optional

WorldChampionships


Mandatory to wear same colour.Recommended that opposing pairs wear differentcolours from each other from ¼ finals onwards

Mandatory Optional

World JuniorChampionships(Individual)

From semi finals onwards, recommended thatopposing players wear different colours fromeach other

From semi finals onwards, recommended the doublespartners wear the same colour, and that opposingpairs wear different colours from each other

Optional, but mandatoryfor semi-finals and finals

Optional

Thomas & UberCups

Team must all wear same colour and design ofshirts and shorts. Recommended that opposing players weardifferent colours from each other.

Team must all wear same colour and design of shirtsand shorts. Recommended that opposing pairs wear differentcolours from each other.

Continental stage – optional, unless otherwiserequired by the respectiveContinental ConfederationFinal stage – mandatory

Continental stage –optional, unless otherwiserequired by the respectiveContinental ConfederationFinal stage – mandatory

Sudirman Cup Team must all wear same colour and design ofshirts and shorts.Recommended that opposing players weardifferent colours from each other.

Team must all wear same colour and design of shirtsand shorts.Recommended that opposing pairs wear differentcolours from each other

Mandatory for Division 1,optional for other divisions

Mandatory for Division 1,optional for other divisions

World Junior TeamChampionships

Team must all wear same colour and design ofshirts and shorts.Recommended that opposing players weardifferent colours from each other.

Team must all wear same colour and design of shirtsand shorts.Recommended that opposing pairs wear differentcolours from each other

Optional, but mandatoryfor the final

Optional, but mandatoryfor the final

Olympic Games Mandatory for opposing players to weardifferent colours from each other. Preferred colour of shirts to be pre-registered.

Mandatory for doubles partners to wear same colour,and that opposing pairs wear different colours fromeach other. Preferred colour of shirts to be pre-registered.

MandatoryNames should beregistered for consistencywith scoreboards

NOC name mandatory

CRegs

23. ADVERTISING ON PLAYERS’ CLOTHING

23.1 In all sanctioned events, including those organised by the IBF itself and multi-sport events, articles ofclothing may only have advertising as provided in Regulations 23.2 to 23.5.

23.2 The shirt may carry advertising as in Regulations 23.2.1 to 23.2.2.

23.2.1 Advertisements may appear on the following locations: left sleeve, right sleeve, left collar, rightcollar, front of shirt. Each advertisement must be 20 square centimetres or less, and there mustbe no more than three in total and only one per location; and

23.2.2 Advertising contained in a band of uniform width not exceeding 10 centimetres; such a band maybe at any angle and may be on the front of the shirt, the back of the shirt, or both.

23.2.3 If, in the Referee’s sole judgment, there is a clash between the content of the advertising inRegulation 23.2.2 and the event sponsors or the TV broadcasters, or if the content of theadvertising would infringe local laws or be considered offensive, then the Referee may limitadvertising on the shirt to Regulation 23.2.1.

23.3 Other Clothing

23.3.1 Each sock and each shoe may carry two advertisements provided each advert is 20 squarecentimetres or less.

23.3.2 Each other article of clothing may carry one advertisement of 20 square centimetres or less.

23.4 The advertisements in Regulations 23.2 and 23.3 may be the clothing manufacturer’s emblem or that ofany sponsor.

23.5 In multi-sports events (eg Olympic Games) the organisers may specify more restrictive advertisinglimitations on players’ clothing during play than in Regulations 23.2 to 23.4.

23.6 Member Association advertising

23.6.1 Member Associations may use an area not exceeding fifty square centimeters on their players’shorts or lower part of dresses or skirts.

23.6.2 The area shall typically be used for a Member Association’s logo or an advert for a MemberAssociation’s sponsor.

23.6.3 The advertisement must be the same on the shorts or skirts of all players from any one MemberAssociation.

23.6.4 Any Member Association wishing to use this type of advertising must have written permissionfrom IBF for doing so.

24. RESULTS

Results from all IBF-sanctioned tournaments must be faxed to the IBF Secretariat immediately after each day’splay in the tournament has been completed.

25. WITHDRAWALS

25.1 It is a condition of entry to an IBF-sanctioned event that the organisers must be notified of any withdrawalby a player or team.

25.1.1 Where such withdrawal is made at least seven days before the first scheduled day of the event,no penalty is involved.

25.1.2 Any withdrawal within the seven days preceding the first scheduled day of the event or after theevent has started renders the Member Association concerned liable to a penalty as decided by anIBF Disciplinary Committee. Penalties will not be applied when the withdrawal was notified andwas beyond the control of the Member Association or player concerned.

CRegs

25.1.3 Responsibility for the administration of withdrawals and penalties is allocated as per thefollowing table. All responsible organisations should observe the same principles as IBF.

TableEvent IBF responsible CC responsible O t h e r

arrangementsThomas Cup Final Stage v

Thomas Cup Continental Stage v

Uber Cup Final Stage v

Uber Cup Continental Stage v

Sudirman Cup v

World Grand Prix v

World Grand Prix Finals v

International Open Tournaments, notWGP

v

International Junior OpenTournaments

v

International Tournaments v

International Junior Tournaments v

World Championships v

World Junior Championships v

World Senior Championships v

Continental Championships v

Olympic Games IBF and IOCresponsible

Continental Multi-Sport Eventseg, Asian Games,Panamerican Games,African Games, etc

R e s p o n s i b i l i t yassigned accordingto the Charter ofthe event

Commonwealth Games R e s p o n s i b i l i t yassigned accordingto the Charter ofthe event

Major Tournaments or Events v

Table continued …

Event IBF responsible CC responsible O t h e rarrangements

Invitation Events v

International Seniors’ Events, exceptSenior World Championships (seeabove)

v

CRegs

Exhibition Events Not applicable

International Matches (Any fixturebetween Member Associations)

Not applicable

National Championships National

25.2 The organisers of all IBF-sanctioned events must, immediately after the conclusion of the event, advisethe IBF (or the Continental Confederation) about all players (or teams in the case of team competitions)who withdrew from the event or who did not appear after the draw had been made.

25.3 For each player or team in Regulation 25.2, the organisers must advise the IBF (or the ContinentalConfederation) of the circumstances of the withdrawal, including whether they were notified, and supply acopy of any relevant documentation.

25.4 Within two weeks of the conclusion of each IBF-sanctioned event, the Chief Operating Officer will reviewthe information received in accordance with Regulation 25.2. Where no information was received by theorganisers about a withdrawal or non-appearance, or where information received appears insufficient tosupport a withdrawal without penalty, the Member Association concerned will be advised in writing thatthe Disciplinary Committee will be reviewing the matter. The Member Association will be permitted fourweeks in which to comment or supply additional information and/or documentation. After that time, theDisciplinary Committee will review all available information and comments received, and decide whethera penalty will be applied.

26. CONDUCT OF TOURNAMENTS OR EVENTS

26.1 A Referee shall be appointed for all sanctioned tournaments or other events.

26.1.1 The Referee shall be in overall charge of the event.

26.1.2 The Referee or a deputy shall always be present in the hall during the playing of matches.

26.2 The IBF shall appoint the Referee for all events organised by the IBF itself.

26.3 The IBF shall appoint the Technical Delegate(s) and the Referee(s) for multi-sport events, or alternatively,at its sole discretion, may approve a nomination from the organiser.

26.4 The duties of the Referee shall include:

26.4.1 ensuring that the conduct of the tournament or event is in accordance with the Laws ofbadminton, the Rules and Regulations of the IBF and any other regulations pertinent to theparticular competition;

26.4.2 approval of the programme of play; and

26.4.3 overall control of and ensuring that there is an adequate panel of court officials of requisiteability and appropriate international representation.

26.5 Any player participating in two matches is entitled to a minimum interval of 30 minutes between them.

26.6 At an IBF-sanctioned event where the IBF has not appointed the Referee, the IBF may appoint an IBFRepresentative.

26.7 The duties of the IBF Representative shall be:

26.7.1 to get all the information regarding the event and to take any necessary actions;

26.7.2 to give advice to the organisers, ensuring the general organisation is adequate;

26.7.3 to attend the event and any associated meetings, such as publicity conferences and general socialfunctions;

26.7.4 to represent the interests of the IBF in any dispute not the direct responsibility of the Referee;and

CRegs

26.7.5 to support the Referee in his general duties.

26.8 Should the IBF be represented at an event under the control of an IBF-appointed Referee, the duties ofsuch Representative(s) shall not conflict with the responsibilities of the Referee.

26.9 Shuttles

26.9.1 One brand of shuttle only must be adopted for exclusive use during any tournament or event andthe name of this brand must be advertised in the prospectus.

26.9.2 No rationing of shuttles per match must be allowed, and all shuttles used must be a charge againstthe tournament and not against the players concerned.

27. PRIZES

27.1 Prizes may be awarded to players in all international events sanctioned by the Federation and, whereappropriate, may be paid in cash. The entry form or prospectus for the event shall set out the total valueof any such prizes.

27.2 In a tournament where all prizes are below the limit of US $3,000 and the total prize fund is less than US$30,000, those prizes, whether cash or goods, may be given directly to the player concerned, or inaccordance with the instructions of the player’s Member Association.

27.3 Prize money from events with larger prize funds

27.3.1 In a tournament where any prize is US $3,000 or more, or the total prize fund is US $30,000 ormore, all prizes must be paid in accordance with Regulations 27.3.2 to 27.3.5.

27.3.2 All prizes must be paid to the IBF within three weeks of the end of the tournament. Upon receiptof these prizes, the IBF shall without delay remit the appropriate amounts to the MemberAssociations of the players concerned.

27.3.3 If prize monies are not received by the IBF after three weeks, an interest surcharge of 0.25% perweek on any outstanding amount will be added to the total prize money due, this interest toaccrue on the first day of each succeeding week that the payment is outstanding.

27.3.4 Proof of payment of withholding tax must be supplied to the Federation within nine months ofthe tournament or sanction of future tournaments may be withdrawn.

27.3.5 The Federation shall not have any responsibility for paying to Member Associations any prizemonies that have not been paid in accordance with Regulation 27.3.2.

CRegs

27.4Division of prize money

27.4.1 The following division of prizes is recommended for International Open Tournaments and allother events with a comparable number of competitors:

% of total prize moneyWinner Runner-up Semi-fin

alistsQuarter-fin

alistsLast 16 Total

Men’s singles 8 4 2 1 0.4Number x1 x1 x2 x4 x8Total 8 4 4 4 3.2 23.2Women’s singles 6.9 3.3 1.8 0.9 -Number x1 x1 x2 x4 -Total 6.9 3.3 3.6 3.6 - 17.4Men’s doubles* 7.2 4 2.4 1.4 -Number x1 x1 x2 x4 -Total 7.2 4 4.8 5.6 - 21.6Women’s doubles* 6.1 4 2.2 1.1 -Number x1 x1 x2 x4 -Total 6.1 4 4.4 4.4 - 18.9Mixed doubles* 6.1 4 2.2 1.1 -Number x1 x1 x2 x4 -Total 6.1 4 4.4 4.4 - 18.9*per pair

27.4.2 Member Associations may vary the above divisions for tournaments with fewer than five eventsor with an artificially low entry.

27.5 Prize money forfeited in accordance with Anti–Doping Regulation 10 will belong to the IBF to be used atits sole discretion.

28. PLAYER MOVEMENT

28.1 A player may be entered into IBF-sanctioned competitions by any Member Association until and unlessanother Member Association objects.

28.2 To object, a Member Association must produce evidence that the player concerned was under contract toit or one of its regional associations or clubs.

28.3 IBF will review the contract and consider the player’s observations before deciding if the contract isenforceable.

28.4 If the contract is accepted as enforceable, the player will be barred from entry to internationalcompetitions for the period specified in the contract (or until the terms of the contract have been adheredto, if the contract provides for possible player movement). However, the maximum period of ineligibilityto enter international competitions will be six months, regardless of the contract’s provisions.

29. DOPING AND FEMININITY CONTROL

Doping control is regulated by the provisions of the Anti-Doping Regulations which shall apply to all events rundirectly or indirectly under the auspices of the IBF or one of its members, whether or not the event needs sanctionby the IBF. The IBF encourages dope-testing at all IBF-sanctioned events.

30. WORLD RANKING SYSTEM

Council, or such of its committees as it shall determine, is empowered to implement or modify the WorldRanking System [Appendix 6].

31. IMPLEMENTATION, MODIFICATION AND PENALTIES

31.1 Council, or such of its committees or sub-committees as it shall determine, has full authority toimplement, interpret or modify these Regulations and to impose penalties on any Member forinfringement of any of the Regulations. The Member Association(s) of the offending player(s) may alsobe instructed to take specified disciplinary action.

CRegs

APPENDIX 1

No

Yes

YesNo

No

P is not eligible torepresent M on theproposed date

Yes

START

*Has P represented anyMember Association otherthan M in the three yearspreceding the date of theproposed representation?

No

*Does P hold a passport forcountry M?

P is eligible torepresent M

on theproposed date

Was M the last MemberAssociation that P represented?

Yes

Has P represented M before?

CRegs

INTERNATIONAL REPRESENTATION CHART

Eligibility of player P to represent Member Association M

Special transitional provisions apply to a few specific players who were in the process of changing their representationwhen the Regulations were changed. IBF can provide further details, upon request.

CRegs

APPENDIX 2

SPECIFICATIONS FOR INTERNATIONAL STANDARD FACILITIES

1. Major IBF events

1.1 The minimum height from the floor over the full court for the Olympic Games, the World Championships,the World Junior Championships, the World Junior Team Championships, the World SeniorChampionships, the Sudirman Cup and the final stage of the Thomas and Uber Cups shall be 12 metres(39 feet).

1.2 The required height shall be entirely free of girders and other obstructions over the area of the court.

2. Other IBF and international events

2.1. The desirable height for all other international play is 12 metres (39 feet), but the minimum height is 9metres (30 feet).

2.2 The required height shall be entirely free of girders and other obstructions over the area of the court.

3. Flooring

3.1 It is desirable to have a wooden sprung floor together with approved non-slip court mats.

3.2. It is recommended that there shall be at least two metres (6½ feet) clear space surrounding all the outerlines of the court, this space also being a minimum requirement between any two courts marked out sideby side.

4. Background and lighting

4.1 To avoid any difficulty in sighting the shuttle, no part of the background behind the ends of the courtshould be coloured white. It is desirable that only darker colours are used.

4.2 The minimum recommended lighting level is 1000 Lux to provide even light over the court area. [Note,TV will advise on their lighting requirements and the optimal conditions for still photographers are1800-2000 Lux].

4.3 Lighting should not be directly over or behind the playing area but be positioned along the sides of thecourt.

4.4 All sources of daylight or sunlight behind or along the sides of the court, should be eliminated.

5 Air movement

5.1 Any air movement eg draughts from air conditioning must be tightly controlled or eliminated.

6. Umpire’s chair

6.1 The construction must be stable and safe for the umpire to ascend and descend.

6.2 It should be equipped with a hinged writing platform so that the umpire can rest the scoresheet.

6.3 The seat should be at the same height as the net ie 1.55 metres (5 feet) and should be comfortable in termsof size and material used for construction.

6.4 The chair should be centred along the extension of the net approximately one metre from the net.

7. General

7.1 Subject to the specific exception as set out in Regulation 14.6, these specifications shall be enforced bythe IBF in connection with the organisation of the major IBF events.

7.2 In exceptional circumstances, the sanctioning authority may vary these requirements.

CRegs

7.3 It is essential that all aspects of health, safety and security for players, officials and spectators are inaccordance with (local) Government Regulations.

Detailed information on the organisation of a badminton event can be found in the IBF’s ‘Event OrganisationManual’ which is available from either the IBF Secretariat or the website: www.worldbadminton.net.

CRegs

APPENDIX 3

ANTI-DOPING REGULATIONS

INTRODUCTION

PrefaceAt the IBF AGM held on 9 May 2004 in Jakarta, IBF accepted the World Anti-Doping Code (the"Code"). These anti-doping regulations are adopted and implemented in conformance with IBF'sresponsibilities under the Code, and are in furtherance of IBF's continuing efforts to eradicatedoping in the sport of badminton. Anti-doping regulations, like Competition Regulations, are sport rules governing the conditionsunder which sport is played. Players accept these rules as a condition of participation. Anti-dopingregulations are not intended to be subject to or limited by the requirements and legal standardsapplicable to criminal proceedings or employment matters. The policies and minimum standardsin the Code and implemented in these anti-doping regulations represent the consensus of a broadspectrum of stakeholders with an interest in fair sport and should be respected by all courts andadjudicating bodies.Fundamental Rationale for the Code and IBF's anti-doping regulationsAnti-doping programs seek to preserve what is intrinsically valuable about sport. This intrinsic valueis often referred to as "the spirit of sport"; it is the essence of Olympism; it is how we play true. Thespirit of sport is the celebration of the human spirit, body and mind, and is characterised by thefollowing values:

Ethics, fair play and honestyHealthExcellence in performanceCharacter and educationFun and joyTeamworkDedication and commitmentRespect for rules and lawsRespect for self and other participantsCourageCommunity and solidarity

Doping is fundamentally contrary to the spirit of sport. ScopeThese anti-doping regulations shall apply to IBF, each Member Association of IBF, and eachParticipant in the activities of IBF or any of its Member Associations by virtue of the Participant'smembership, accreditation, or participation in IBF, its Member Associations, or their activities orEvents. It is the responsibility of each Member Association to ensure that all national-level Testing on the Member Association'sPlayers complies with these anti-doping regulations. In some cases, the Member Association itself will be conductingthe Doping Control described in these anti-doping regulations. In other countries, many of the Doping Controlresponsibilities of the Member Association have been delegated or assigned by statute to a National Anti-DopingOrganisation. In those countries, references in these anti-doping regulations to the Member Association shall apply, asapplicable, to the Member Association's National Anti-Doping Organisation.These anti-doping regulations shall apply to all Doping Controls over which IBF and its MemberAssociations have jurisdiction.

1. DEFINITION OF DOPINGDoping is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the anti-doping regulation violations inRegulations 2.1 to 2.8 of these anti-doping regulations.

CRegs

2. ANTI-DOPING REGULATION VIOLATIONSThe following constitute anti-doping regulation violations:

2.1 The presence of a Prohibited Substance or its Metabolites or Markers in a Player’s bodilySpecimen2.1.1 It is each Player’s personal duty to ensure that no Prohibited Substance enters

the Player’s body. Players are responsible for any Prohibited Substance or itsMetabolites or Markers found to be present in their bodily Specimens.Accordingly, it is not necessary that intent, fault, negligence or knowing Useon the Player’s part be demonstrated in order to establish an anti-dopingviolation under Regulation 2.1.

2.1.2 Excepting those substances for which a quantitative reporting threshold isspecifically identified in the Prohibited List, the detected presence of anyquantity of a Prohibited Substance or its Metabolites or Markers in a Player’sSample shall constitute an anti-doping regulation violation.

2.1.3 As an exception to the general rule of Regulation 2.1, the Prohibited List mayestablish special criteria for the evaluation of Prohibited Substances that canalso be produced endogenously.

2.2 Use or Attempted Use of a Prohibited Substance or a Prohibited Method2.2.1 The success or failure of the Use of a Prohibited Substance or Prohibited

Method is not material. It is sufficient that the Prohibited Substance orProhibited Method was Used or Attempted to be Used for an anti-dopingregulation violation to be committed.

2.3 Refusing, or failing without compelling justification, to submit to Sample collectionafter notification as authorised in these anti-doping regulations or otherwise evadingSample collection.

2.4 Violation of the requirements regarding Player availability for Out-of-CompetitionTesting including failure to provide required whereabouts information in Regulation5.5 (Player whereabouts requirements) and missed tests which are declared, based onreasonable rules.

2.5 Tampering, or Attempting to Tamper, with any part of Doping Control.

2.6 Possession of Prohibited Substances and Methods2.6.1 Possession by a Player at any time or place of a substance that is prohibited

in Out-of-Competition Testing or a Prohibited Method unless the Playerestablishes that the Possession is pursuant to a Therapeutic Use Exemptiongranted in accordance with Regulation 4.4 (Therapeutic Use) or otheracceptable justification.

2.6.2 Possession of a Prohibited Substance that is prohibited in Out-of-CompetitionTesting or a Prohibited Method by Player Support Personnel in connectionwith a Player, Event or training, unless the Player Support Personnelestablishes that the Possession is pursuant to a Therapeutic Use Exemptiongranted to a Player in accordance with Regulation 4.4 (Therapeutic Use) orother acceptable justification.

CRegs

2.7 Trafficking in any Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method.

2.8 Administration or Attempted administration of a Prohibited Substance or ProhibitedMethod to any Player, or assisting, encouraging, aiding, abetting, covering up or anyother type of complicity involving an anti-doping regulation violation or anyAttempted violation.

3. PROOF OF DOPING

3.1 Burdens and standards of proof

IBF and its Member Associations shall have the burden of establishing that an anti-dopingregulation violation has occurred. The standard of proof shall be whether IBF or its MemberAssociation has established an anti-doping regulation violation to the comfortablesatisfaction of the hearing body bearing in mind the seriousness of the allegation which ismade. This standard of proof in all cases is greater than a mere balance of probability butless than proof beyond a reasonable doubt. Where these Regulations place the burden ofproof upon the Player or other Person alleged to have committed an anti-doping regulationviolation to rebut a presumption or establish specified facts or circumstances, the standardof proof shall be by a balance of probability.

3.2 Methods of establishing facts and presumptions

Facts related to anti-doping regulation violations may be established by any reliable means,including admissions. The following rules of proof shall be applicable in doping cases:

3.2.1 WADA-accredited laboratories are presumed to have conducted Sampleanalysis and custodial procedures in accordance with the InternationalStandard for laboratory analysis. The Player may rebut this presumption byestablishing that a departure from the International Standard occurred.

If the Player rebuts the preceding presumption by showing that a departure from the InternationalStandard occurred, then IBF or its Member Association shall have the burden to establishthat such departure did not cause the Adverse Analytical Finding.

3.2.2 Departures from the International Standard for Testing which did not cause anAdverse Analytical Finding or other anti-doping regulation violation shall notinvalidate such results. If the Player establishes that departures from theInternational Standard occurred during Testing, then IBF or its MemberAssociation shall have the burden to establish that such departures did notcause the Adverse Analytical Finding or the factual basis for the anti-dopingregulation violation.

4. THE PROHIBITED LIST

4.1 Incorporation of the Prohibited List

These anti-doping regulations incorporate the Prohibited List which is published and revisedby WADA as described in Article 4.1 of the Code. IBF will make the current Prohibited Listavailable to each Member Association, and each Member Association shall ensure that thecurrent Prohibited List is available to its members and constituents.

4.2 Prohibited Substances and Prohibited Methods identified on the Prohibited List

Unless provided otherwise in the Prohibited List and/or a revision, the Prohibited List andrevisions shall go into effect under these anti-doping regulations three months afterpublication of the Prohibited List by WADA without requiring any further action by IBF. Asdescribed in Article 4.2 of the Code, IBF may request that WADA expand the Prohibited Listfor the sport of badminton. IBF may also request that WADA include additional substances ormethods, which have the potential for abuse in the sport of badminton, in the monitoring

CRegs

program described in Article 4.5 of the Code. As provided in the Code, WADA shall make thefinal decision on such requests by IBF.

4.3 Criteria for including substances and methods on the Prohibited List

As provided in Article 4.4.3 of the Code, WADA’s determination of the Prohibited Substancesand Prohibited Methods that will be included on the Prohibited List shall be final and shall notbe subject to challenge by a Player or other Person.

4.4 Therapeutic Use 4.4.1 Players with a documented medical condition requiring the use of a Prohibited

Substance or a Prohibited Method must first obtain a Therapeutic UseExemption ("TUE").

4.4.2 Players included by IBF in its Registered Testing Pool and other Players priorto their participation in any International Event must obtain a required TUEfrom IBF (regardless of whether the Player previously has received a TUE atthe national level). TUEs granted by IBF shall be reported to the Player'sMember Association and to WADA. Other Players subject to Testing mustobtain a TUE from their National Anti-Doping Organisation or other bodydesignated by their Member Association. Member Associations shall promptlyreport any such TUEs to IBF and WADA.

4.4.3 IBF shall appoint a panel of doctors (the "TUE Panel") to consider requests forTUEs. Upon IBF's receipt of a TUE request, the Chair of the TUE Panel shallappoint one or more members of the TUE Panel (which may include the Chair)to consider such request. The TUE Panel member(s) so designated shallpromptly evaluate such request in accordance with the International Standardfor Therapeutic Use Exemptions and render a decision on such request, whichshall be the final decision of IBF.

International-Level Players who are included in the IBF's RegisteredTesting Pool, should apply to IBF for the TUE at the same time the Playerfirst provides whereabouts information to the IBF and, except inemergency situations, no later than 21 days before the Player'sparticipation in an International Event.

Players participating in International Events who are not included in theIBF Registered Testing Pool must, except in emergency situations, requesta TUE from IBF no later than 21 days before the Player's participation in anInternational Event.

4.4.4 WADA, at the request of a Player or on its own initiation, may review thegranting or denial of any TUE to an International Level Player or a nationallevel Player that is included in a Registered Testing Pool. If WADA determinesthat the granting or denial of a TUE did not comply with the InternationalStandard for Therapeutic Use Exemptions in force at the time then WADA mayreverse that decision. Decisions on TUEs are subject to further appeal asprovided in Regulation 13.

5. TESTING

5.1 Authority to Test

All Players affiliated with a Member Association shall be subject to In-Competition Testing byIBF, the Player's Member Association, and any other Anti-Doping Organisation responsiblefor Testing at a Competition or Event in which they participate. All Players affiliated with aMember Association shall also be subject to Out-of-Competition Testing at any time or place,with or without advance notice, by IBF, WADA, the Player's Member Association, the National

CRegs

Anti-Doping Organisation of any country where the Player is present, the IOC during theOlympic Games, and the IPC during Paralympic Games.

5.2 Responsibility for IBF Testing

IBF itself shall be responsible for overseeing all Testing conducted by IBF. Testing may beconducted by qualified persons so authorised by IBF.

5.3 Testing standards

Testing conducted by IBF and its Member Associations shall be in substantial conformitywith the International Standard for Testing in force at the time of Testing.

1 Blood (or other non-urine) Samples may be used either to detect Prohibited Substances orProhibited Methods or for screening procedure purposes only. If the blood is collected forscreening only, it will have no other consequences for the Player other than to identify thePlayer for a urine test under these anti-doping regulations. In these circumstances, the IBFmay decide at its own discretion which blood parameters are to be measured in the screeningSample and what levels of those parameters will be used to indicate that a Player should beselected for a urine test.

5.4 Coordination of Testing

IBF and Member Associations shall promptly report completed tests through theWADA clearing house to avoid unnecessary duplication in Testing.

5.5 Player whereabouts requirements5.5.1 IBF shall identify a Registered Testing Pool of those Players who are required

to provide up-to-date whereabouts information to IBF. IBF may revise itsRegistered Testing Pool from time to time as appropriate. Each Player in theRegistered Testing Pool shall file quarterly reports with IBF on forms providedby IBF which specify on a daily basis the locations and times where the Playerwill be residing, training and competing. Players shall update this informationas necessary so that it is current at all times. The ultimate responsibility forproviding whereabouts information rests with each Player. However, it shallbe the responsibility of each Member Association to use its best efforts toassist IBF in obtaining whereabouts information as requested by IBF.

5.5.2 Any Player in the IBF Registered Testing Pool who is unavailable for Testingon two attempts during any period of 24 consecutive months shall beconsidered to have committed an anti-doping regulation violation pursuant toRegulation 2.4. For each attempt, the Doping Control Officer shall visit alllocations during the times specified by the Player for that date and shall staytwo hours at each location. Notification shall be sent to the Player betweeneach attempt which is to be counted as an unavailable test.

5.5.3 Any Player in the IBF Registered Testing Pool who fails to submit timely arequired quarterly whereabouts report after receipt of a formal written warningfrom IBF or a Member Association to do so shall be considered to havecommitted an anti-doping regulation violation pursuant to Regulation 2.4.

5.5.4 Each Member Association shall also assist their National Anti-DopingOrganisation in establishing a national level Registered Testing Pool oftop-level national Players who are not already included in IBF's RegisteredTesting Pool. The Member Association/National Anti-Doping Organisationmay establish its own whereabouts reporting requirements and criteria forRegulation 2.4 violations applicable to those Players.

5.5.5 Whereabouts information provided pursuant to Regulations 5.5.1 and 5.5.4shall be shared with WADA and other Anti-Doping Organisations havingjurisdiction to test a Player on the strict condition that it be used only forDoping Control purposes.

CRegs

5.6 Retirement and return to competition5.6.1 A Player who has been identified by IBF for inclusion in IBF’s Registered

Testing Pool shall continue to be subject to these anti-doping regulations,including the obligation to be available for No Advance NoticeOut-of-Competition Testing, unless and until the Player (or the MemberAssociation on behalf of the Player) gives written notice to IBF that the Playerhas retired or until the Player no longer satisfies the criteria for inclusion inthe IBF's Registered Testing Pool and has been so informed by IBF.

5.6.2 A Player who has given notice of retirement to IBF may not resume competingunless the Player notifies IBF at least six months before the Player expects toreturn to competition and is available for unannounced Out-of-CompetitionTesting at any time during this period before actual return to competition. IBFmay give notice of a different period than six months at the time of receipt ofnotification of retirement.

5.6.3 Member Associations/National Anti-Doping Organisations may establishsimilar requirements for retirement and returning to competition for Players inthe national Registered Testing Pool.

5.7 Selection of Players to be tested5.7.1 IBF shall target a certain number of Players not necessarily linked to

Competition results in order to maximise the diversity of Players tested orbased on information provided by the WADA Clearinghouse on previous tests.

5.7.2 At National Events, each Member Association shall determine the number ofPlayers selected for Testing in each Competition and the procedures forselecting the Players for Testing.

5.7.3 In addition to the selection procedures in Regulations 5.7.1 and 5.7.2, the IBFat International Events, and the Member Association at National Events, mayalso select Players or teams for Target Testing so long as such Target Testingis not used for any purpose other than legitimate Doping Control purposes.

5.7.4 Players selected for Testing shall be notified only after completing their lastmatch of the day. Should a Player be notified before completing the Player’slast match of the day, the Player may appeal to the Referee. The Referee hasdiscretion to cancel the Test.

5.7.5 Players shall be selected for Out-of-Competition Testing by the IBF and byMember Associations through a process that substantially complies with theInternational Standard for Testing in force at the time of selection.

5.8 Member Associations and the organising committees for Member Association Eventsshall provide access to Independent Observers at Events as directed by IBF.

6. ANALYSIS OF SAMPLES Doping Control Samples collected under these anti-doping regulations shall be analysed inaccordance with the following principles:

6.1 Use of approved laboratories

IBF shall send Doping Control Samples for analysis only to WADA-accredited laboratories oras otherwise approved by WADA. The choice of the WADA-accredited laboratory (or othermethod approved by WADA) used for the Sample analysis shall be determined exclusively bythe body initiating the Testing.

6.2 Substances subject to detection

Doping Control Samples shall be analysed to detect Prohibited Substances and ProhibitedMethods identified on the Prohibited List and other substances as may be directed by WADApursuant to the Monitoring Program described in Article 4.5 of the Code.

6.3 Research on Samples

CRegs

No Sample may be used for any purpose other than the detection of substances (or classesof substances) or methods on the Prohibited List, or as otherwise identified by WADApursuant to its Monitoring Program, without the Player's written consent.

CRegs

Standards for Sample analysis and reporting

Laboratories shall analyse Doping Control Samples and report results in conformity with theInternational Standard for Laboratory Analysis.

7. RESULTS MANAGEMENT

7.1 Results Management for Tests initiated by IBF

Results management for Tests initiated by IBF (including Tests performed by WADA pursuantto agreement with IBF) shall proceed as in Regulations 7.1.1 to 7.1.9.

7.1.1 The results from all analyses must be sent to IBF in encoded form, in a reportsigned by an authorised representative of the laboratory. All communicationmust be conducted in such a way that the results of the analyses areconfidential.

2 Upon receipt of an A Sample Adverse Analytical Finding, the IBF IndependentDoping Review Panel shall conduct a review to determine whether:

an applicable Therapeutic Use Exemption has been granted; or

there is any apparent departure from the International Standards forTesting or Laboratory Analysis that undermines the validity of the AdverseAnalytical Finding.

IBF shall appoint an Independent Doping Review Panel consisting of a Chairand three other members with experience in anti-doping. All members of thePanel shall be otherwise independent from IBF. Each panel member shallserve a term of four years. In each case the Chair of the Panel shall appointone or more members of the Panel (which may include the Chair) to conductthe review discussed in Regulations 7.1.2, 7.1.8 and 7.1.9, and to review anyother potential violations of these anti-doping regulations as may berequested by IBF.

3 If the initial review under Regulation 7.1.2 does not reveal an applicableTherapeutic Use Exemption or departure from the International Standard forTesting or the International Standard for laboratory analysis in force at thetime of Testing or analysis that undermines the validity of the AdverseAnalytical Finding, IBF shall promptly notify the Player of:

the Adverse Analytical Finding

the anti-doping regulation violated, or, in a case under Regulations 7.1.8 or7.1.9, a description of the additional investigation that will be conducted asto whether there is an anti-doping regulation violation

the Player's right to promptly request the analysis of the B Sample or,failing such request, that the B Sample analysis may be deemed waived

the right of the Player and/or the Player's representative to attend theB Sample opening and analysis if such analysis is requested

andthe Player's right to request copies of the A and B Sample laboratorydocumentation package which includes information as required by theInternational Standard for Laboratory Analysis.

CRegs

7.1.4 Arrangements shall be made for Testing the B Sample within three weeks ofthe notification described in Regulation 7.1.3. A Player may accept the ASample analytical results by waiving the requirement for B Sample analysis.IBF may nonetheless elect to proceed with the B Sample analysis.

7.1.5 The Player and/or the Player’s representative shall be allowed to be present atthe analysis of the B Sample. Also a representative of the Player's MemberAssociation as well as a representative of IBF shall be allowed to be present.

7.1.6 If the B Sample proves negative, the entire test shall be considered negativeand the Player, the Player’s Member Association, and IBF shall be soinformed.

7.1.7 If a Prohibited Substance or the Use of a Prohibited Method is identified, thefindings shall be reported to the Player, the Player’s Member Association, IBF,and to WADA.

7.1.8 The IBF Independent Doping Review Panel shall conduct any follow-upinvestigation as may be required by the Prohibited List. Upon completion ofsuch follow-up investigation, IBF shall promptly notify the Player regardingthe results of the follow-up investigation and whether or not IBF asserts thatan anti-doping regulation was violated.

7.1.9 For apparent anti-doping regulation violations that do not involve AdverseAnalytical Findings, IBF shall conduct any necessary follow-up investigationand shall then promptly notify the Player of the anti-doping regulation whichappears to have been violated, and the basis of the violation.

7.2 Results management for Tests initiated during other International Events

Results management and the conduct of hearings from a test by the International OlympicCommittee, the International Paralympic Committee, or a Major Event Organisation, shall bemanaged, as far as sanctions beyond Disqualification from the Event or the results of theEvent, by IBF.

7.3 Results management for Tests initiated by Member Associations

Results management conducted by Member Associations shall be consistent with the generalprinciples for effective and fair results management which underlie the detailed provisions inRegulation 7.1. Results of all Doping Controls shall be reported to IBF within 14 days of theconclusion of the Member Association's results management process. Any apparentanti-doping regulation violation by a Player who is a member of that Member Associationshall be promptly referred to an appropriate hearing panel established pursuant to the rulesof the Member Association or national law. Apparent anti-doping regulation violations byPlayers who are members of another Member Association shall be referred to IBF for hearing.

7.4 Provisional Suspensions

IBF, after consultation with the IBF Independent Doping Review Panel, may ProvisionallySuspend a Player prior to the opportunity for a full hearing based on an Adverse AnalyticalFinding from the Player's A Sample or A and B Samples and the review described inRegulation 7.1. If a Provisional Suspension is imposed, either the hearing in accordance withRegulation 8 shall be advanced to a date which avoids substantial prejudice to the Player, orthe Player shall be given an opportunity for a Provisional Hearing before imposition of theProvisional Suspension or on a timely basis after imposition of the Provisional Suspension.Member Associations may impose Provisional Suspensions in accordance with the principles

CRegs

in this Regulation.

8. RIGHT TO A FAIR HEARING 8.1 Hearings arising out of IBF Testing or Tests at International Events

8.1.1 IBF shall appoint a standing panel consisting of a Chair and four other people withexperience in anti-doping ("IBF Doping Hearing Panel").

8.1.2 When it appears, following the Results Management process described in Regulation 7, thatthese anti-doping regulations have been violated in connection with IBF Testing or Testing atan International Event then the case shall be assigned to the IBF Doping Hearing Panel foradjudication.

8.1.3 The Chair of the IBF Doping Hearing Panel shall appoint three members from the panel(which may include the Chair) to hear each case, and appoint a Chair of the panel for thatcase. The appointed members shall have had no prior involvement with the case and shallnot have the same nationality as the Player or other Person alleged to have violated theseanti-doping regulations. Where there are insufficient Panel members due to priorinvolvement, a nationality constraint, or unavailability, the IBF President may appoint suchadditional Panel members as may be required.

8.1.4 Hearings pursuant to this Regulation shall be completed expeditiously following thecompletion of the results management process described in Regulation 7. Hearings held inconnection with Events may be conducted on an expedited basis.

8.1.5 The Member Association of the Player or other Person alleged to have violated theseanti-doping regulations may participate in the hearing.

8.1.6 IBF shall keep WADA fully apprised as to the status of pending cases and the results of allhearings.

8.1.7 A Player or other Person may forego a hearing by acknowledging the anti-doping regulationviolation and accepting Consequences consistent with Regulations 9 and 10 as proposed byIBF.

8.1.8 Decisions of the IBF Doping Hearing Panel may be appealed to Court of Arbitration forSport as provided in Regulation 13.

8.2 Hearings arising out of national Testing

8.2.1 When it appears, following the Results Management process described in Regulation 7, thatthese anti-doping regulations have been violated in connection with Testing other than inconnection with IBF Testing or Testing at an International Event, the Player or other Personinvolved shall be brought before a disciplinary panel of the Player’s or other Person'sMember Association for a hearing to adjudicate whether a violation of these anti-dopingregulations occurred, and if so, what Consequences should be imposed.

8.2.2 Hearings pursuant to this Regulation 8.2 shall be completed expeditiously and in all caseswithin three months of the completion of the Results Management process described inRegulation 7. Hearings held in connection with Events may be conducted by an expeditedprocess. If the completion of the hearing is delayed beyond three months, IBF may elect tobring the case directly before the IBF Doping Hearing Panel at the responsibility and at theexpense of the Member Association.

8.2.3 Member Associations shall keep IBF and WADA fully apprised as to the status of pendingcases and the results of all hearings.

8.2.4 IBF and WADA shall have the right to attend hearings as an observer.

CRegs

8.2.5 The Player or other Person may forego a hearing by acknowledging the violation of theseanti-doping regulations and accepting Consequences consistent with Regulations 9 and 10 asproposed by the Member Association.

8.2.6 Decisions by Member Associations, whether as the result of a hearing or the Player’s or otherPerson's acceptance of Consequences, may be appealed as provided in Regulation 13.

8.2.7 Hearing decisions by the Member Association shall not be subject to further administrativereview at the national level except as provided in Regulation 13 or required by applicablenational law.

8.3 Principles for a fair hearing

All hearings pursuant to either Regulation 8.1 or 8.2 shall respect the following principles:

a timely hearing

fair and impartial hearing body

the right to be represented at the Person's own expense

the right to be fairly and timely informed of the asserted anti-doping regulation violation

the right to respond to the asserted anti-doping regulation violation and resulting Consequences

the right of each party to present evidence, including the right to call and question witnesses (subject to thehearing body's discretion to accept testimony by telephone or written submission)

the Person's right to an interpreter at the hearing, with the Doping Panel to determine the identity, andresponsibility for the cost of the interpreter

and

a timely, written, reasoned decision.

9. AUTOMATIC DISQUALIFICATION OF INDIVIDUAL RESULTSA violation of these anti-doping regulations in connection with an In-Competition test automaticallyleads to Disqualification of the individual result obtained in that Competition with all resultingconsequences, including forfeiture of any medals, points and prizes.

10. SANCTIONS ON INDIVIDUALS

10.1 Disqualification of results in Event during which an anti-doping regulation violation occurs

An anti-doping regulation violation occurring during or in connection with an Event may leadto Disqualification of all of the Player's individual results obtained in that Event with allconsequences, including forfeiture of all medals, points and prizes, except as provided inRegulation 10.1.1.

10.1.1 If the Player establishes that the Player bears No Fault or Negligence for theviolation, the Player's individual results in the other Competition shall not beDisqualified unless the Player's results in Competition other than theCompetition in which the anti-doping regulation violation occurred were likelyto have been affected by the Player's anti-doping regulation violation.

10.2 Imposition of Ineligibility for Prohibited Substances and Prohibited Methods

Except for the specified substances identified in Regulation 10.3, the period of Ineligibilityimposed for a violation of Regulation 2.1 (presence of Prohibited Substance or its Metabolitesor Markers), Regulation 2.2 (Use or Attempted Use of Prohibited Substance or Prohibited

CRegs

Method) and Regulation 2.6 (Possession of Prohibited Substances and Methods) shall be:First violation: Two years' Ineligibility.

Second violation: Lifetime Ineligibility.

However, the Player or other Person shall have the opportunity in each case, before a period of Ineligibility isimposed, to establish the basis for eliminating or reducing this sanction as provided in Regulation 10.5.

3 Specified Substances

The Prohibited List may identify specified substances which are particularly susceptible tounintentional anti-doping regulations violations because of their general availability inmedicinal products or which are less likely to be successfully abused as doping agents.Where a Player can establish that the Use of such a specified substance was not intended toenhance sport performance, the period of Ineligibility found in Regulation 10.2 shall bereplaced with the following:First violation: At a minimum, a warning and reprimand and no period of Ineligibility from future

Events, and at a maximum, one year's Ineligibility.

Second violation: Two years' Ineligibility.

Third violation: Lifetime Ineligibility.

However, the Player or other Person shall have the opportunity in each case, before a period of Ineligibility isimposed, to establish the basis for eliminating or reducing (in the case of a second or third violation) this sanction asprovided in Regulation 10.5.

10.4 Ineligibility for other anti-doping regulation violations

The period of Ineligibility for other violations of these anti-doping regulations shall be:

10.4.1 For violations of Regulation 2.3 (refusing or failing to submit to Samplecollection) or Regulation 2.5 (Tampering with Doping Control), the Ineligibilityperiods in Regulation 10.2 shall apply.

10.4.2 For violations of Regulation 2.7 (Trafficking) or Regulation 2.8 (administrationof Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method), the period of Ineligibilityimposed shall be a minimum of four years up to lifetime Ineligibility. Ananti-doping regulation violation involving a Minor shall be considered aparticularly serious violation, and, if committed by Player Support Personnelfor violations other than specified substances referenced in Regulation 10.3,shall result in lifetime Ineligibility for such Player Support Personnel. Inaddition, violations of such Regulations which also violate non-sporting lawsand regulations, may be reported to the competent administrative,professional or judicial authorities.

10.4.3 For violations of Regulation 2.4 (whereabouts violations or missed Tests), theperiod of Ineligibility shall be:First violation: Three months to one year Ineligibility.

Second and subsequent violations: Two years' Ineligibility.

10.5 Elimination or reduction of period of Ineligibility based on exceptional circumstances

10.5.1 If the Player establishes in an individual case involving an anti-dopingregulation violation under Regulation 2.1 (presence of Prohibited Substance orits Metabolites or Markers) or Use of a Prohibited Substance or ProhibitedMethod under Regulation 2.2 that the Player bears No Fault or Negligence forthe violation, the otherwise applicable period of Ineligibility shall be

CRegs

eliminated. When a Prohibited Substance or its Markers or Metabolites isdetected in a Player's Specimen in violation of Regulation 2.1 (presence ofProhibited Substance), the Player must also establish how the ProhibitedSubstance entered the Player’s system in order to have the period ofIneligibility eliminated. In the event this Regulation is applied and the periodof Ineligibility otherwise applicable is eliminated, the anti-doping regulationviolation shall not be considered a violation for the limited purpose ofdetermining the period of Ineligibility for multiple violations under Regulation10.2, 10.3 and 10.6.

10.5.2 This Regulation 10.5.2 applies only to anti-doping regulation violationsinvolving Regulation 2.1 (presence of Prohibited Substance or its Metabolitesor Markers), Use of a Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method underRegulation 2.2, failing to submit to Sample collection under Regulation 2.3, oradministration of a Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method underRegulation 2.8. If a Player establishes in an individual case involving suchviolations that the Player bears No Significant Fault or Negligence, then theperiod of Ineligibility may be reduced, but the reduced period of Ineligibilitymay not be less than one-half of the minimum period of Ineligibility otherwiseapplicable. If the otherwise applicable period of Ineligibility is a lifetime, thereduced period under this section may be no less than 8 years. When aProhibited Substance or its Markers or Metabolites is detected in a Player'sSpecimen in violation of Regulation 2.1 (presence of Prohibited Substance),the Player must also establish how the Prohibited Substance entered thePlayer’s system in order to have the period of Ineligibility reduced.

10.5.3 The IBF Doping Hearing Panel may also reduce the period of Ineligibility in anindividual case where the Player has provided substantial assistance to IBFwhich results in IBF discovering or establishing an anti-doping regulationviolation by another Person involving Possession under Regulation 2.6.2(Possession by Player Support Personnel), Regulation 2.7 (Trafficking), orRegulation 2.8 (administration to a Player). The reduced period of Ineligibilitymay not, however, be less than one-half of the minimum period of Ineligibilityotherwise applicable. If the otherwise applicable period of Ineligibility is alifetime, the reduced period under this Regulation may be no less than 8 years.

10.6 Regulations for certain potential multiple violations

10.6.1 For purposes of imposing sanctions under Regulations 10.2, 10.3 and 10.4, asecond anti-doping regulation violation may be considered for purposes ofimposing sanctions only if the IBF (or its Member Association) can establishthat the Player or other Person committed the second anti-doping regulationviolation after the Player or other Person received notice, or after IBF (or itsMember Association) made a reasonable attempt to give notice, of the firstanti-doping regulation violation; if the IBF (or its Member Association) cannotestablish this, the violations shall be considered as one single first violation,and the sanction imposed shall be based on the violation that carries the moresevere sanction.

10.6.2 Where a Player, based on the same Doping Control, is found to havecommitted an anti-doping regulation violation involving both a specifiedsubstance under Regulation 10.3 and another Prohibited Substance orProhibited Method, the Player shall be considered to have committed a singleanti-doping regulation violation, but the sanction imposed shall be based onthe Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method that carries the most severesanction.

CRegs

10.6.3 Where a Player is found to have committed two separate anti-dopingregulation violations, one involving a specified substance governed by thesanctions in Regulation 10.3 (specified substances) and the other involving aProhibited Substance or Prohibited Method governed by the sanctions inRegulation 10.2 or a violation governed by the sanctions in Regulation 10.4.1,the period of Ineligibility imposed for the second offence shall be at aminimum two years’ Ineligibility and at a maximum three years’ Ineligibility.Any Player found to have committed a third anti-doping regulation violationinvolving any combination of specified substances under Regulation 10.3 andany other anti-doping regulation violation under Regulation 10.2 or 10.4.1 shallreceive a sanction of lifetime Ineligibility.

10.7 Disqualification of results in Competitions subsequent to Sample collection

In addition to the automatic Disqualification of the results in the Competition which producedthe positive Sample under Regulation 9 (Automatic Disqualification of Individual Results), allother competitive results obtained from the date a positive Sample was collected (whetherIn-Competition or Out-of-Competition), or other doping violation occurred, through thecommencement of any Provisional Suspension or Ineligibility period, shall, unless fairnessrequires otherwise, be Disqualified with all of the resulting consequences including forfeitureof any medals, points and prizes.

10.8 Commencement of Ineligibility period

The period of Ineligibility shall start on the date of the hearing decision providing forIneligibility or, if the hearing is waived, on the date Ineligibility is accepted or otherwiseimposed. Any period of Provisional Suspension (whether imposed or voluntarily accepted)shall be credited against the total period of Ineligibility to be served. Where required byfairness, such as delays in the hearing process or other aspects of Doping Control notattributable to the Player, IBF or the Anti-Doping Organisation imposing the sanction maystart the period of Ineligibility at an earlier date commencing as early as the date of Samplecollection.

10.9 Status during Ineligibility

No Person who has been declared Ineligible may, during the period of Ineligibility, participatein any capacity in an Event or activity (other than authorised anti-doping education orrehabilitation programs) authorised or organised by IBF or any Member Association. Inaddition, for any anti-doping regulation violation not involving specified substancesdescribed in Regulation 10.3, some or all sport-related financial support or other sport-relatedbenefits received by such Person will be withheld by IBF and its Member Associations. APerson subject to a period of Ineligibility longer than four years may, after completing fouryears of the period of Ineligibility, participate in local sport events in a sport other than sportssubject to the jurisdictions of IBF and its Member Associations, but only so long as the localsport event is not at a level that could otherwise qualify such Person directly or indirectly tocompete in (or accumulate points toward) a national championship or International Event.10 Reinstatement Testing

As a condition of regaining eligibility at the end of a specified period of Ineligibility, a Playermust, during any period of Provisional Suspension or Ineligibility, be available forOut-of-Competition Testing by IBF, the applicable Member Association, and any otherAnti-Doping Organisation having Testing jurisdiction, and must provide current and accuratewhereabouts information as provided in Regulation 5.5. If a Player subject to a period ofIneligibility retires from sport and is removed from Out-of-Competition Testing pools and laterseeks reinstatement, the Player shall not be eligible for reinstatement until the Player hasnotified IBF and the applicable Member Association and has been subject to

CRegs

Out-of-Competition Testing for a period of time equal to the longer of the period in Regulation5.6 or the period of Ineligibility remaining as of the date the Player had retired. During suchremaining period of Ineligibility, a minimum of two tests must be conducted on the Playerwith at least three months between each test. The Member Association shall be responsiblefor conducting the necessary tests, but tests by any Anti-Doping Organisation may be usedto satisfy the requirement. The results of such tests shall be reported to IBF. In addition,immediately prior to the end of the suspension period, a Player must undergo Testing by IBFfor the Prohibited Substances and Methods for Out-of-Competition Testing. Once the periodof a Player's suspension has expired, and the Player has fulfilled the conditions ofreinstatement, then the Player will become automatically re-eligible and no application by thePlayer or by the Player's Member Association will then be necessary.

11. CONSEQUENCES TO TEAMS 1 If a member of a team is found to have committed a violation of these anti-doping

regulations during an Event, the team shall be Disqualified from the Event.

2 In doubles Competitions, the partner of the Player found guilty of a doping offenceunder these anti-doping regulations will incur the same prize money and WorldRanking points penalties as the offender.

12. SANCTIONS AND COSTS ASSESSED AGAINST MEMBER ASSOCIATIONS

12.1 IBF has the authority to withhold some or all funding or other non-financial support toMember Associations that are not in compliance with these anti-doping regulations.

12.2 IBF may elect to take additional disciplinary action against Member Associations withrespect to recognition, the eligibility of its officials and Players to participate inInternational Events and fines based on the following:

12.2.1 Four or more violations of these anti-doping regulations (other than violationsinvolving Regulations 2.4 and 10.3) are committed by Players or other Personsaffiliated with a Member Association within a 12-month period in testingconducted by IBF or Anti-Doping Organisations other than the MemberAssociation or its National Anti-Doping Organisation. In such event the IBFmay in its discretion elect to:

ban all officials from that Member Association for participation in any IBFactivities for a period of up to two years

and/or

fine the Member Association up to US $100,000. (For purposes of thisRegulation, any fine paid pursuant to Regulation 12.2.2 shall be creditedagainst any fine assessed.)

If four or more violations of these anti-doping regulations (other thanviolations involving Regulations 2.4 and 10.3) are committed in addition to theviolations described in Regulation 12.2.1 by Players or other Persons affiliatedwith a Member Association within a 12-month period in testing conducted byIBF or Anti-Doping Organisations other than the Member Association or itsNational Anti-Doping Organisation, then the IBF may suspend that MemberAssociation’s membership for a period of up to four years.

12.2.2 More than one Player or other Person from a Member Association commits ananti-doping regulation violation during an International Event. In such eventIBF may fine that Member Association up to US $20,000.

CRegs

12.2.3 A Member Association has failed to make diligent efforts to keep IBF informedabout a Player's whereabouts after receiving a request for that informationfrom IBF. In such event IBF may fine the Member Association an amount up toUS $20,000 per Player in addition to all of IBF costs incurred in Testing thatMember Association's Players.

13. APPEALS

13.1 Decisions subject to appeal

Decisions made under these anti-doping regulations may be appealed as in Regulations 13.2to 13.4. Such decisions shall remain in effect while under appeal unless the appellate bodyorders otherwise. Before an appeal is commenced, any post-decision review authorised inRegulation 8.2.7 must be exhausted.

13.2 Appeals from decisions regarding anti-doping regulation violations, consequences, andProvisional Suspensions

A decision that an anti-doping regulation violation was committed

a decision imposing Consequences for an anti-doping regulation violation

a decision that no anti-doping regulation violation was committed

a decision that the IBF or its Member Association lacks jurisdiction to rule on analleged anti-doping regulation violation or its Consequences

or

a decision to impose a Provisional Suspension as a result of a Provisional Hearing orotherwise in violation of Regulation 7.4

may be appealed exclusively as provided in this Regulation 13.2. Notwithstanding any otherprovision herein, the only Person that may appeal from a Provisional Suspension is thePlayer or other Person upon whom the Provisional Suspension is imposed.

13.2.1 In cases arising from competition in an International Event or in casesinvolving International-Level Players, the decision may be appealedexclusively to the Court of Arbitration for Sport ("CAS") in accordance with theprovisions applicable before such court.

2 In cases involving Players that do not have a right to appeal under Regulation13.2.1, each Member Association shall have in place an appeal procedure thatrespects the following principles:

a timely hearing

a fair and impartial hearing body

the right to be represented at the Person’s expense; and a timely,written, reasoned decision.

IBF’s rights of appeal with respect to these cases are in Regulation 13.2.3.3 In cases under Regulation 13.2.1, the following parties shall have the right to

appeal to CAS:

the Player or other Person who is the subject of the decision being

CRegs

appealed

the other party to the case in which the decision was rendered

IBF and any other Anti-Doping Organisation under whose rules a sanctioncould have been imposed

the International Olympic Committee or International ParalympicCommittee, as applicable, where the decision may have an effect inrelation to the Olympic Games or Paralympic Games, including decisionsaffecting eligibility for the Olympic Games or Paralympic Games

and

WADA.

In cases under Regulation 13.2.2, the parties having the right to appeal to thenational-level reviewing body shall be as provided in the MemberAssociation's rules but, at a minimum, shall include:

the Player or other Person who is the subject of the decision beingappealed

the other party to the case in which the decision was rendered

IBF

and

WADA.

For cases under Regulation 13.2.2, WADA and IBF shall also have the right toappeal to CAS with respect to the decision of the national-level reviewingbody.

13.3 Appeals from decisions granting or denying a Therapeutic Use Exemption

Decisions by WADA reversing the grant or denial of a TUE exemption may be appealedexclusively to CAS by the Player, IBF, or National Anti-Doping Organisation or other bodydesignated by a Member Association which granted or denied the exemption. Decisions todeny Therapeutic Use Exemptions, and which are not reversed by WADA, may be appealed byInternational-Level Players to CAS and by other Players to the national level reviewing bodydescribed in Regulation 13.2.2. If the national level reviewing body reverses the decision todeny a Therapeutic Use Exemption, that decision may be appealed to CAS by WADA.

13.4 Appeal from decisions pursuant to Regulation 12

Decisions by IBF pursuant to Regulation 12 may be appealed exclusively to CAS by theMember Association.

13.5 Time for filing appeals

The time to file an appeal to CAS shall be twenty-one days from the date of receipt of thedecision by the appealing party. The above notwithstanding, the following shall apply inconnection with appeals filed by a party entitled to appeal but which was not a party to theproceedings having lead to the decision subject to appeal:

Within ten days from notice of the decision, such party/ies shall have the right to requestfrom the body having issued the decision a copy of the file on which such body relied.

If such a request is made within the ten-day period, then the party making such request shallhave twenty-one days from receipt of the file to file an appeal to CAS.

CRegs

14. MEMBER ASSOCIATIONS’ INCORPORATION OF IBF REGULATIONS, REPORTING ANDRECOGNITION

14.1 Incorporation of IBF anti-doping regulations

All Member Associations shall comply with these anti-doping regulations. The Rules of eachMember Association shall specifically provide that all Players, Player Support Personnel andother Persons under the jurisdiction of the Member Association shall be bound by theseanti-doping regulations.

14.2 Statistical Reporting

Member Associations shall report to IBF at the end of every year results of all DopingControls within their jurisdiction sorted by Player and identifying each date on which thePlayer was tested, the entity conducting the test, and whether the test was In-Competition orOut-of-Competition. IBF may periodically publish Testing data received from MemberAssociations as well as comparable data from Testing under IBF's jurisdiction.

14.3 Doping Control information clearing house

When a Member Association has received an Adverse Analytical Finding on one of its Players,it shall report the following information to IBF and WADA within fourteen days of the processdescribed in Regulations 7.1.2 and 7.1.3: the Player’s name, country, sport and disciplinewithin the sport, whether the test was In-Competition or Out-of-Competition, the date ofSample collection and the analytical result reported by the laboratory. The MemberAssociation shall also regularly update IBF and WADA on the status and findings of anyreview or proceedings conducted pursuant to Regulation 7 (Results Management), Regulation8 (Right to a Fair Hearing) or Regulation 13 (Appeals), and comparable information shall beprovided to IBF and WADA within 14 days of the notification described in Regulation 7.1.9,with respect to other violations of these anti-doping regulations. In any case in which theperiod of Ineligibility is eliminated under Regulation 10.5.1 (No Fault or Negligence) orreduced under Regulation 10.5.2 (No Significant Fault or Negligence), IBF and WADA shall beprovided with a written reasoned decision explaining the basis for the elimination orreduction. Neither IBF nor WADA shall disclose this information beyond those persons withintheir organisations with a need to know until the Member Association has made publicdisclosure or has failed to make public disclosure as required in Regulation 14.4.

14.4 Public disclosure

Neither IBF nor its Member Association shall publicly identify Players whose Samples haveresulted in Adverse Analytical Findings, or who were alleged to have violated other of theseanti-doping regulations until it has been determined in a hearing in accordance withRegulation 8 that an anti-doping regulation violation has occurred, or such hearing has beenwaived, or the assertion of an anti-doping regulation violation has not been timely challengedor the Player has been Provisionally Suspended. Once a violation of these anti-dopingregulations has been established, it shall be publicly reported within 20 days. However, whenit is clear that public knowledge of an Adverse Analytical Finding exists, IBF reserves theright to confirm outline details as appropriate.5 Recognition of decisions by IBF and Member Associations

Any decision of IBF or a Member Association regarding a violation of these anti-dopingregulations shall be recognised by all Member Associations, which shall take all necessaryaction to render such decisions effective.

15. RECOGNITION OF DECISIONS BY OTHER ORGANISATIONS

CRegs

Subject to the right to appeal provided in Regulation 13, the Testing, Therapeutic Use Exemptionsand hearing results or other final adjudications of any Signatory to the Code which are consistentwith the Code and are within the Signatory’s authority, shall be recognised and respected by IBFand its Member Associations. IBF and its Member Associations may recognise the same actions ofother bodies which have not accepted the Code if the rules of those bodies are otherwiseconsistent with the Code.

16. STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS No action may be commenced under these anti-doping regulations against a Player or otherPerson for a violation of an anti-doping regulation contained in these anti-doping regulations unlesssuch action is commenced within eight years from the date the violation occurred.

17. IBF COMPLIANCE REPORTS TO WADA

IBF will report to WADA on IBF's compliance with the Code every second year and shall explain reasons forany non-compliance.

18. AMENDMENT AND INTERPRETATION OF ANTI-DOPING REGULATIONS

18.1 These anti-doping regulations may be amended from time to time by IBF Council.

18.2 Except as provided in Regulation 18.5, these anti-doping regulations shall beinterpreted as an independent and autonomous text and not by reference to existinglaw or statutes.

18.3 The headings used for the various Parts and Regulations of these anti-dopingregulations are for convenience only and shall not be deemed part of the substance ofthese anti-doping regulations or to affect in any way the language of the provisions towhich they refer.

18.4 The INTRODUCTION and the APPENDIX 1 DEFINITIONS shall be considered integralparts of these anti-doping regulations.

18.5 These anti-doping regulations have been adopted pursuant to the applicableprovisions of the Code and shall be interpreted in a manner that is consistent withapplicable provisions of the Code. The comments annotating various provisions ofthe Code may, where applicable, assist in the understanding and interpretation ofthese anti-doping regulations.

18.6 Notice to a Player or other Person who is a member of a Member Association may beaccomplished by delivery of the notice to the Member Association.

18.7 These anti-doping regulations shall not apply retrospectively to matters pendingbefore the date these anti-doping regulations came into effect.

CRegs

WADA APPENDIX 1 to CR APPENDIX 3 – ANTI-DOPING REGULATIONS - DEFINITIONS

Adverse Analytical Finding. A report from a laboratory or other approved Testing entity that identifies in a Specimenthe presence of a Prohibited Substance or its Metabolites or Markers (including elevated quantities of endogenoussubstances) or evidence of the Use of a Prohibited Method.

Anti-Doping Organisation. A Signatory that is responsible for adopting rules for initiating, implementing or enforcingany part of the Doping Control process. This includes, for example, the International Olympic Committee, theInternational Paralympic Committee, other Major Event Organisations that conduct Testing at their Events, WADA,International Federations, and National Anti-Doping Organisations.

Attempt. Purposely engaging in conduct that constitutes a substantial step in a course of conduct planned to culminate inthe commission of an anti-doping regulation violation. Provided, however, there shall be no anti-doping regulationviolation based solely on an Attempt to commit a violation if the Person renounces the attempt prior to it beingdiscovered by a third party not involved in the Attempt.

Code. The World Anti-Doping Code.

Competition. A single race, match, game or singular athletic contest. For example, the finals of the Olympic 100-meterdash. For stage races and other athletic contests where prizes are awarded on a daily or other interim basis thedistinction between a Competition and an Event will be as provided in the rules of the applicable InternationalFederation.

Consequences of anti-doping regulation violations. A Player's or other Person's violation of an anti-doping regulationmay result in one or more of the following: (a) Disqualification means the Player’s results in a particular Competitionor Event are invalidated, with all resulting consequences including forfeiture of any medals, points and prizes; (b)Ineligibility means the Player or other Person is barred for a specified period of time from participating in anyCompetition or other activity or funding as provided in Regulation 10.9; and (c) Provisional Suspension means thePlayer or other Person is barred temporarily from participating in any Competition prior to the final decision at ahearing conducted under Regulation 8 (Right to a Fair Hearing).

Disqualification. See Consequences of anti-doping regulation violations above.

Doping Control. The process including test distribution planning, Sample collection and handling, laboratory analysis,results management, hearings and appeals.

Event. A series of individual Competitions conducted together under one ruling body (eg, the Olympic Games, IBFWorld Championships, or Pan American Games).

In-Competition. For purposes of differentiating between In-Competition and Out-of-Competition Testing, unlessprovided otherwise in the rules of an International Federation or other relevant Anti-Doping Organisation, anIn-Competition test is a test where a Player is selected for testing in connection with a specific Competition.

Independent Observer Program. A team of observers, under the supervision of WADA, who observe the Doping Controlprocess at certain Events and report on observations. If WADA is testing In-Competition at an Event, the observers shallbe supervised by an independent organisation.

Ineligibility. See Consequences of anti-doping regulation violations above.

International Event. An Event where the International Olympic Committee, the International Paralympic Committee, anInternational Federation, a Major Event Organisation, or another international sport organisation is the ruling body forthe Event or appoints the technical officials for the Event.

International-Level Player. Players designated by one or more International Federations as being within the RegisteredTesting Pool for an International Federation.

International Standard. A standard adopted by WADA in support of the Code. Compliance with an InternationalStandard (as opposed to another alternative standard, practice or procedure) shall be sufficient to conclude that theprocedures addressed by the International Standard were performed properly.

CRegs

Major Event Organisations. This term refers to the continental associations of National Olympic Committees and otherinternational multi-sport organisations that function as the ruling body for any continental, regional or otherInternational Event.

Marker. A compound, group of compounds or biological parameters that indicates the Use of a Prohibited Substance orProhibited Method.

Member Association. A national or regional entity which is a member of or is recognised by IBF as the entity governingbadminton in that nation or region.

Metabolite. Any substance produced by a biotransformation process.

Minor. A natural Person who has not reached the age of majority as established by the applicable laws of the Person’scountry of residence.

National Anti-Doping Organisation. The entity(ies) designated by each country as possessing the primary authority andresponsibility to adopt and implement anti-doping regulations, direct the collection of Samples, the management of testresults, and the conduct of hearings, all at the national level. If this designation has not been made by the competentpublic authority(ies), the entity shall be the country's National Olympic Committee or its designee.

National Event. A sport Event involving international or national-level Players that is not an International Event.

National Olympic Committee. The organisation recognised by the International Olympic Committee. The term NationalOlympic Committee shall also include the National Sport Confederation in those countries where the National SportConfederation assumes typical National Olympic Committee responsibilities in the anti-doping area.

No Advance Notice. A Doping Control which takes place with no advance warning to the Player and where the Playeris continuously chaperoned from the moment of notification through Sample provision.

No Fault or Negligence. The Player's establishing that the Player did not know or suspect, and could not reasonablyhave known or suspected even with the exercise of utmost caution, that the Player had Used or been administered theProhibited Substance or Prohibited Method.

No Significant Fault or Negligence. The Player's establishing that the Player’s fault or negligence, when viewed in thetotality of the circumstances and taking into account the criteria for No Fault or Negligence, was not significant inrelationship to the anti-doping regulation violation.

Out-of-Competition. Any Doping Control which is not In-Competition.

Participant. Any Player or Player Support Personnel.

Person. A natural Person or an organisation or other entity.

Player. For purposes of Doping Control, any Person who participates in sport at the international level (as defined byeach International Federation) or national level (as defined by each National Anti-Doping Organisation) and anyadditional Person who participates in sport at a lower level if designated by the Person's National Anti-DopingOrganisation. For purposes of anti-doping information and education, any Person who participates in sport under theauthority of any Signatory, government, or other sports organisation accepting the Code.

Player Support Personnel. Any coach, trainer, manager, agent, team staff, official, medical or para-medical personnelworking with or treating Players participating in or preparing for sports competition.

Possession. The actual, physical possession, or the constructive possession (which shall be found only if the person hasexclusive control over the Prohibited Substance/Method or the premises in which a Prohibited Substance/Methodexists); provided, however, that if the person does not have exclusive control over the Prohibited Substance/Method orthe premises in which a Prohibited Substance/Method exists, constructive possession shall only be found if the personknew about the presence of the Prohibited Substance/Method and intended to exercise control over it. Provided,however, there shall be no anti-doping regulation violation based solely on possession if, prior to receiving notificationof any kind that the Person has committed an anti-doping regulation violation, the Person has taken concrete actiondemonstrating that the Person no longer intends to have Possession and has renounced the Person's previous

CRegs

Possession.

Prohibited List. The List identifying the Prohibited Substances and Prohibited Methods.

Prohibited Method. Any method so described on the Prohibited List.

Prohibited Substance. Any substance so described on the Prohibited List.

Provisional Hearing. For purposes of Regulation 7.5, an expedited abbreviated hearing occurring prior to a hearingunder Regulation 8 (Right to a Fair Hearing) that provides the Player with notice and an opportunity to be heard ineither written or oral form.

Provisional Suspension. See Consequences above.

Publicly Disclose or Publicly Report. To disseminate or distribute information to the general public or persons beyondthose persons entitled to earlier notification in accordance with Regulation 14.

Registered Testing Pool. The pool of top level Players established separately by each International Federation andNational Anti-Doping Organisation who are subject to both In-Competition and Out-of-Competition Testing as part ofthat International Federation's or Organisation's test distribution plan.

Sample/Specimen. Any biological material collected for the purposes of Doping Control.

Signatories. Those entities signing the Code and agreeing to comply with the Code, including the International OlympicCommittee, International Federations, International Paralympic Committee, National Olympic Committees, NationalParalympic Committees, Major Event Organisations, National Anti-Doping Organisations, and WADA.

Tampering. Altering for an improper purpose or in an improper way; bringing improper influence to bear; interferingimproperly to alter results or prevent normal procedures from occurring.

Target Testing. Selection of Players for Testing where specific Players or groups of Players are selected on anon-random basis for Testing at a specified time.

Team Sport. A sport in which the substitution of players is permitted during a Competition.

Testing. The parts of the Doping Control process involving test distribution planning, Sample collection, Samplehandling, and Sample transport to the laboratory.

Trafficking. To sell, give, administer, transport, send, deliver or distribute a Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Methodto a Player either directly or through one or more third parties, but excluding the sale or distribution (by medicalpersonnel or by Persons other than a Player's Support Personnel) of a Prohibited Substance for genuine and legaltherapeutic purposes.

Use. The application, ingestion, injection or consumption by any means whatsoever of any Prohibited Substance orProhibited Method.

WADA. The World Anti-Doping Agency.

Sy WORLD ANTI-DOPING CODE: 2004 PROHIBITED LIST

CRegs

[updated 17 March 2004, valid from 26 March 2004. The current list is available from the WADA website at www.wada-ama.org]

SUBSTANCES AND METHODSPROHIBITED IN-COMPETITION

PROHIBITED SUBSTANCES

S1. STIMULANTS

The following stimulants are prohibited, including both their optical (D- and L-) isomers where relevant:

Adrafinil, amfepramone, amiphenazole, amphetamine, amphetaminil, benzphetamine,bromantan, carphedon, cathine*, clobenzorex, cocaine, dimethylamphetamine, ephedrine**,etilamphetamine, etilefrine, fencamfamin, fenetylline, fenfluramine, fenproporex, furfenorex,mefenorex, mephentermine, mesocarb, methamphetamine, methylamphetamine,methylenedioxyamphetamine, methylenedioxymethamphetamine, methylephedrine**,methylphenidate, modafinil, nikethamide, norfenfluramine, parahydroxyamphetamine, pemoline,phendimetrazine, phenmetrazine, phentermine, prolintane, selegiline, strychnine, and othersubstances with similar chemical structure or similar pharmacological effect(s)***.

* Cathine is prohibited when its concentration in urine is greater than 5 micrograms per millilitre. ** Each of ephedrine and methylephedrine is prohibited when its concentration in urine is greater than 10 microgramsper millilitre.*** The substances included in the 2004 Monitoring Program are not considered as Prohibited Substances.

S2. NARCOTICS

The following narcotics are prohibited:

buprenorphine, dextromoramide, diamorphine (heroin), hydromorphone, methadone, morphine,

oxycodone, oxymorphone, pentazocine, pethidine.

S3. CANNABINOIDS

Cannabinoids (e.g. hashish, marijuana) are prohibited.

S4. ANABOLIC AGENTS

Anabolic agents are prohibited.

1. Anabolic Androgenic Steroids (AAS)

a. Exogenous* AAS including but not limited to:

androstadienone, bolasterone, boldenone, boldione, clostebol, danazol, dehydrochloromethyltestosterone,delta1-androstene-3,17-dione, drostanolone, drostanediol, fluoxymesterone, formebolone, gestrinone,4-hydroxytestosterone, 4-hydroxy-19-nortestosterone, mestanolone, mesterolone, methandienone, metenolone,methandriol, methyltestosterone, mibolerone, nandrolone, 19-norandrostenediol,19-norandrostenedione, norbolethone, norethandrolone, oxabolone, oxandrolone, oxymesterone, oxymetholone,quinbolone, stanozolol, stenbolone, 1-testosterone (delta1-dihydro-testosterone), trenboloneand other substances with similar chemical structure or similar pharmacological effect(s).

CRegs

b. Endogenous** AAS including but not limited to:

androstenediol, androstenedione, dehydroepiandrosterone (DHEA), dihydrotestosterone, testosterone and othersubstances with similar chemical structure or similar pharmacological effect(s).

Where a Prohibited Substance (as listed above) is capable of being produced by the bodynaturally, a Sample will be deemed to contain such Prohibited Substance where the concentrationof the Prohibited Substance or its metabolites or markers and/or any other relevant ratio(s) in theAthlete’s Sample so deviates from the range of values normally found in humans so as not to beconsistent with normal endogenous production. A Sample shall not be deemed to contain aProhibited Substance in any such case where the Athlete proves by evidence that theconcentration of the Prohibited Substance or its metabolites or markers and/or the relevant ratio(s)in the Athlete’s Sample is attributable to a pathological or physiological condition. In all cases, andat any concentration, the laboratory will report an adverse finding if, based on any reliableanalytical method, it can show that the Prohibited Substance is of exogenous origin.

If the laboratory result is not conclusive and no concentration as referred to in the above paragraphis found, the relevant Anti-Doping Organization shall conduct a further investigation if there areserious indications, such as a comparison to reference steroid profiles, for a possible Use of aProhibited Substance.

If the laboratory has reported the presence of a T/E ratio greater than six (6) to one (1) in the urine,further investigation is obligatory in order to determine whether the ratio is due to a physiological orpathological condition.

In both cases, the investigation will include a review of any previous tests, subsequent tests and/orresults of endocrine investigations. If previous tests are not available, the Athlete shall undergo anendocrine investigation or be tested unannounced at least three times within a three month period.

Failure of the Athlete to co-operate in the investigations will result in considering the Athlete’sSample to contain a Prohibited Substance.

2. Other Anabolic Agents

Clenbuterol, zeranol.

For purposes of this section:* “exogenous” refers to a substance which is not capable of being produced by the body naturally.** “endogenous” refers to a substance which is capable of being produced by the body naturally.

S5. PEPTIDE HORMONES

The following substances, including other substances with similar chemical structure or similar pharmacologicaleffect(s), and their releasing factors, are prohibited:

1. Erythropoietin (EPO);2. Growth hormone (hGH) and Insulin-like Growth Factor (IGF-1);3. Chorionic Gonadotrophin (hCG) prohibited in males only;4. Pituitary and synthetic gonadotrophins (LH) prohibited in males only;5. Insulin;6. Corticotrophins.

Unless the Athlete can demonstrate that the concentration was due to a physiological or

CRegs

pathological condition, a Sample will be deemed to contain a Prohibited Substance (as listedabove) where the concentration of the Prohibited Substance or its metabolites and/or relevantratios or markers in the Athlete’s Sample so exceeds the range of values normally found in humansso as not to be consistent with normal endogenous production.

The presence of other substances with similar chemical structure or similar pharmacologicaleffect(s), diagnostic marker(s) or releasing factors of a hormone listed above or of any other findingwhich indicate(s) that the substance detected is not the naturally present hormone, will be reportedas an adverse analytical finding.

S6. BETA-2 AGONISTS

All beta-2 agonists including their D- and L- isomers are prohibited except that formoterol,salbutamol, salmeterol and terbutaline are permitted by inhalation only to prevent and/or treatasthma and exercise-induced asthma/broncho-constriction. A medical notification in accordancewith section 8 of the International Standard for Therapeutic Use Exemptions is required.

Despite the granting of a TUE, when the Laboratory has reported a concentration of salbutamol (free plus glucuronide)greater than 1000 ng/mL, this will be considered as an adverse analytical finding unless the athlete proves that theabnormal result was the consequence of the therapeutic use of inhaled salbutamol.

S7. AGENTS WITH ANTI-OESTROGENIC ACTIVITY

Aromatase inhibitors, clomiphene, cyclofenil, tamoxifen are prohibited only in males.

S8. MASKING AGENTS

Masking agents are prohibited. They are products that have the potential to impair the excretion of ProhibitedSubstances, to conceal their presence in urine or other Samples used in doping control, or to change haematologicalparameters.Masking agents include but are not limited to:

Diuretics*, epitestosterone, probenecid, plasma expanders (e.g. dextran, hydroxyethyl starch.)

*A medical approval in accordance with section 7 of the International Standard for Therapeutic Use Exemptions is notvalid if an Athlete’s urine contains a diuretic in association with threshold or sub-threshold levels of a ProhibitedSubstance(s).

Diuretics include :

acetazolamide, amiloride, bumetanide, canrenone, chlortalidone, etacrynic acid, furosemide, indapamide,mersalyl, spironolactone, thiazides (e.g. bendroflumethiazide, chlorothiazide, hydrochlorothiazide) andtriamterene, and other substances with similar chemical structure or similar pharmacological effect(s).

S.9 GLUCOCORTICOSTEROIDS

Glucocorticosteroids are prohibited when administered orally, rectally, or by intravenous or intramuscularadministration.All other administration routes require a medical notification in accordance with section 8 of the International Standardfor Therapeutic Use Exemptions.

PROHIBITED METHODS

M1. ENHANCEMENT OF OXYGEN TRANSFER

CRegs

The following are prohibited:

a. Blood doping. Blood doping is the use of autologous, homologous or heterologous blood or red blood cellproducts of any origin, other than for legitimate medical treatment.

b. The Use of products that enhance the uptake, transport or delivery of oxygen, e.g. erythropoietins, modifiedhaemoglobin products including but not limited to haemoglobin-based blood substitutes, microencapsulatedhaemoglobin products, perfluorochemicals, and efaproxiral (RSR13).

M2. PHARMACOLOGICAL, CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL MANIPULATION

Pharmacological, chemical and physical manipulation is the Use of substances and methods, including masking agents,which alter, attempt to alter or may reasonably be expected to alter the integrity and validity of specimens collected indoping controls. These include but are not limited to catheterisation, urine substitution and/or tampering, inhibition of renal excretion andalterations of testosterone and epitestosterone concentrations.

M3. GENE DOPING

Gene or cell doping is defined as the non-therapeutic use of genes, genetic elements and/or cells that have the capacityto enhance athletic performance.

CRegs

SUBSTANCES AND METHODSPROHIBITED IN- AND OUT-OF-COMPETITION

PROHIBITED SUBSTANCES

(All categories listed hereunder refer to all those substances and methods listed in the relevant section)

S4. ANABOLIC AGENTSS5. PEPTIDE HORMONESS6. BETA-2 AGONISTS*S7. AGENTS WITH ANTI-OESTROGENIC ACTIVITYS8. MASKING AGENTS

(*Only clenbuterol, and salbutamol when its concentration in urine is greater than 1000ng/mL)

PROHIBITED METHODS

M1. ENHANCEMENT OF OXYGEN TRANSFERM2. PHARMACOLOGICAL, CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL MANIPULATIONM3. GENE DOPING

SUBSTANCES PROHIBITED IN PARTICULAR SPORTS

P.1 ALCOHOL

Alcohol (ethanol) is prohibited in-Competition only, in the following sports. Detection will be conducted by breathanalysis and/or blood. The doping violation threshold for each Federation is reported in parenthesis. If no threshold isindicated, the presence of any quantity of alcohol shall constitute a doping violation.

Aeronautic (FAI) (0.20 g/L)Archery (FITA) (0.10 g/L)Automobile (FIA) Billiards (WCBS) Boules (CMSB) (0.50 g/L)Gymnastics (FIG) (0.10 g/L)Karate (WKF) (0.40 g/L)

CRegs

Modern Pentathlon (UIPM) (0.10 g/L) for the modern pentathlon disciplineMotorcycling (FIM) Roller Sports (FIRS) (0.02 g/L)Skiing (FIS)Triathlon (ITU) (0.40 g/L)Wrestling (FILA)

P.2 BETA-BLOCKERS

Unless otherwise specified, beta-blockers are prohibited in-Competition only, in the following sports.

Aeronautic (FAI)Archery (FITA) (also prohibited out of competition)Automobile (FIA)Billiards (WCBS)Bobsleigh (FIBT)Boules (CMSB)Bridge (FMB)Chess (FIDE)Curling (WCF)Gymnastics (FIG)Motorcycling (FIM)Modern Pentathlon (UIPM) for the modern pentathlon disciplineNine-pin bowling (FIQ)Sailing (ISAF) match race helms onlyShooting (ISSF) (also prohibited out of competition)Skiing (FIS) ski jumping & free style snow boardSwimming (FINA) in diving & synchronised swimmingWrestling (FILA)

Beta-blockers include, but are not limited to, the following:

acebutolol, alprenolol, atenolol, betaxolol, bisoprolol, bunolol, carteolol, carvedilol, celiprolol, esmolol, labetalol,levobunolol, metipranolol, metoprolol, nadolol, oxprenolol, pindolol, propranolol, sotalol, timolol.

P.3 DIURETICS

Diuretics are prohibited in- and out- of competition in all sports as masking agents. However, in the followingweight-classified sports and sports where weight loss can enhance performance, no Therapeutic Use Exemptions shallbe granted for use of diuretics.

Body-Building (IFBB)Boxing (AIBA)Judo (IJF)Karate (WKF)Powerlifting (IPF)Rowing (Light-Weight) (FISA)Skiing (FIS) for Ski Jumping onlyTaekwondo (WTF)Weightlifting (IWF)Wrestling (FILA)Wushu (IWUF)

SPECIFIED SUBSTANCES*

CRegs

“Specified Substances” are listed below:

Stimulants: ephedrine, L-methylamphetamine, methylephedrine.

Cannabinoids.

Inhaled Beta-2 Agonists (except clenbuterol).

Diuretics (this does not apply to section P3).

Masking Agents: probenecid.Glucocorticosteroids

Beta Blockers

Alcohol

*; The WADA Code (10.3) states “The Prohibited List may identify specified substances which are particularlysusceptible to unintentional anti-doping rule violations because of their general availability in medicinal products orwhich are less likely to be successfully abused as doping agents.” A doping violation involving such substances mayresult in a reduced sanction as noted in the Code provided that the “…Athlete can establish that the Use of such aspecified substance was not intended to enhance sport performance…”

CRegs

Therapeutic Use Exemptions

Standard Application Form

I apply for approval from the International Badminton Federation for the therapeutic useof a prohibited substance on the WADA list of Prohibited Substances and ProhibitedMethods.

Please complete all sections

1. Player Information

Surname: …………………………………….. Given Names: …………………………………………..

Female Male (tick appropriate box) IBF Player No:…………………………………...

Address: ………………………………………………………………………………………………………

City: …………………………………………. Country: ……………………. Postcode: ……………….

Date of Birth (d/m/y): ………………………………………………………………………………………..

Tel. Work: …………………………………… Tel. Home: ………………………. Mobile: ……………..

E-mail: ……………………………………….. Fax: …………………………………………………………

Discipline: (men’s singles/women’s doubles etc) ……………………………………………………………...

Member Association (MA): ………………………………………………………………………………

If player has disability, please indicate disability: …………………………………………………….

2. Notifying Medical Practitioner

Name, qualifications and medical speciality (see note 1) : …………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Address: ………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………….. E-mail address: ……………………………………………

Tel. Work: …………………………………... Tel. Home: ………………………………………………….

Mobile: ……………………………………... Fax: ………………………………………………………….

*Diagnosis (see note 2): ………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

CRegs

Has the MA Chief Medical Officer been notified of this request? Yes No

Name of MA’s Chief Medical Officer (see note 3):…………………………………………………….

3. Medication details (see note 4)Prohibited Substance(s) Dose of administration Route of administration Frequency of

administration

1.

2.

3.

Anticipated duration of thismedication plan

Previous/current TUE request(s): Yes No

If yes: Date:…………………………………………………………………………………………………

Anti doping Organisation: ………………………………………………………………………………..

Result: (attach previous TUE(s):)

If appropriate, state reasons for not prescribing alternative therapies (see note 5):

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

4. Please note additional information and attach sufficient medical information to substantiate the

diagnosis and the necessity to use a prohibited substance:

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

CRegs

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

5. Medical Practitioner’s and Player’s declaration:

I, …………………………………………….. certify the above mentioned substance(s) for

the above named player has been/are to be administered as the correct treatment

for the above named medical condition.

Signature of Medical Practitioner: …………………………………………………………..

Date: …………………………………………

I, …………………………………………….certify that the information under 1. is accurate

CRegs

and that I am requesting approval to use a Substance or Method from the WADA

Prohibited List. I authorise the release of personal medical information to the International

Badminton Federation as well as to WADA staff and to the WADA Therapeutic Use Exemption

Committee (TUEC) under the provisions of the Code. I understand that if I ever wish to revoke the

right of the International Badminton Federation TUEC or WADA TUEC to obtain my health

information on my behalf, I must notify my medical practitioner in writing of that fact.

Player’s signature: …………………………………… Date: ………………………………….

Parent/Guardian’s signature: ……………………... Date: ………………………………….

(If the player is a minor or has a disability preventing him/her from signing this form, a parent

or guardian shall sign together with or on behalf of the player)

6. Notes:

Note 1 Name, qualifications and medical speciality

For example: Dr AB Cook, MD FRACP, Gastro-enterologist.

Note 2 Diagnosis

Evidence confirming the diagnosis must be attached and forwarded with this application.

The medical evidence should include a comprehensive medical history and the results of

all relevant examinations, laboratory investigations and imaging studies. Copies of the

original reports or letters should be included when possible. Evidence should be as

objective as possible in the clinical circumstances and in the case of non-demonstrable

conditions independent supporting medical opinion will assist this application.

Note 3 NSO chief Medical Officer

Where possible, the Chief Medical Officer (CMO) of badminton should be notified of the

CRegs

application to the International Badminton Federation. When appropriate, the

application should include a statement by the Medical Officer of the player’s MA,

attesting to the necessity of the otherwise Prohibited Substance or Prohibited Method in

the treatment of the player.

Note 4 Medication Details

Provide details concerning all prohibited substances or methods for which approval is

sought. Use generic names (INN) and specify medication dose.

Note 5 If a permitted medication can be used in the treatment of the player’s medical condition,

please provide clinical justification for the requested use of the prohibited medication.

Incomplete applications will be returned and will need to be resubmitted.

Please submit the completed form to the International Badminton Federation and keep a copy of the completed form for your

records.

7. TUEC Decision (for office use only)

Date Application Received:

Application Complete: Yes No

Office Notes: ………………………………………………………………………………………

CRegs

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Name of TUEC Representative(s):

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Signature(s): ……………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………….. Date: …………………………………….

CRegs

Therapeutic Use Exemptions

Abbreviated Process(beta-2 agonists by inhalation, glucocorticosteroids by non-systemic routes)

I apply for approval from the International Badminton Federation for the therapeutic use ofa prohibited substance on the WADA list of Prohibited Substances and Prohibited Methodsthat is subject to the Abbreviated Therapeutic Use Exemption Application process.Please complete all sections

1. Player Information

Surname: …………………………………….. Given Names: …………………………………………..

Female Male (tick appropriate box) IBF Player No: …………………………………….

Address:………………………………………………………………………………………………………

City: …………………………………………. Country: ……………………. Postcode: ……………….

Date of Birth (d/m/y): ………………………………………………………………………………………..

Tel. Work: …………………………………… Tel. Home: ………………………. Mobile: ……………..

E-mail: ……………………………………….. Fax: …………………………………………………………

Discipline: (men’s singles/women’s doubles etc) ……………………………………………………………...

Member Association: ………………………………………………………………………………………

If player has disability, please indicate disability: …………………………………………………….

2. Notifying Medical Practitioner

Name, qualifications and medical speciality (see note 1) : …………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Address: ………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………….. E-mail address: ……………………………………………

Tel. Work: …………………………………... Tel. Home: ………………………………………………….

Mobile: ……………………………………... Fax: ………………………………………………………….

3. Medical Information

Diagnosis: ……………………………………………………………………………………………………

Medical examination(s)/test(s) performed: …………………………………………………………..

CRegs

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Prohibited Substance(s) Dose of administration Route of administration Frequency ofadministration

Anticipated duration ofthis medication plan

Additional Information:

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

4. Medical Practitioner’s and Player’s declaration:

I, …………………………………………….. certify the above mentioned substance(s) for

the above named player has been/are to be administered as the correct treatment

for the above named medical condition. I further certify that the use of alternative medications not

on the Prohibited List would be unsatisfactory for the treatment of the above named medical

condition. Specify reasons: …………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Signature of Medical Practitioner: …………………………………………………………….

Date: …………………………………………

I, …………………………………………….certify that the information under 1. is accurate

CRegs

and that I am requesting approval to use a Substance or Method from the WADA

Prohibited List. I authorise the release of personal medical information to the International

Badminton Federation as well as to WADA staff and to the WADA Therapeutic Use Exemption

Committee (TUEC) as well as to other Anti-Doping Organisations under the provisions of the Code.

I understand that if I ever wish to revoke the right of the International Badminton Federation TUEC

or WADA TUEC to obtain my health information on my behalf, I must notify my medical

practitioner in writing of that fact.

Player’s signature: …………………………………… Date: ………………………………….

Parent/Guardian’s signature: ……………………... Date: ………………………………….

(If the player is a minor or has a disability preventing him/her from signing this form, a parent

or guardian shall sign together with or on behalf of the player)

Note 1 Name, qualifications and medical speciality

For example: Dr AB Cook, MD FRACP, Gastro-enterologist.

Incomplete applications will be returned and will need to be resubmitted.

Please submit the completed form to the International Badminton Federation and keep a copy of the completed form for your

records.

5. TUEC Decision (for office use only)

Date Application Received:

CRegs

Application Complete: Yes No

Office Notes: ………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Name of TUEC Representative(s):

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Signature(s): ……………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

CRegs

………………………………………………………….. Date: …………………………………….

APPENDIX 4

PLAYERS’ CODE OF CONDUCT1. PURPOSES

The purposes of this Code are:

1.1 to ensure and maintain an orderly and fair administration and conduct for IBF-sanctioned events, and toprotect the players’ rights and the respective rights of the IBF, sponsors, and the public;

1.2 to uphold the good name of the IBF and the integrity of the sport of badminton world-wide.

2. APPLICABILITY

2.1 This Code is applicable to all IBF-sanctioned events and the players participating in them.

2.2 All players, at all times, shall be subject to the Code and the Laws of Badminton. Each player who isentered or nominated to participate in an IBF-sanctioned event shall accept this Code, the CompetitionRegulations and the Laws of Badminton and then, in effect, is bound by them.

2.3 Any player who commits any offence defined in Regulations 3 to 5 shall be deemed to have breached thisCode. Breaches of the Code constitute the basis for disciplinary action against the player.

3. PLAYER COMMITMENT AND ENTRY OFFENCES

3.1 Late withdrawal Withdrawing from either the qualifying or main draw after publication of the draw without evidence or

proof of “bona fide” injury, illness, bereavement or other emergency situation.

3.2 Playing another event Having entered and been accepted into either the qualifying or main draw of an IBF-sanctioned event and

playing in another badminton event during the period of that event.

3.3 Playing after declaring non-availability due to injury Withdrawing from a future event due to injury or illness and playing in any badminton event during the

period between the date of notification of injury/illness and the said event from which the player has

CRegs

withdrawn.

3.4 Early departure from tournament Making travel arrangements which would preclude the player from participation in scheduled matches or

interfere with their commitment to attend dope-tests.

4. PLAYER ON-SITE OFFENCES

4.1 Inappropriate conductDuring any match or at any time while within the precincts of the site of an IBF-sanctioned event, notconducting oneself in an honourable and sportsmanlike manner.

4.2 Dress violations 4.2.1 Failing to dress and present oneself for play in a suitable smart manner. Clean and acceptable

badminton sports clothing shall be worn.

4.2.2 Failing to comply with the conditions of entry of each tournament with regard to clothing andadvertising regulations.

4.3 Failure to complete a match Failing to complete a match in progress unless reasonably unable to do so.

4.4 Late arrival for match/no match 4.4.1 Arriving late for a match, resulting in disqualification.

4.4.2 Withdrawing from any event in a tournament whilst still fit enough to compete on the same day inanother event in that said tournament, ie players may not default without good reason from oneevent to concentrate their efforts in another during the same tournament.

4.5 Failure to use best effortsNot using one’s best efforts to win a match.

4.6 Trying to influence line judgesTrying to influence the decision of line judges by arm, hand, or racket gestures, or orally.

4.7 Seeking coachingSeeking coaching during play except as permitted under the Laws. Communication of any kind, audibleor visible, between a player and a coach may be construed as coaching.

4.8 Failure to attend media conferenceUnless injured and physically unable to appear, failing to attend any post-match media conferenceorganised after conclusion of each match whether the player was the winner or loser, providing that thisdoes not interfere with the preparation for the player’s next match.

4.9 Violating ceremony protocolWhen participating in the finals of a tournament, not participating in the final ceremonies directly after thematch or not wearing the style of clothing (eg tracksuit, uniform) requested by the organisers.

4.10 Audible obscenityUsing words commonly known and understood in any language to be profane or indecent and utteredclearly and loudly enough to be heard by the umpire or spectators.

4.11 Visible obscenityMaking of gestures or signs with the hands and/or racket or shuttle that commonly have an obscene oroffensive meaning.

4.12 Abuse of shuttle 4.12.1 Intentionally hitting a shuttle dangerously or recklessly within or out of the court, hitting a shuttle

with negligent disregard for the consequences, or deliberately damaging a shuttle.

4.12.2 Deliberately tampering with the shuttle to affect its flight or speed.

4.13 Abuse of racket or equipmentIntentionally and violently destroying or damaging rackets or other equipment, or intentionally and

CRegs

violently hitting the net, court, umpire’s chair or other fixtures during a match.

4.14 Oral abuseMaking a statement within the precincts of the tournament site, directed at an official, opponent, spectatoror other person that implies dishonesty or is derogatory, insulting or otherwise abusive.

4.15 Physical abusePhysically abusing an official, opponent, spectator or other person. Even the unauthorised touching ofsuch persons may be regarded as physical abuse.

4.16 Unsportsmanlike conductConducting oneself in a manner that is clearly abusive or detrimental to the sport.

5. PLAYER MAJOR OFFENCES

5.1 Conduct contrary to the integrity of the gameEngaging in conduct contrary to the integrity of the game of badminton. If a player is convicted of seriousviolation of a criminal law of any country, the punishment for which includes possible imprisonment, thatplayer may be deemed by virtue of such conviction to have engaged in conduct contrary to the integrity ofthe game of badminton. In addition, if a player has at any time behaved in a manner severely damaging tothe reputation of the sport, that player may be deemed by virtue of such behaviour to have engaged inconduct contrary to the integrity of the game of badminton.

5.2 WagersWagering anything of value in connection with an event in which one will be, or is, competing.

5.3 Bribes or other paymentsOffering, giving, soliciting, or accepting, or agreeing to offer, give, solicit, or accept, anything of value toor from any person with the intent to influence any player’s efforts or the result of a match in anyIBF-sanctioned event.

APPENDIX 5

DECLARATION ON INTEGRITY OF MATCHES

It is a fundamental principle of sport that the outcome of a match is determined by the skill of the players, and thatanything that attacks the integrity of a match brings the whole of a sport into disrepute.

Recently (particularly on gaming companies’ Internet websites) there has been a significant growth in gambling onthe outcome, on the progress of the score, and on other matters in such matches. Other sports have had theirreputation damaged by allegations (some later proved correct) that players and others associated with the sporthave sought to influence the outcome of a match for financial gain, or have acted in such a way as to raise fearsthat the match outcome (or indeed any aspect of the match) was in some way pre-determined.

Recognising that such gambling is outside the control of the IBF, but wishing to retain badminton’s reputation forintegrity, it is therefore recommended that severe penalties (possibly including exclusion from the sport for life) beapplied to anyone, whether a player, or a court or team official, who influences (or attempts to influence) thenormal outcome or progress of a match as determined by the skills and tactics of the players involved, typically butnot always, for personal financial gain.

Players and team officials are also asked to note the Players’ Code of Conduct (Appendix 4) which already listssuch offences as failing to use one’s best efforts to win a match, wagering, and accepting bribes or other payments.

CRegs

APPENDIX 6

WORLD RANKING SYSTEM[note: Competition Regulation 30]

1. Definition

The World Ranking is a list of players/pairs in order of strength. There is one list for each ofthe five badminton events. The system used to rank players/pairs is explained below:

Players/pairs:win ranking points by playing in tournaments that are gradedare ranked if they have played in two or more graded tournaments in the last 12 monthswin ranking points by playing in and winning matches in tournaments

the higher the level of tournament, the more points are wonthe further reached in a competition, the more points are won

can be seeded based on their World Rankingcan qualify for the Olympic Games and the World Championships based on their WorldRanking

2. Events included in the World Rankings

The Rankings are compiled from the results of events that are sanctioned by the IBF (exceptJunior and Invitational events) held over the last 12-month period. All events eligible, underthe criteria at the end of this section, are graded and the details of the grade are published inthe International Calendar of Events.

3. World Ranking Lists

The Rankings are published on a Thursday every week. The complete World Ranking listsare available on the IBF web site: www.worldbadminton.net.

4. Points system

Players/pairs win points according to how far they progress in the draw of a particular event. If a player/pair:

had a bye in the first round and lost in the second round – they receive first round loser’s pointshad a bye in the first round, won in the second round and lost in the third round – they receive third roundloser’s pointshad a walkover in the first round and lost in the second round – they receive second round loser’s pointshad a bye in the first round, walkover in the second round and lost in the third round – theyreceive third round loser’s points.

5. Ranking

10 or fewer tournaments in the last 12 monthsIf a player or pair has competed in the same event at 10 or fewer tournaments then the ranking

CRegs

is worked out by adding the points won at the tournaments.

11 or more tournaments in the last 12 months If a player or pair has competed in the same event at 11 or more tournaments, only the 10

highest points scored in tournaments during the previous 12 month period count towards theirranking.

6. Points lists

Players/pairs are ranked using points. The player/pair with the highest calculated points willbe ranked number one and so on.

If two or more players/pairs have identical points, then the players/pairs who have played inthe most tournaments will be ranked higher. If players/pairs have identical points and haveplayed in an identical number of tournaments, then these players/pairs are ranked equal.

So, if say 5 players are ranked 1 to 5, and then there are three players with equal points andnumber of tournaments, the ranking would be: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 6, 6, 9, 10, etc.

CRegs

The tables that follow show the points awarded in IBF-sanctioned tournaments.

World Grand Prix or prize money tournaments equivalent to the prize money listed inWGP regulations 5

Points won by At a tournament graded

7* 6* 5* 4* 3* 2* 1*

Winner 6000 5400 4800 4200 3600 3000 2400

Runner up 5100 4590 4080 3570 3060 2550 2040

3/4 (ie losing semi-finalist) 4200 3780 3360 2940 2520 2100 1680

5/8 3300 2970 2640 2310 1980 1650 1320

9/16 2400 2160 1920 1680 1440 1200 960

17/32 1500 1350 1200 1050 900 750 600

33/64 600 540 480 420 360 300 240

65/128 300 270 240 210 180 150 120

129/256 120 108 96 84 72 60 48

257/512 60 54 48 42 36 30 24

513/1024 30 27 24 21 18 15 12

World Championships & Olympic Games

World Championships & Olympic Games are rated as 7* tournaments. Other individual tournaments

Points won by At a tournament graded

A B

Winner 1800 1200

Runner up 1530 1020

3/4 1260 840

5/8 990 660

9/16 720 480

17/32 450 300

33/64 180 120

65/128 90 60

129/256 36 24

257/512 18 12

513/1024 9 6

Continental Championships

Individual Championships

Asian Championships are graded as a 4* World Grand Prix EventEuropean Championships are graded as a 4* World Grand Prix EventOceania Championships are graded as a 2* World Grand Prix EventPanamerican Championships are graded as a 2* World Grand Prix EventAfrican Championships are graded as an A Event

CRegs

Team Championships

See team events calculation below.

7. Team Events point calculation

Team events that are included in the World Ranking are:

Continental Team ChampionshipsSudirman CupContinental stage of the Thomas & Uber CupsThomas & Uber Cups Final stage

Players/pairs can only win points for their best result in a 12-month period in any of theabove team events.

If a player/pair win a match, they get their average (calculation of average is shownbelow) plus the sum of the total ranking points of their opponent(s) divided by 100.

If a player/pair lose a match, they get their average (see calculation below).

If a player/pair win a match, but do not have a World Ranking, then they win 1 point plusthe sum of the total ranking points of their opponent(s) divided by 100.

If a player/pair lose a match and do not have a World Ranking, then they win no points

If a player/pair win a match, but they do not have a World Ranking and their opponent(s)do not have a World Ranking, then they get 2 points.

Average:

If a player/pair has played in fewer than 11 tournaments in the last 12 months Divide the points won by the number of tournaments played in

If a player/pair has played in 11 or more tournaments in the last 12 monthsDivide the 10 best points won by 10

Example of the logic used to calculate a World Ranking

How many tournaments hasplayer/pair played in?

No World Ranking (butresults recorded forfuture)

Add all points togetherfor World Ranking

Discard lowestWorld Rankingpoints so that 10

events areincluded in the

1 2-10More than 10

How many tournaments has player/pairplayed in?

More than 10

2-101

Add 10 highest pointstogether for seeding ranking

No World Ranking (but resultsrecorded for future)

Add all points together forseeding ranking

CRegs

Seeding

When seeds f o rtou rnamen ts a r ebeing decided, the most recently published World Ranking list is used.

Singles

The seeds for singles events are decided using the World Ranking list.

Doubles

See Notional rankings for seedings below.

The following flow chart shows how the seedings are calculated

Seeding calculations – flow chart

CRegs

Notional rankings for seeding

Explanation

When a pair is newly-formed (eg because of injury or a change in partnership), the new pair may becomposed of two strong players who would in all likelihood achieve a high WR once they haveplayed together for some time.

Notional ranking is a method to estimate the strength of such newly-formed pairs, and to seed themwhen appropriate.

If a pair has played together in a World Ranking tournament 12-24 months ago, then they arenot allowed a notional ranking.

New Pair

If a pair has no World Ranking (ie played in one or fewer World Ranking tournaments in the

last 52 weeks) then a notional rating is produced by:

taking the highest World Ranking points of each of the two players playing withother partners and dividing the number of points by the number of tournaments(maximum best 10) then adding those points together and dividing by 2. Thenmultiplying that sum by 10 and multiplying by 80%. The result is the pair’snotional points used to develop the pair’s notional ranking. However, a pair withsuch a notional ranking cannot be seeded from 1 to 4, on the basis of that notionalranking.

See example below:

A and X never played before:

A’s highest ranking is with B = 400 points in 4 tournaments = 100points/tournamentX’s highest ranking is with Y = 300 points in 6 tournaments = 50points/tournament

400 + 300 = 100 + 50 = 75 4 6 2

2

75 x 10 = 750 750 x 80% = 600

Pair that has competed in fewer than 10 events

CRegs

If a pair has competed in two but fewer than eight events (and therefore has a world ranking) anotional ranking is produced by taking the pair’s World Ranking points and calculating asfollows:

Number oftournaments

played in

Adjust bymultiplying

by:2 10/53 10/54 10/55 10/56 10/67 10/7

Pairs’ notional points cannot be used to seed them in positions 1, 2, 3 or 4.

Did A and B playtogether 12-24 monthsago?Have A and B got a

World Ranking as a pairno

no

Take the highestWorld Rankingpoints A has wonwith another partnerand the highestWorld Rankingpoints B has withanother partner

yes

yesA and B not eligiblefor seeding

Have they played in 8 ormore tournamentsaccording to that WorldRanking?

Did A and B playtogether in a WorldRanking tournament12-24 months ago?

no

yes yesDivide thenumber ofpoints won bythe number ofevents playedin add thesesums together,divide by 2. Multiply by 10and calculate

no

Take World Ranking points then if playedin:2 tmts multiply points by 10 then divide by53 tmts multiply points by 10 then divide by54 tmts multiply points by 10 then divide by

Use World Ranking

This sum is used to determine A and B’snotional ranking, but they cannot be seeded 1to 4, unless their actual World Rankingentitles them to be seeded 1 to 4

CRegs

How to calculate pair A and B’s notional ranking.

This process is used to seed players.

`

Have A and B got a WorldRanking as a pair

Take the highestWorld Rankingpoints A has wonwith anotherpartner and thehighest WorldRanking points Bhas with anotherpartner

no

yes

noHave they played in 8 ormore tournaments

according to that WorldRanking?

Take World Ranking points then if played in:2 tmts multiply points by 10 then divide by 53 tmts multiply points by 10 then divide by 54 tmts multiply points by 10 then divide by 55 tmts multiply points by 10 then divide by 56 tmts multiply points by 10 then divide by 67 tmts multiply points by 10 then divide by 7

Divide thenumber ofpoints won bythe number ofevents playedin, add thesesums together,divide by 2. Multiply by 10and calculate80% of that sum

yes

Use World Ranking

This sum is used todetermine A and B’s

notional ranking

CRegs

QUALIFYING ROUNDS

If qualifying rounds are needed in a competition, the World Ranking is used to determine who playsin main or qualifying. The same process shown above for the seeding is used if doubles pairs do nothave a World Ranking. Note: for the purpose of qualifying, a notional ranking can be usedeven if a pair has played together in a World Ranking tournament 12-24 months ago.

How to calculate pair A and B’s notional ranking to determine whether they play in main orqualifying rounds:

CRegs

Criteria For World Ranking Events

Only two tournaments within a country [apart from tournaments held in Oceania] can be included the World Rankingwithin a 52-week period:

Either one International and one Open tournament, one International and one World Grand Prix

tournament, two Open tournaments, or one Open and one World Grand Prix tournament. However,

the IBF reserves the right to accept tournaments under specific circumstances.

Oceania are permitted 6 ‘A’ grade tournaments and 2 ‘B’ grade tournaments to be included within a52-week period.

Entries

the main competition must include Men’s Singles, Women’s Singles, Men’s Doubles, Women’sDoubles and Mixed Doubles. However, the IBF reserves the right to accept events which donot comply with this requirement.

the number of participating entries in each event in the main competition must be at least:

Men’s singlesW o m e n ’ s

SinglesMen’s DoublesW o m e n ’ sDoublesMixed Doubles

8 players8 players8 pairs8 pairs8 pairs

If the minimum number of entries is not met in an event, the event will not be included in theWorld Ranking. Example: if women’s singles had 6 entries only, but the other 4 events had 10,men’s singles, men’s doubles, women’s doubles and mixed doubles would be included, but notwomen’s singles. If this happens, the Ranking Committee reserves the right not to acceptthe tournament for World Ranking grading in the following year.

Organisation

separation of players between the qualifying and main draws to be according to IBF CompetitionRegulationsseeding to be according to IBF Competition Regulationsvacancies in the draw to be filled according to the latest World Rankingdraw to be made according to IBF Competition Regulationsdraw to be made not more than 10 days before the first scheduled matchReferee for World Grand Prix events to be appointed by the IBFfor A and B events, Continental Confederations to be responsible for making the draw

Results

the draw must be faxed or e-mailed to the IBF as soon as it has been made

CRegs

the results must be faxed or e-mailed to the IBF on a daily basis showing full player names,Member Association who entered player, and IBF numbers where players have themfinal results must be faxed or e-mailed to the IBF within 24 hours of the conclusion of theevent. Those not received will be excluded from the World Ranking.

DISCIPLINARY REGULATIONS

1. APPLICABILITY

1.1 These Regulations are created by the IBF to control how disciplinary action can be instituted inaccordance with Rules 16 and 17, and one or more of Law 16 and Competition Regulations 25, 29 and 31.

1.2 The term “respondent” in these Regulations shall refer to the player, competition official, or other personwho is alleged to have committed the offence in question. If a Member Association is alleged to havecommitted the offence, “respondent” shall refer to the representative designated by the MemberAssociation to represent it in the proceedings.

2. DISCIPLINARY COMMITTEE

2.1 Council has power to appoint a standing Disciplinary Committee to deal with disciplinary matters as theyarise or to appoint a specific Disciplinary Committee to deal with a particular alleged offence.

2.2 A Disciplinary Committee shall comprise the Chair, who will conduct any meeting of the Committee, andtwo other members. All members of a Disciplinary Committee must be members of Council. Twomembers must be present at a meeting to form a quorum, and the Chair shall have a casting vote in thecase of equality.

2.3 A member of a Disciplinary Committee may not be a witness or give written evidence in a particular case,and must not have been an official at an event where an alleged offence took place, or a witness to thealleged offence.

3. DISCIPLINARY PROCESS

3.1 It shall be permissible to consider an alleged offence using only written reports and evidence. In suchcases, the Disciplinary Committee must take its decision based only on the written reports and evidence,and any submission from the respondent or the respondent’s Member Association. However, allegedoffences against the dope-testing regulations must be heard at a meeting to which the respondentconcerned is invited.

3.2 Any respondent who is alleged to have committed an offence must be informed in writing via theirMember Association of the fact that a Disciplinary Committee is considering the alleged offence, andoutlining the nature of the evidence available.

3.3 For all but hearings for offences against the dope-testing regulations, copies of any written evidence orreports shall be sent with the letter about the alleged offence. This is to allow the respondent to be awareof the evidence and to permit a written submission to be made stating any facts and circumstances fromthe respondent’s viewpoint, and/or the Member Association’s viewpoint.

3.4 When a respondent attends a Disciplinary Committee meeting, the respondent shall be entitled to beaccompanied by an adviser or representative, together with an interpreter if desired, as meetings will beconducted in English, the official IBF language.

3.5 Timescale and venue

3.5.1 Any disciplinary Committee meeting shall be convened as quickly as is practicable followingreceipt of evidence of misconduct.

3.5.2 The venue for a Disciplinary Committee meeting shall be set by the IBF. The venue shall normally

CRegs

be held in the same continent as the respondent’s main residence, but this shall be entirely at theIBF’s discretion.

3.6 At a Disciplinary Committee meeting, any expenses of a respondent, any adviser or representative, andinterpreter, together with the expenses of any witnesses called by the respondent must be met by therespondent or the respondent’s Member Association.

Expenses of the meeting room, administration and travel and subsistence of the committee and anypersons requested to attend by the IBF shall be met by the IBF.

3.7 A Disciplinary Committee meeting shall be conducted without formal rules of procedure, but adhering tothe following general principles:

3.7.1 The Chair is in charge of the meeting and any rulings from the Chair are binding.

3.7.2 The only people who may be present at the meeting are the Committee, a Minute Secretary, therespondent, the respondent’s adviser or representative, an interpreter, a representative of therespondent’s Member Association, a person introducing the evidence to substantiate the allegedoffence, and a particular witness. Additional observers without the right of speaking may bepresent at the discretion of the Chair.

3.7.3 The Chair shall start the meeting by introducing those present and explaining each person’s role.

3.7.4 A person introducing the evidence (who must not be a member of the Disciplinary Committee)shall first of all summarise the case against the respondent and shall then introduce the evidenceavailable. In the case of written evidence, the respondent through his/her Member Associationshall be sent a copy a reasonable time in advance of the meeting.

3.7.5 For each piece of evidence, the respondent, the respondent’s adviser or representative, and therepresentative of the respondent’s Member Association shall have the right to ask questions.

If a witness or expert is called, questions may be asked of the witness by the respondent, therespondent’s adviser or representative, and the representative of the respondent’s MemberAssociation.

3.7.6 After the evidence against the respondent has been presented, the respondent or the respondent’sadviser or representative may introduce additional evidence or call witnesses or experts.

3.7.7 Any member of the Disciplinary Committee may ask questions of any witness.

3.7.8 After all evidence and witnesses have been heard, the respondent or the respondent’s adviser orrepresentative will be given an opportunity to summarise the respondent’s point of view.

3.7.9 The Committee shall consider their decision with no other person present.

3.7.10 If the Committee decision is that the respondent is found guilty of the alleged offence then, beforedeciding on any penalty, the respondent or the respondent’s adviser or representative shall be giventhe opportunity to make a statement.

3.7.11 With no other person present, the Committee shall consider what penalty, if any, is to be applied,and shall then announce it.

3.7.12 The decision (guilty or not, and any penalty applied) shall be confirmed in writing as soon aspossible after the meeting to the respondent through the respondent’s Member Association.

3.7.13 The fact that a Disciplinary Committee meeting is being held, the name of the respondent, and theproceedings themselves shall normally be kept confidential by the IBF. This shall not preclude theIBF from confirming outline details if it is evident that the media are aware of the meeting. Thedecision of the Committee shall be publicised at the IBF’s discretion.

4. APPEALS

4.1 The respondent (or the respondent’s Member Association) may appeal against a Disciplinary Committeedecision.

CRegs

4.2 An appeal will only be valid if:

4.2.1 it is made in writing within 14 days of the Disciplinary Committee decision;

4.2.2 it states the grounds for the appeal; and

4.2.3 it is accompanied by a deposit of US $100, which will not be returned if the appeal is consideredtrivial or frivolous by the Appeal Committee.

4.3 Council shall appoint an Appeal Committee to deal with each specific appeal. The Appeal Committeeshall consist of three members, none of whom must have been present in any capacity at any initialDisciplinary Committee that dealt with the particular case.

4.4 The general procedure of the Appeal Committee shall follow that of a Disciplinary Committee.

4.5 An Appeal Committee can reverse a finding of guilt, or can vary the penalty imposed by the originalDisciplinary Committee. Variation of a penalty can be to increase or decrease any element of the penalty,as the Appeal Committee at its sole discretion sees fit.

REGULATIONS FOR WORLD JUNIOR CHAMPIONSHIPS

1. DEFINITION

1.1 Individual World Junior Championships shall be promoted annually and the events shall include men’ssingles and doubles, women’s singles and doubles, and mixed doubles, and they shall all be conducted inaccordance with existing Rules and Regulations adopted by the IBF.

1.2 The winners of each event shall be regarded as World Junior Champions and they shall be presented bythe IBF with gold medals to commemorate their success. Runners-up in all events shall be presented withsilver medals and losing semi-finalists with bronze medals. All such medals shall be suitably inscribed.

2. PRELIMINARY ARRANGEMENTS

2.1 Any Member Association may apply to stage the World Junior Championships and such application shallbe sent to the Chief Operating Officer.

2.2 The allocation of the Championships shall be made by Council at a date of its choosing, but in any case nolater than 31 July in the year of the previous Championships. Member Associations must be given at leastsix months notice of this date.

3. RIGHTS

All commercial, television, Internet, webcasting, audio, film and other rights of like nature at all venues, andother rights associated primarily with the event shall belong exclusively to the IBF. In determining the financialarrangements at each venue with the organising Member Association, the IBF may grant licences andconcessions in respect of such rights, including the direct grant of all or part of such rights to the organisingMember Association and/or commercial organisations.

4. RESPONSIBILITIES & FINANCE

4.1 Council shall allocate responsibility for hosting the Championships on organisational, financial andcommercial terms and conditions it agrees with the hosting Member Association.

4.2 The IBF shall be entitled to make grants to Member Associations who enter players in the World JuniorChampionships or a team in the World Junior Team Championships on such terms and conditions as theIBF may decide.

4.3 Every Member Association taking part in the World Junior Championships shall be responsible for allexpenses incurred by its players and officials including travel, hotel accommodation and other expenses.

CRegs

5. GENERAL ORGANISATION

5.1 Council shall be responsible for the organisation of the World Junior Championships.

5.2 The competition shall be conducted in accordance with the Laws of badminton and all appropriateCompetition Regulations as adopted by the IBF.

5.3 The Referee and Deputy Referee(s) of each World Junior Championships shall be appointed by Council.

5.4 Council shall appoint a Committee of Management of at least five persons, of whom three shall bemembers of the IBF Events Committee, and two shall be nominated by the promoting association. ThisCommittee shall be responsible for the general organisation and for the seeding and the draw for eachevent. In addition, the Referee shall be an ex-officio member of this Committee.

5.5 Council shall select one brand of IBF-approved shuttlecock to be used exclusively.

6. FILING OF ENTRIES

6.1 Not later than nine months before the date of the Championships, the IBF shall send to all MemberAssociations an invitation to compete.

6.2 Entries may be submitted only by Member Associations and shall be sent so as to reach the addressquoted in the letter of invitation not later than the closing date notified in the invitation.

6.3 Council shall have the power to reject an entry:

6.3.1 containing a condition unresolved at the time of the draw;

6.3.2 considered against the interest of the competition or the game; or

6.3.3 made by an Association which is in arrears in payment of subscriptions or which has any otherindebtedness to the IBF.

7. SUBSTITUTIONS

7.1 A player/pair may participate in an event of the World Junior Championships only if the player's/pair'sentry is made by the closing date for entries as announced by IBF.

7.2 After the closing date for entries but before the draw is made, a player who has entered may be unable totake part through illness, injury, or other unavoidable cause. That player's place in singles or doubles orboth can be taken by a player from the same Member Association who has already entered another WorldJunior Championships event.


7.4 Number of entries

7.4.1 Each Member Association, including the host Member Association, shall be entitled to enter amaximum of four players in men’s singles, four players in women’s singles, four players inmen’s doubles, four players in women’s doubles and four men and four women in mixeddoubles.

7.4.2 Associate Members and international organisations shall not be entitled to make any entries.

8. ELIGIBILITY TO COMPETE

8.1 Participation shall be restricted to players in good standing with their Member Associations and a player’seligibility to compete shall be in accordance with Competition Regulations 8.2 to 8.4. Players are eligibleprovided they remain under 19 years of age throughout the calendar year in which the World JuniorChampionships are held.

8.2 Acceptance of nomination for entry to the World Junior Championships shall count as international

CRegs

representation as described in Competition Regulation 8.3.

9. DRAW & TIMETABLE

9.1 The intended outline timetable for the playing of each event shall be fixed and circulated not later thanthree weeks before the commencement of the Championships.

9.2 Conduct of tournament

9.2.1 The World Junior Championships may be conducted in two or more stages with entriesexempted to a later stage.

9.2.2 If there is more than one stage, earlier stages must be conducted in the same hall(s) as laterstages and immediately preceding them.

9.2.3 If there is more than one stage, earlier stages are subject to the provisions of CompetitionRegulations 13 and 14, treating the final stage as the main draw.

10. PLAYING OBLIGATIONS OF MEMBER ASSOCIATIONS

10.1 Member Associations shall be responsible for ensuring that the players entered by them fulfil theirobligations.

10.2 In default, such Association:

10.2.1 will not be entitled to receive any monies due to it.

10.3 Council shall have the power to declare the offending Association ineligible for the next World JuniorChampionships.

11. TEAM MANAGER

11.1 Each Member Association concerned shall appoint a Manager of its team at least fourteen days before thecommencement of the Championships.

11.2 In default of such appointment, a team shall forthwith choose its own Manager.

11.3 As soon as appointed, the name of the Manager shall be notified to the IBF.

11.4 From the time of arrival at the venue, the Manager shall assume all administrative and otherresponsibilities on behalf of the relevant Member Association and team in connection with the conduct ofthe Competition.

11.5 The Team Manager shall attend any briefing meeting called by the Referee.

12. AMENDMENT OF REGULATIONS

Council has power on behalf of the IBF to make and publish amendments to the World Junior ChampionshipsRegulations.

REGULATIONS FOR WORLD JUNIOR TEAM CHAMPIONSHIPS

The Regulations for the Sudirman Cup shall apply for the World Junior Team Championships with the followingvariations:

1. DEFINITION

The Competition shall be called the World Junior Team Championships and every Member Association affiliatedto the IBF shall be entitled to take part, subject to the conditions of Competition Regulations 5 and 6.

3. FORM OF COMPETITION

CRegs

The Competition shall be held in conjunction with the World Junior Championships and the Committee ofManagement will publish details at the same time as Member Associations are invited to compete in thoseChampionships.

5. METHOD OF COMPETITION

5.1 The competition shall be held in two stages – a first stage and a final stage.

5.2 First stage

5.2.1 In the first stage all teams shall play in groups of four or five teams or groups/subgroups of six toeight teams, where all teams play all other teams in the same group/subgroup. An overallranking order in the group shall be achieved.

5.2.2 For 32 or fewer teams entering there shall be four groups in the first stage. For 33 to 64 teams,there shall be eight groups. For more than 64 teams, there shall be 16 groups.

5.3 Final stage

5.3.1 The final stage shall consist of a series of ranking competitions.

5.3.2 Each ranking competition shall be played similar to a knock-out draw (with winning teamsprogressing to the next round), but with losing teams going on to play losing teams from thesame round in further sub-competitions until a total ranking for the teams in that rankingcompetition has been determined.

5.3.3 Each team shall play in the ranking competition determined by its place in its first stage group.

5.3.4 The winner from each first stage group shall play in a ranking competition to determine overallrankings 1 to 4, 1 to 8, or 1 to 16, depending on the number of groups in the first stage.

5.3.5 The 2nd team from each first stage group shall play in a ranking competition to determine overallrankings 5 to 8, 9 to 16, or 17 to 32, depending on the number of groups in the first stage.

5.3.6 The 3rd (4th, 5th, etc) team from each first stage group shall play in similar ranking competitionsto those in Regulations 5.3.4 and 5.3.5 to determine further appropriate overall rankings.

(Sudirman Cup Regulations 5.5, 5.6, 5.7 and 5.9 apply, but 5.8 does not).

REGULATIONS FOR WORLD SENIOR CHAMPIONSHIPS

1. DEFINITION

1.1 Individual World Senior Championships shall be promoted annually, except in the year scheduled for theWorld Masters Games, and the events shall include men’s singles and doubles, women’s singles anddoubles, and mixed doubles in the following age groups: 35+, 40+, 45+, 50+, 55+, 60+, with theindividuals being eligible if 35, 40, 45, etc years of age throughout the year in which the competition isheld.

1.2 The winners of each event shall be regarded as World Senior Champions and they shall be presented bythe IBF with medals to commemorate their success. Runners-up and semi-finalists in all events shall bepresented with medals. All such medals shall be suitably inscribed.


2.1 Any Member Association may apply to stage the World Senior Championships and such application shallbe sent to the Chief Operating Officer.

CRegs

2.2 The allocation of the Championships shall be made by Council at a date of its choosing.

3. RIGHTS



4.1 Council shall allocate responsibility for hosting the World Senior Championships on organisational,financial and commercial terms and conditions it agrees with the hosting Member Association.

4.2 Every Member Association taking part in the World Senior Championships shall be responsible for allexpenses incurred by its players and officials including travel, hotel accommodation and other expenses.


5.1 The organising committee shall be responsible for the organisation of the World Senior Championships.


5.3 The Referee and Deputy Referee(s) of each World Championships shall be appointed by Council.


5.5 The organising committee in discussion with the IBF shall select one brand of IBF-approved shuttlecockto be used exclusively.

6. ENTRY FEES

The organising committee, with the agreement of the IBF, shall decide the size of the entry fees, which shall benotified in the invitation to participate. They shall be payable to the organising committee at the time of entriesbeing made by the Member Association.


7.1 Not later than six months before the date of the Championships, the IBF, on behalf of the organisingcommittee, shall send to all Member Associations an invitation to compete.


7.3 The organising committee, in agreement with the IBF, shall have the power to reject an entry:


7.3.2 considered against the interest of the competition or the game;

7.3.3 made by an Association which is in arrears in payment of subscriptions or which has any otherindebtedness to the IBF; or

7.3.4 ineligible due to incorrect date of birth.


7.4.1 Each Member Association shall be entitled to enter up to four players in each of the age groupsof the singles events, and up to four pairs in each of the age groups of the doubles events.

8. SUBSTITUTIONS

CRegs

8.1 A player/pair may participate in an event of the World Senior Championships only if the player's/pair'sentry is made by the closing date for entries as announced by IBF.

8.2 After the closing date for entries, a player who has entered may be unable to take part through illness,injury, or other unavoidable cause. That player's place in singles or doubles or both may be taken by aplayer who has already entered another World Senior Championships event, provided the provisions ofRegulation 7.4 are respected.


9.1 Participation shall be restricted to players in good standing with their Member Associations and a player’seligibility to compete shall be in accordance with Competition Regulations 8.1 to 8.4.

9.2 Acceptance of nomination for entry to the World Senior Championships shall count as internationalrepresentation as described in Competition Regulation 8.1.2.

10. DRAW & TIMETABLE

10.1 The intended outline timetable for the playing of each event shall be fixed by the organising committeeand circulated not later than three weeks before the commencement of the Championships.




11.2.1 shall forfeit all entry fees;

11.2.2 shall not be entitled to receive any monies due to it.

11.3 Council shall have the power to declare the offending Association ineligible for the next World SeniorChampionships.

2. TEAM MANAGER



12.3 As soon as appointed, the name of the Manager shall be notified to the Referee.




Council has power on behalf of the IBF to make and publish amendments to the World Senior ChampionshipsRegulations.

REGULATIONS FOR THE THOMAS AND UBER CUPS

1. DEFINITION

The Competition for the Thomas Cup shall be the ‘Men’s Team World Badminton Championship’, and the

CRegs

Competition for the Uber Cup shall be the ‘Women’s Team World Badminton Championship’. Every MemberAssociation (Rule 2.1) shall be entitled to take part subject to the conditions of Regulation 4.


2.1 The Competitions shall be conducted in accordance with the following Regulations and with the Laws ofbadminton and all appropriate Competition Regulations as adopted by the IBF and with such otherprovisions as Council (or a Committee duly appointed by Council) may stipulate.

2.2 Each Competition shall be managed by the IBF, who shall appoint a Committee of Management for thepurpose. The Committee of Management shall have power to co-opt persons and also to delegate any ofthe duties to a sub-Committee.


3.1 The two Competitions shall be held together every two years within a period from 1 November to 30 Juneso that the final stage takes place in even years.

3.2 The Competition shall be held in two stages – a continental stage and the final stage, known as the“Thomas and Uber Cup Finals”.

3.3 Continental stage format

3.3.1 Each Continental Confederation shall organise a Continental stage tournament to determine therequired number of qualifiers from their continent.

3.3.2 Each Continental Confederation shall communicate to the IBF by the last Sunday in February ofthe even year a list of teams in ranking order. This list shall include one more team than thenumber of places at the Thomas and Uber Cup Finals allocated (see Regulation 3.4.2) to therespective Continental Confederation.

3.4 Final stage format

3.4.1 The final stage shall be contested by 12 teams which includes the trophy holder, the host MemberAssociation and, in addition, a minimum of one team from each Continental Confederation.

3.4.2 For 2004 , the remaining five places shall be allocated as follows:

Thomas Cup Uber Cup

three places to teams fromassociations who are members ofABC

three places to teams fromassociations who are membersof ABC

two places to teams from associationswho are members of EBU

two places to teams fromassociations who are membersof EBU

3.4.3 For 2004 , if the trophy holder is the same as the host Member Association, then the additionalplace in the Thomas Cup shall be allocated to a team from an association who is a member ofABC, and the additional place in the Uber Cup shall be allocated to a team from an associationwho is a member of EBU.

3.4.4 The final stage shall be played initially in groups, followed by a knockout draw.

3.4.5 Initially, the twelve teams shall play in four groups of three, where all teams in a given groupplay each other. A final overall ranking order for each group shall be achieved (see diagrambelow).

Group A Group B Group C Group D1 1 1 12 2 2 2

CRegs

3 3 3 3

3.4.6 The draw to allocate teams to the groups shall be conducted in a manner determined by theCommittee of Management.

3.5 In all group play:

3.5.1 Ranking order will be established by the number of ties won.

3.5.2 If all three teams have won one tie, ranking order will be established by total matches won, withthe team having won more matches ranked higher.

3.5.3 If Regulation 3.5.2 leaves two teams equal, the winner of the tie between them will be rankedhigher.

3.5.4 If Regulation 3.5.2 leaves all three teams equal, ranking order will be established by thedifference between total games won and total games lost, with greater difference ranked higher.


3.5.6 If Regulation 3.5.4 leaves all three teams equal, ranking order will be established by thedifference between total points won and total points lost, with greater difference ranked higher.


3.5.8 If Regulation 3.5.6 leaves all three teams equal, the ranking order will be established by drawinglots.

3.6 A match conceded due to illness, injury, or other unavoidable hindrance shall count as if completedwithout the conceding side scoring another point.

3.7 All results of any team that has been disqualified or withdraws before completing the group matches shallbe entirely deleted.

3.8 The teams shall contest the knockout draw with positions as shown below:

A1

C3D2

B1

C2D3

A2B3

C1

B2A3

D1

4. ENTRIES

CRegs

4.1 Continental entries

4.1.1 For each Continental stage tournament, a closing date for entries shall be published by theContinental Confederation concerned.

4.1.2 Only entries reaching the Continental Confederations by the closing date shall be accepted.

4.1.3 Member Associations shall enter by stating the Competition(s) it is desired to enter (ie Thomasand/or Uber Cups).

4.2 Rejection of entries

The Committee of Management shall have power to reject the entry of any Member Association:

4.2.1 which contains a condition unresolved at the time of the draw

4.2.2 whose entry is considered against the interest of the Competition or the game; or

4.2.3 which is in arrears in payment of subscriptions or which has any other debts to the IBF.

5. FINAL STAGE DRAW

5.1 The final stage draw, at which each competing Member Association may be represented, shall be madewithin seven days of the last Sunday in February of the even year.

5.2 Full details of the draw shall be notified forthwith to each competing Member Association.

5.3 Any team withdrawing from the Competition or defaulting after the draw has been made shall:

5.3.1 immediately give a written explanation to the Chief Operating Officer; and 5.3.2 render themselves liable to such action as shall be decided by Council.

6. ARRANGEMENTS FOR VENUES

6.1 For each Continental stage tournament, each Continental Confederation shall approve:

6.1.1 the venue for its tournament, which shall provide courts according to the Specifications forInternational Play; and

6.1.2 the arrangements for umpires.

6.2 For the final stage, the Committee of Management shall approve:

6.2.1 the venue for the final stage, which shall provide at least four courts according to theSpecifications for International Play; and

6.2.2 the arrangements for umpires

6.3 The Committee of Management shall select for use only IBF-approved shuttles.

7. RIGHTS

All commercial, television, Internet, webcasting, audio, film and other rights of like nature at all venues, andother rights associated primarily with the Competitions shall belong exclusively to the IBF. In determining thefinancial arrangements with the Continental Confederations, and the Member Association organising the finalstage, the IBF may grant licences and concessions in respect of such rights, including the direct grant of all orpart of such rights to the Continental Confederations, the Member Association organising the final stage and/orcommercial organisations.

8. FINANCE

8.1 The IBF shall determine the financial arrangements at the final stage venue.

8.2 The Continental Confederation shall determine the financial arrangements at their respective continental

CRegs

stage venue.

8.3 The IBF may require the promoting Member Association at the final stage venue to submit a properstatement of accounts.

8.4 The IBF shall advise all competing Member Associations of any payments to be made in accordance withthe Competitions or any other financial matters and any conditions pertaining thereto.

9. APPOINTMENT OF REFEREE

9.1 The Council shall:

9.1.1 appoint a Referee and deputy Referee(s) for the final stage venue; and

9.1.2 approve the Referee and deputy Referee(s) for each continental stage venue.

9.2 The additional responsibilities of the Referee in this Competition are:

9.2.1 to ensure that the stipulated procedure and order of play is adhered to and that all teams complywith the Regulations for play at the venue;

9.2.2 to make the final decision on any matter upon appeal being made by a Team Manager; and

9.2.3 to confer with the Team Managers and make it known that the Referee is permitted to suspend orabandon play if the spirit of competition is not as it should be.

10. QUALIFICATION OF PLAYERS

Players shall be qualified to represent a Member Association in accordance with Competition Regulation 8.

11. TEAM MANAGER

11.1 Each Member Association concerned shall, at least 14 days before the start of each stage, appoint amanager of its team.

11.2 In default of such appointment, a team shall forthwith choose its own manager.

11.3 As soon as appointed, the name of the manager shall be notified to the Referee.

11.4 From the time of arrival at the venue, the manager shall assume all administrative and otherresponsibilities on behalf of the Member Association and team concerned in connection with theCompetition.


12. CONSTITUTION OF TIES AND TEAMS

12.1 Each tie shall be decided by the results of three singles and two doubles matches.

12.1.1 In group play, all five matches of each tie shall be played.

12.1.2 In non-group play, each tie shall be stopped when the tie is decided.

12.2 In singles, each team shall play its three players according to the order as determined by Regulation 13.2.

12.3 In doubles, each team shall play its two pairs according to the order as determined by Regulation 13.2.

12.4 No player shall play in more than one singles and one doubles match.

13. NOMINATION OF TEAMS

13.1 Each competing Member Association shall, at least 14 days before the date fixed for the commencement

CRegs

of play at a venue, nominate to the IBF not fewer than four players and not more than ten players.

13.2 Ranking Order

13.2.1 All players nominated shall be listed in order consistent with current World Rankings in singles.Players with no World Ranking shall be placed in the ranking order according to current singlesstrength.

13.2.2 Intended doubles pairings shall be listed in order consistent with current World Rankings indoubles as follows:

4 nominated players5 nominated players6 nominated players7, 8, 9 or 10 players

::::

the 6 possible pairingsthe 10 possible pairingsthe 15 possible pairingsthe 21 possible or most probable pairings

Pairings with no World Ranking shall be placed in the ranking order according to currentdoubles strength. To arrive at a final ranking order, the Referee will use the procedures inCompetition Regulations 12.6.1 and 12.6.2 where they apply.

13.2.3 The Referee has discretion to amend the ranking order for players or pairings without a worldranking.

13.3 Each manager shall hand to the Referee at least four hours before the start of any tie the composition ofthe team in the following order:

first singles;second singles;third singles;first doubles; andsecond doubles.

These players and pairings shall be selected from those previously nominated and be in the order asranked. The ranking order of any doubles pairing not previously listed shall be at the discretion of theReferee, who will use Competition Regulations 12.6.1 and 12.6.2 where they apply.

13.4 The use of Competition Regulations 12.6.1 and 12.6.2 in Regulation 13 shall apply to pairs regardless ofwhether or not they competed together during the 12 months preceding the ranking period.

14. ORDER OF PLAY

14.1 There are eight permissible orders of play:

14.1.1 First singles - first doubles - second singles - second doubles - third singles

14.1.2 First singles - second doubles - second singles - first doubles - third singles

14.1.3 First singles - second singles - first doubles - third singles - second doubles

14.1.4 First singles - second singles - second doubles - third singles - first doubles

14.1.5 First singles - second singles - third singles - first doubles - second doubles

14.1.6 First singles - second singles - third singles - second doubles - first doubles

14.1.7 First singles - first doubles - second singles - third singles – second doubles

14.1.8 First singles - second doubles - second singles - third singles – first doubles.

14.2 Determining order of play

14.2.1 Orders of play 14.1.1 to 14.1.8 will be considered in turn and the first order of play will be usedwhich has no player playing in two consecutive matches or playing doubles before singles.

CRegs

14.2.2 If all eight orders of play, 14.1.1 to 14.1.8 result in a player playing in two consecutive matchesor playing doubles before singles, order of play 14.1.5 will be used.


15. SUBSTITUTIONS

15.1 The Referee may sanction a substitute or substitutes for a player who, in the opinion of the Referee, isincapacitated by illness, accident or other unavoidable hindrance provided that:

15.1.1 the team that plays after the substitution conforms to the initially-nominated ranking order forsingles and doubles;

15.1.2 any substitute player/pair is lower ranked than the player/pair being replaced (if necessaryre-ordering the remaining player/pairs);

15.1.3 (for a substitution after the first match of the tie has started) any illness or injury has beensustained since the teams were nominated;

15.1.4 any pair unaffected by the need for substitution is left unchanged.

16. DISQUALIFICATION

16.1 The Referee may disqualify any team which fails to report its arrival for the Competition at least 24 hoursbefore the time of its first tie or such other period as may have previously been agreed with the Referee.

16.2 The Referee has power to disqualify any team which fails to carry out its required programme, or whoseteam manager fails to attend any briefing meeting called by the Referee.

16.3 The Committee of Management shall have power to disqualify at any stage of the Competition:

16.3.1 any team which has failed to carry out its obligations or breaches the Rules and Regulations ofthe IBF; or

16.3.2 a player, or a team that includes a player, breaching the Anti-Doping Regulations.

16.4 The Committee of Management shall consider any disqualification and have power to recommend toCouncil:

16.4.1 forfeiture of any payment due to a Member Association;

16.4.2 the imposition of a fine; and

16.4.3 exclusion from one or more future Competitions.


Council has power on behalf of IBF to make and publish amendments to the Thomas & Uber Cup Regulations.

REGULATIONS FOR THE SUDIRMAN CUP

1. DEFINITION

The Competition for the Sudirman Cup shall be the ‘World Team Championships’ and every MemberAssociation affiliated to the IBF shall be entitled to take part, subject to the conditions of CompetitionRegulations 5 and 6.

CRegs


2.1 The Competition shall be conducted in accordance with the following Regulations, and with the Laws ofbadminton, all appropriate Competition Regulations as adopted by the IBF and such other provisions asCouncil (or a Committee duly appointed by Council) may stipulate.

2.2 Each Competition shall be managed by the IBF which shall appoint a Committee of Management for thepurpose. The Committee of Management shall have power to co-opt other persons and also to delegateany of the duties to a Sub-committee.


The Committee of Management will publish details when Member Associations are invited to compete.

4. ENTRIES


4.2 Entries must be received by the Chief Operating Officer not later than the closing date notified in theinvitation to compete.

4.3 Taking account of the number of courts available at the chosen venue and to keep the duration of theCompetition reasonable, the Committee of Management may impose an upper limit on the number ofentries which can be accepted.

4.4 The Committee of Management is empowered to select the entries to be accepted using the followingconsiderations:

4.4.1 the ranking from the previous competition;

4.4.2 standard of play (as evidenced by World Ranking lists, Continental Championships, etc);

4.4.3 opportunities to support or enhance the development of the game;

4.4.4 any rejection of the entry of a given country at a previous Competition.

4.5 The Committee of Management shall have power to reject the entry of any Member Association:

4.5.1 which contains a condition unresolved at the time entries close;


4.5.3 which is in arrears in payment of subscriptions or which has any other indebtedness to the IBF.


5.1 Teams shall play in sub-groups where all teams play each other. A final overall ranking order shall beachieved.

5.2 The group of the top eight ranked teams shall play in two sub-groups of four. The allocation of teams tosub-groups shall be determined by the Committee of Management.

5.3 As far as possible the remaining teams shall play in groups of eight, organised in two sub-groups of four.In each such group of eight, one sub-group shall have the teams ranked first, fourth, fifth and eighth in thegroup and the other sub-group shall have the teams ranked second, third, sixth and seventh in the group.Some variation shall be allowed in the sizes of groups and sub-groups amongst the lowest-ranked teams toaccommodate the number of entries.

5.4 Groups for successive competitions

The Committee of Management shall determine the groups for successive competitions as follows:

CRegs

5.4.1 Modify the ranking order established at the last competition by exchanging each bottom team ofa group with the top team of the next lower group, if any.

5.4.2 Place into the modified ranking any team which did not participate in the previous competition.

5.4.3 Any team which wins a group (and therefore participates in the exchange described inRegulation 5.4.1) shall remain in the higher group in the next competition even if additionalteams are inserted in accordance with Regulation 5.4.2. If need be, the next to bottom team(s) ofthe higher group shall be moved down a group to achieve this.

5.4.4 The top eight teams play in group one, the next eight in group two, and so on.

5.5 Ranking order in the sub-groups

5.5.1 If two teams have won the same number of ties, the ranking will be decided by the result of thetie between them.

5.5.2 If three or more teams have won the same number of ties, ranking will be decided by the totalnumber of matches won. If this leaves two teams equal, ranking will be decided by the result ofthe tie between them.

5.5.3 If three or more teams have won the same number of ties and the same number of matches,ranking will be decided by the difference between total games won and total games lost, withgreater difference ranked higher. If this leaves two teams equal, ranking will be decided by theresult of the tie between them.

5.5.4 If three or more teams have won the same number of ties and the same number of matches andhave the same difference between total games won and total games lost, ranking will be decidedby the difference between total points won and total points lost, with greater difference rankedhigher. If this leaves two teams equal, ranking will be decided by the result of the tie betweenthem.

5.5.5 If three or more teams have won the same number of ties and the same number of matches, havethe same difference between total games won and total games lost, and have the same differencebetween total points won and total points lost, ranking will be decided by drawing lots.

5.6 A conceded match shall count as if completed without the conceding side scoring another point.

5.7 All results of any team that has been disqualified or withdraws shall be entirely deleted.

5.8 Ranking and play-offs in the top group

5.8.1 In the top group, the winning team of each sub-group shall play the runners-up of the othersub-group in a semi-final.

5.8.2 Winning teams from Regulation 5.8.1 shall play to decide the overall winner and runner-up.

5.8.3 The losing teams from Regulation 5.8.1 shall be ranked joint third.

5.8.4 The teams finishing third in each sub-group shall play each other to determine the fifth and sixthranked teams.

5.8.5 The teams finishing bottom in each sub-group shall play each other to determine the seventh andeighth ranked teams

5.9 Ranking and play-offs in other groups

5.9.1 The winning teams in each sub-group shall play each other to determine the first and secondranked teams in that group.

5.9.2 The teams finishing second in each sub-group shall play each other to determine the third andfourth ranked teams in that group.

5.9.3 The teams finishing third in each sub-group shall play each other to determine the fifth and sixth

CRegs

ranked teams in that group.

5.9.4 The teams finishing bottom in each sub-group shall play each other to determine the seventh andeighth ranked teams in that group.


The Committee of Management shall approve:

6.1 the venue, which shall provide sufficient courts according to the Specifications for International Play;

6.2 one brand of IBF-approved shuttlecock to be used exclusively;

6.3 the arrangements for Umpires other than from the host Member Association.

7. FINANCE

The IBF shall be entitled to determine the financial arrangements at the venue selected for the Sudirman Cup inaccordance with Regulation 4 of the Regulations for the World Championships.

8. RIGHTS



9.1 Council shall appoint a Referee and Deputy Referee(s) for the Competition.

9.2 The Referee’s powers and responsibilities are as defined in Thomas and Uber Cup Regulation 9.2.

9.3 The Referee shall have power to disqualify any team that fails to report its arrival (see Regulation 15.1) orfails to carry out its required programme.

9.4 There shall be no appeal against the decision of a Referee.


Players shall be qualified to represent a Member Association in accordance with Competition Regulation 8.2.

11. TEAM MANAGER

11.1 Each Member Association concerned shall, at least fourteen days before any fixture, appoint a manager ofits team.



11.4 From the time of arrival at the venue, the manager shall assume all administrative and otherresponsibilities on behalf of the Member Association and team concerned in connection with the conductof the Competition.

11.5 The Team Manager shall attend any briefing meeting called by the Referee. Failure to do so may render ateam liable to disqualification, at the Referee’s discretion.


12.1 Each competing Member Association shall, at least 14 days before the date fixed for the commencementof play in the Competition, nominate to the Committee of Management the players from whom its teamwill be selected.

12.2 Teams shall be required to play ties comprising:

CRegs

one men’s singles;one women’s singles;one men’s doubles;one women’s doubles;one mixed doubles.

12.3 Each manager shall hand to the Referee the composition of his team for each tie, where the players arefrom those previously nominated.

The time limits for submission of team compositions are:

12.3.1 for the final and semi-final ties in the top group – eight hours prior to the start of play;

12.3.2 for all other ties – four hours prior to the start of play or such other period as decreed by theReferee.

12.4 The Referee may sanction a substitute (or substitutes) for a player who, in the opinion of the Referee, isincapacitated by illness, accident or unavoidable hindrance. A substituted player may take no further partin that tie.

13. CONSTITUTION OF MATCHES AND TEAMS

13.1 Each tie shall be decided by the results of the two singles and three doubles matches.



13.2 No player shall play in more than two matches.

13.3 The minimum size for a team is four players. These shall be two male and two female players.

13.3.1 If, as a result of injury or illness sustained after arrival at the venue, a team has only one male orone female player, that player may play in the remaining matches.

13.3.2 If, for the above reasons, the team is reduced to two players only, either both of the same sex, orone of each sex, the whole tie shall be conceded.

14. ORDER OF PLAY

14.1 When nominating his/her team, the Team Manager shall recommend to the Referee a suggested order ofplay and, at that time, the Referee shall decide and announce the order of play.










CRegs



Council has power on behalf of the IBF to make and publish amendments to the Sudirman Cup Regulations.

WORLD GRAND PRIX REGULATIONS

1. DESCRIPTION

The World Grand Prix series is a singles and doubles competition open to all badminton players who aremembers of Member Associations affiliated to the IBF. Players can earn points towards their World Rankingaccording to the special classification of those tournaments which have been nominated by the IBF to participatein the World Grand Prix series.

2. ORGANISATION AND RESPONSIBILITY

Although the organisation of a World Grand Prix tournament may be delegated to a particular group, the MemberAssociation has the ultimate responsibility to ensure that the tournament is organised in a satisfactory manner.

3. RIGHTS

3.1 All commercial, television, Internet, webcasting, audio, film and other rights of like nature at all venuesand other rights associated primarily with the event are granted by IBF to the organising MemberAssociation exclusively.

Member Associations are advised that this grant of rights is subject to change with reasonable notice andany contracts entered into should take account of such possible future change.

3.2 In all circumstances, IBF shall always retain the right to publish results and reports on the Internet andelsewhere, and to do so at times determined solely by IBF.

3.3 The Member Association concerned may grant licences and concessions in respect of the event rights,including the direct grant of all or part of such rights to a subsidiary Association and/or commercialorganisations.

3.4 IBF recommends that Member Associations hosting a World Grand Prix tournament ensure that televisioncontracts make provision for worldwide news access and that such news programmes are produced anddistributed without charge to broadcasters or webcasters who use them. It is mandatory that at least 90seconds of daily news access be permitted without charge to broadcasters who use it, and at least 30seconds be permitted without charge to webcasters who use it.

4. PARTICIPATING TOURNAMENTS

Member Associations will be advised of these tournaments by the IBF.

5. TOURNAMENT CLASSIFICATION

The minimum total prize money will be as follows:

1 star US $30,0002 star US $50,0003 star US $80,0004 star US $120,0005 star US $170,0006 star US $250,000

All prize money for World Grand Prix tournaments must at all times be quoted in US dollars and all prize moneysent to the IBF Secretariat for payment must be in US dollars only.

CRegs

6. POINTS SYSTEM

6.1 Points earned by players in World Grand Prix events for their World Ranking will be according to thetournament classification of each event and the regulations for the World Ranking system.

6.2 At the end of the World Grand Prix series, the top men and women’s in the singles World Rankings willbe invited to compete in the World Grand Prix Finals. The exact number of top players invited will bedependent on the number of host wild cards (see World Grand Prix Regulation 11).

6.3 Eight men’s, eight women’s, and eight mixed pairs will participate in the World Grand Prix Finals. Theprinciples that will be followed in issuing invitations are as in World Grand Prix Regulation 11.5.

6.4 If two or more players/pairs are tied in World Ranking, the place in the World Grand Prix Finals will beawarded to the player/pair who has participated in the most World Grand Prix tournaments during theyear. If there is still a tie, the place will be awarded to the player/pair who has gained the most WorldRanking points in tournaments from 1 July onwards.

7. CONDITIONS FOR TOURNAMENTS TAKING PART IN THE WORLD GRAND PRIX

Each tournament must accept the following conditions to be part of the World Grand Prix:

7.1 All five events must be played:

men’s singles;women’s singles;men’s doubles;women’s doubles; andmixed doubles.

7.2 Draw sizes

7.2.1 The tournament must plan main draw sizes at least as large as in the following table:

32 in men’s singles;24 in women’s singles;16 in men’s doubles;16 in women’s doubles; and16 in mixed doubles.

7.2.2 Where there are fewer entries in a particular event than shown in the table in Regulation 7.2.1,all entries must be accepted into the main draw.

7.3 Division of Prizes

The following prize distribution table must be followed for all World Grand Prix events:

% of total prize moneyWinner Runner-up Semi-fi

nalistsQuarter-fi

nalistsLast16

Total

Men’s singles 8 4 2 1 0.4Number x1 x1 x2 x4 x8Total 8 4 4 4 3.2 23.2Women’s singles 6.9 3.3 1.8 0.9 -Number x1 x1 x2 x4 -Total 6.9 3.3 3.6 3.6 - 17.4Men’s doubles* 7.2 4 2.4 1.4 -Number x1 x1 x2 x4 -

CRegs

Total 7.2 4 4.8 5.6 - 21.6Women’s doubles* 6.1 4 2.2 1.1 -Number x1 x1 x2 x4 -Total 6.1 4 4.4 4.4 - 18.9Mixed doubles* 6.1 4 2.2 1.1 -Number x1 x1 x2 x4 -Total 6.1 4 4.4 4.4 - 18.9*per pair

7.4 Schedule

7.4.1 World Grand Prix tournaments must be played over a minimum of four days. In each event(men’s singles, etc) the rounds must be distributed as evenly as possible over the days and, ifmore than one round is necessary per day in any event, the extra rounds should be played on thefirst days of the tournament.

7.4.2 The proposed outline schedule for a World Grand Prix tournament must be submitted to the IBFfor approval. If the submitted schedule is not acceptable to the IBF and consultation with theorganiser does not result in a schedule that is mutually acceptable to the organiser and the IBF,the IBF has power to decide the schedule. The schedule may not be published until it has beenapproved by the IBF.

7.5 Venue

7.5.1 All matches in the main draw of a World Grand Prix tournament must be played at the samevenue.

7.5.2 The city and venue of each World Grand Prix tournament must be notified to the IBF no laterthan nine months before the start of the tournament.

7.5.3 The number of courts available and planned to be used at a World Grand Prix tournament mustbe notified to the IBF no later than nine months before the start of the tournament.

7.5.4 All matches in the main draw of a World Grand Prix tournament must be played on portablemats marked solely for badminton.

7.6 Shuttles

7.6.1 World Grand Prix tournaments must use only IBF-approved shuttles.

7.6.2 At least three speeds of shuttles must be available throughout the tournament. The middle speednominated by the organiser, shall be the speed which would normally conform to Law 3, andthere shall be at least one speed faster and one speed slower.

7.7 Court Officials

7.7.1 An umpire, a service judge, and a minimum of four line judges must be provided for each matchat World Grand Prix tournaments. It is recommended that all umpires and service judges beunder 55 years of age.

7.7.2 The Referee(s) must be appointed by the IBF.

7.8 Entry fees

No entry fees shall be imposed on players from Member Associations other than the host Association,provided that these players have been nominated as entrants by their Member Association.

7.9 Advertising and colour of clothing

Advertising on clothing and colour of clothing shall be regulated by Competition Regulations 19 to 23.

7.10 Playing background

CRegs

The area directly behind each end of each court used at a World Grand Prix tournament shall be free ofwhite or light-coloured areas. Any A-boards at the ends of the court shall have less than 20% of theirsurface area white or light-coloured. It is recommended that A-boards have no white or light-colouredareas at all.

7.11 Draw

The seeding of the draw shall be done by the IBF, and the draw itself shall be made by the organiser usingthe IBF draw software.

7.12 Dope-testing

7.12.1 Dope-testing is mandatory at World Grand Prix events classified 4* and above, and isencouraged at all other World Grand Prix events. The organisation and cost of such testing isthe responsibility of the World Grand Prix organiser unless otherwise advised by IBF.

7.12.2 Dope-testing rooms must be provided and signed as described in the IBF Event OrganisationManual checklist 14.3, 14.4, 14.6 and 14.10.All information regarding dope-testing is specified in the anti-doping regulations.

7.13 Entry forms and taxes

7.13.1 Entry forms/prospectuses should clearly state the prize monies offered. The amount of any localwithholding taxes or entertainment-type taxes should also be clearly stated.

7.13.2 Tax receipts for this tax must be forwarded by the event organisers to the IBF when forwardingprize monies.

7.14 Imposed conditions

7.14.1 During the nine months leading up to a World Grand Prix tournament, the IBF at its solediscretion has the right to request a meeting with the organisers in the host city to review plansfor the tournament and to inspect the proposed venue. Apart from those of the IBF, expenses ofsuch meetings or inspections shall be met by the organisers.

7.14.2 Arising from any meeting or inspection as described in Regulation 7.14.1, or acting on any otherinformation or lack of it, the IBF has the right to impose conditions on the organisers that, havingbeen advised in writing, must be complied with, failing which Regulation 7.15 may be applied.

7.14.3 Immediately before or during any World Grand Prix tournament, a formal request from theReferee or the IBF must be complied with as regards playing conditions, the playing schedule,transportation, or any other matter directly affecting the conduct of the tournament, failing whichRegulation 7.15 may be applied.

7.15 Any World Grand Prix tournament failing to comply with the World Grand Prix regulations (and inparticular with Regulations 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.10, 7.12, and 7.13) is at the IBF’s discretion liable to theimposition of a penalty payment not exceeding US $50,000, to having sanction withdrawn, to havingconditions imposed on any future World Grand Prix tournaments, and/or to the refusal to sanction aWorld Grand Prix tournament for one or more years.

8. THE DRAW

8.1 Entries

If a Member Association enters players for a World Grand Prix tournament, these entries shall be made inranking order in each event. No dummy entries will be permitted.

8.2 Seeding

All World Grand Prix tournaments shall be seeded in accordance with Competition Regulation 12, exceptthat, in tournaments classified as 4-star and above, the number of seeds shall be 16 in men’s singles andeight in other events.

8.3 Draw

CRegs

The draw for each World Grand Prix tournament shall be done in accordance with CompetitionRegulation 12.

8.4 Qualifying Rounds

All qualifying rounds at a World Grand Prix tournament shall be conducted in accordance withCompetition Regulation 13. In addition, qualifying matches in all events must be completed before anyplay begins in the main competition.

8.5 Alterations to the Draw and Substitutions

Any alterations to the draw or substitutions at a World Grand Prix tournament shall be done in accordancewith Competition Regulations 14 and 15.

9. PENALTY FOR WITHDRAWALS

9.1 If a player who is accepted into a tournament withdraws from the entire competition for any reasonwhatsoever within seven days before the first scheduled match, the Member Association entering theplayer shall make a payment of US $250 to the organisers for the inconvenience caused by thewithdrawal.

9.2 The payment shall be collected by the IBF and US $200 forwarded to the organisers, with US $50retained by the IBF. However, if the player was entered by the Member Association under whosejurisdiction the competition was held, then the whole payment shall be retained by the IBF.

10. WORLD GRAND PRIX FINALS

After the World Grand Prix series of tournaments has ended, there will be a final tournament to be known as theWorld Grand Prix Finals. This final tournament will be held subject to suitable sponsorship arrangements beingmade.

10.1 The venue

The IBF will fix a venue for this event and notify all players and Member Associations.

10.2 Format

The format for the World Grand Prix Finals will be based on a group system.

10.2.1 Men’s Singles There will be four groups of four players (ie 16 players) made up of theplayers finishing in the top places of the World Ranking (subject toRegulation 11.3).

10.2.2 Women’s Singles There will be four groups of three players (ie 12 players) made up of theplayers finishing in the top places of the World Ranking (subject toRegulation 11.4).

10.2.3 Singles In singles events, group winners will contest semi-finals and a final.

10.2.4 Doubles There will be two groups of four pairs (ie eight pairs in total) in each of thethree doubles events. These pairs will be made up of the pairs in the topplaces of the World Ranking (subject to Regulation 11.5).

10.2.5 Doubles In doubles events, the group winners will play the runners-up of the othergroup in the semi-finals. The winners of these matches will then contest thefinal.

10.3 Division of prize money : World Grand Prix Finals

10.3.1

CRegs

Men’s singles % No. TotalWinner 6.2 x1 6.2Runner-up 3.8 x1 3.8Semi-finalist 2.4 x2 4.8Second in group 1.2 x4 4.8Third in group 0.9 x4 3.6Fourth in group 0.7 x4 2.8Total for event 26.0

10.3.2

Women’s singles % No TotalWinner 5.1 x1 5.1Runner-up 3.3 x1 3.3Semi-finalist 1.8 x2 3.6Second in group 1.1 x4 4.4Third in group 0.8 x4 3.2Fourth in group - - -Total for event 19.6

10.3.3

Men’s doubles % No TotalWinner 6.5 x1 6.5Runner-up 4.5 x1 4.5Semi-finalist 2.8 x2 5.6Third in group 0.8 x2 1.6Fourth in group 0.6 x2 1.2Total for event 19.4

10.3.4

Women’s doubles % No TotalWinner 5.9 x1 5.9Runner-up 3.8 x1 3.8Semi-finalist 2.8 x2 5.6Third in group 0.7 x2 1.4Fourth in group 0.4 x2 0.8Total for event 17.5

10.3.5

Mixed doubles % No TotalWinner 5.9 x1 5.9Runner-up 3.8 x1 3.8Semi-finalist 2.8 x2 5.6Third in group 0.7 x2 1.4Fourth in group 0.4 x2 0.8Total for event 17.5

10.3.6 Prize money for withdrawals/replacements in the World Grand Prix Finals

Any player/pair, having initially qualified for a place in the World Grand Prix Finals by reasonof their position in the World Ranking, who withdraws for any reason from the World GrandPrix Finals shall not be entitled to any prize money on offer at the World Grand Prix.

The player/pair who replaces the withdrawn player/pair shall receive the prize money on offer atthe World Grand Prix Finals according to the final position attained in the relevant event by thereplacement player/pair.

CRegs

10.4 Shuttlecocks

Only IBF-approved shuttlecocks may be used at the World Grand Prix Finals, and one brand must be usedexclusively.

11. INVITATIONS TO THE WORLD GRAND PRIX FINALS

11.1 Players/pairs must play in a minimum of seven World Grand Prix tournaments in the relevant year toqualify for the World Grand Prix Finals. (World Champion and the Olympic Games Champion in theyear that the title was won would be exempt). Three of the tournaments have to be played in a continentdifferent from the one to which the Member Association entering the player/pair belongs. IBF hasauthority to vary or suspend this regulation if it is thought to be in the best interest of the game.

11.2 In interpreting Regulation 11.1, “play in” shall mean “have started at least one match in the relevant eventin the tournament concerned”.

11.3 Men’s singles

11.3.1 The highest ranked 16 players in the World Ranking qualified under Regulation 11.1 will,subject to what follows, receive invitations to compete in the World Grand Prix Finals.

11.3.2 If these 16 players to be invited do not include the World Champion in the year he won that title,or the Olympic Champion in the year he won that title, the highest ranked 15 players and theWorld Champion or the Olympic Champion will receive invitations instead.

11.3.3 If the 16 players now to be invited do not include any players from the host Association, the twolowest ranked of the 16, other than the World Champion [or Olympic Champion], shall not beinvited and the host Association may nominate two players to receive "wild card" invitations.

11.3.4 Alternatively, if the 16 players now to be invited only include one player from the hostAssociation, the lowest ranked of the 16 (other than the World Champion [or OlympicChampion] and the player from the host Association) shall not be invited and the hostAssociation may nominate one player to receive a “wild card” invitation.

11.4 Women’s singles


11.4.2 If these 12 players to be invited do not include the World Champion in the year she won thattitle, or the Olympic Champion in the year she won that title, the highest ranked 11 players andthe World Champion or the Olympic Champion will receive invitations instead.

11.4.3 If the 12 players now to be invited do not include any players from the host Association, the twolowest ranked of the 12 other than the World Champion [or Olympic Champion], shall not beinvited and the host Association may nominate two players to receive "wild card" invitations.


11.5 Doubles events

11.5.1 The principles to be followed in issuing invitations will be:

- each doubles event will be treated entirely independently;- a player may participate with one partner only;

CRegs

- pairs will be invited according to their World Ranking as pairs provided they havequalified under Regulation 11.1;

- the World Champion pair (or Olympic Champion pair) will have an automatic right to beinvited only in the year in which they have won their title.

11.5.2 No ‘wild cards’ will be permitted from any Association.

12. EVENTS PLAYED UNDER THE POOL SYSTEM OR IN GROUPS

12.1 Order of play

12.1.1 If a group contains two players (singles)/ pairs (doubles) from the same Member Association, thefirst match in the group to be scheduled shall be between these two players/pairs.

12.1.2 If a group of four players (singles)/ pairs (doubles) contains three from the same MemberAssociation, the following order of play shall be used, where A1, A2, A3 denote these threeplayers/pairs in ranking order: A1-A2, A3-B; A1-A3, A2-B; A2-A3, A1-B.

12.2. Ranking will be established in accordance with Competition Regulation 16.

12.3 Substitution for injury or illness shall only be done in accordance with Competition Regulation 15.8.

12.3.1 A player/pair is entitled to prizes according to results actually obtained before any withdrawal,remaining unplayed matches being treated as if won by the opponent(s) 15-0, 15-0.

12.3.2 Should there be an injury/illness or other unavoidable hindrance preventing player(s) fromcompeting, participating players must be prepared to play in an exhibition match, if requested, toassist with filling in the programme of play for the sponsors, television and/or paying audience.

13. FINANCING OF THE WORLD GRAND PRIX FINALS

13.1 Travel

All airfares (economy class) for players qualifying for the World Grand Prix Finals will be arranged bythe IBF and will be paid for by the event.

13.2 Hotel accommodation

A reasonable standard of hotel accommodation will also be arranged for players and paid for by the event. Players shall be entitled to a daily allowance.

13.3 Players’ other expenses

Players will be responsible for all other expenses incurred by them.

14. GENERAL REGULATIONS

14.1 Draw and seeding of the World Grand Prix Finals

The draw for, and seeding of, the World Grand Prix Finals will be carried out by the IBF.

14.2 Tournament officials for the World Grand Prix Finals

The IBF shall appoint the Referee.


Council has power on behalf of the IBF to make and publish alterations to the World Grand Prix Regulations.

IBF AWARDS

Hall of Fame 206Herbert Scheele Trophy 206Certificate of Honour 206

CRegs

President’s Award 206Distinguished Service Award 206Meritorious Service Award 207Certificate of Commendation 208Eddy Choong Player of the Year Award 209Amendment of Regulations 209List of Award Recipients 209

IBF AWARDS REGULATIONS

1. HALL OF FAME

1.1 The International Badminton Federation Hall of Fame is to honour players and administrators who haveenhanced their sport through exceptional achievements.

1.2 Nominations for the Hall of Fame

1.2.1 Nominations, together with supporting documentation of involvement in internationalbadminton, may be lodged with the IBF at any time.

1.2.2 Administration Committee shall make all recommendations of proposed members to Council.

1.2.3 Those nominated shall have been retired from the sport of badminton for a period of five yearsor more, except in special circumstances which Administration Committee consider warrant arecommendation to Council.

1.2.4 Endorsement of a recommendation shall require a two-thirds majority in Council.

1.2.5 A recommendation, having twice failed to be endorsed by Council, may not be re-submittedwithin five years of the last nomination.

1.2.6 The recipient of any previous IBF award or honour shall not be precluded from nomination forthe Hall of Fame.

2. HERBERT SCHEELE TROPHY

The Herbert Scheele Trophy is presented by Council for outstandingly exceptional services to badminton whensuch an occasion arises. Recipients are presented with the trophy and allowed to keep a replica.

3. CERTIFICATE OF HONOUR

The Certificate of Honour is presented by incoming Presidents to their predecessors on completion of their termof office.

4. PRESIDENT’S AWARD

The President’s Award is presented by the President at his/her discretion for outstanding service to badminton. The Award is in the form of a lapel badge.

5. DISTINGUISHED SERVICE AWARD

5.1 The Distinguished Service Award is presented by Council, on behalf of the members of the InternationalBadminton Federation, in recognition of long and/or distinguished service to badminton throughout theworld. The Award is in the form of a certificate and lapel badge.

5.2 Nominations for the Distinguished Service Award

5.2.1 Nominations are made by members of Council. Serving members of Council are not eligible tobe nominated.

5.2.2 A nominated person should have given distinguished service to the game in an internationalcontext. Such service should be exceptional and involve more than the routine holding of office

CRegs

and/or participation in competitions and winning of trophies.

5.2.3 Such services shall have been for not less than 15 years, and all candidates shall be over 30 yearsof age.

5.2.4 Any commercial involvement should be considered detrimental to the candidate, other than inexceptional cases.

5.3 Time Schedule for Distinguished Service Award

5.3.1 The Administration Committee, appointed by Council, will consider nominations and makerecommendations to Council.

5.3.2 Nominations should be received by the Chief Operating Officer by 31 March each year and willbe considered by Council following this date.

5.3.3 Nominations received after 31 March will be considered at later Executive Board meetingsduring the year.

5.3.4 The Chief Operating Officer will circulate a list of nominations and supporting papers to allmembers of the Administration Committee.

5.4 Maximum number of Distinguished Service Awards

The total number of awards granted shall be 75. This number is subject to review every five years.

6. MERITORIOUS SERVICE AWARD

6.1 Council of the International Badminton Federation has approved that the President present a MeritoriousService Award in recognition of long and meritorious service to badminton. The Award is in the form of acertificate and lapel badge.

6.2 Nominations for the Meritorious Service Award

6.2.1 Nominations are made by Member Associations. In the case of internationally-recognisedumpires, the Technical Committee may make up to two nominations per year. Serving membersof Council are not eligible to be nominated.

6.2.2 A nominated person should have given meritorious service to the game in a national context, oroutstanding service as a court official. Such service should be exceptional and involve more thanthe routine holding of office and/or participation in competitions and winning of trophies.

6.2.3 Such services shall have been for not less than 15 years and all candidates shall be over 30 yearsof age.

6.2.4 Should such services have been given before the Member Association gained IBF membership,not more than five years of that service may be credited towards the 15 years required inRegulation 6.2.3.


6.2.6 Nominations to the IBF must be made on the understanding that the Award is a Council decisionand no reasons will be given concerning any particular decision.

6.3 Time Schedule



6.3.3 Nominations received after 31 March will be considered at later Executive Board meetings

CRegs

during the year.


6.4 Number of awards available to Member Associations

The maximum numbers of awards are shown below and are subject to review every five years* and maybe increased with Council approval.

Numbers of awardsMembership No of awards

up to 250 1up to 1,000 3up to 10,000 10up to 25,000 18up to 40,000 23up to 60,000 27up to 80,000 32above 80,000 36

* The next review will take place in 2010

7. CERTIFICATE OF COMMENDATION

7.1 Council has approved that a Certificate of Commendation shall be awarded, where appropriate, tocommercial undertakings and other external organisations that have rendered significant service to thegame. Badminton clubs and other sporting bodies (eg National Olympic Committees) are not eligible tobe nominated for a Certificate of Commendation.

7.2 Nominations for the Certificate of Commendation

7.2.1 Nominations shall be made by Member Associations.

7.2.2 Service shall have been for a period of at least three years and have made a significantcontribution to the nominating organisation.

7.2.3 Nominations to the IBF must be made on the understanding that the award of a Certificate is aCouncil decision and no reasons will be given concerning a particular decision.

7.3 Time schedule





7.4 Number of Certificates available to Member Associations

Maximum of three per year to any affiliated association.

8. EDDY CHOONG PLAYER OF THE YEAR AWARD

8.1 Council of the International Badminton Federation has approved that each year only one player or pair behonoured for achieving outstanding results in international badminton competitions played during the 12month period 1 January to 31 December.

CRegs

8.2 Nominations for the ‘Eddy Choong Player of the Year’ Award

8.2.1 Nominations are made by Member Associations or by members of Council.

8.2.2 No Member Association shall make more than one nomination.

8.3 Time Schedule

8.3.1 Nominations should be received by the Chief Operating Officer by 3 January each year.

8.3.2 The Chief Operating Officer will circulate a list of nominations and supporting papers to allmembers of the Administration Committee and to the Chair of Events Committee within ten daysof the closing date.

8.3.3 The Chair of Events Committee will be invited to express his/her recommendation to theAdministration Committee.

8.3.4 The Administration Committee will make a recommendation to Council.


Council has power on behalf of the IBF to make and publish alterations to the Awards Regulations.

Award recipients:

HALL OF FAME

Members of the International Badminton Federation Hall of Fame

Inaugural MembersColonel S S C Dolby APD, RE

Sir George A Thomas, BartMrs Betty Uber

Herbert A E Scheele OBE

1997Tonny Ahm (Denmark)Frank Devlin (Ireland)David Freeman (USA)Rudy Hartono Kurniawan (Indonesia)Erland Kops (Denmark)Major John McCallum (Ireland)Stellan Mohlin (Sweden)

Ralph Nichols (England)Craig Reedie CBE (Scotland)Dato Eddy (Ewe Beng) Choong (Malaysia)Judy Hashman (Devlin) (USA/England)Dick Sudirman (Indonesia)Finn Kobbero (Denmark)

____________1998Dato E L (David) Choong (Malaysia)Han Aiping (PR China)Jorgen Hammergaard Hansen (Denmark)Morten Frost Hansen (Denmark)Lene Køppen (Denmark)

Li Lingwei (PR China)Meriel Lucas (England)Ng Boon Bee (Malaysia)Ong Poh Lim (Malaysia)Tan Yee Khan (Malaysia)

____________1999Gillian Goodwin (Gilks) MBE (England)Nora Perry MBE (England)Ulla Strand (Denmark)

Margaret Tragett (England)Margaret Varner Bloss (USA)Wong Peng Soon MBE (Singapore)

____________

2000Kirsten Thorndahl (Denmark) Charoen Wattanasin (Thailand)

____________2001

CRegs

Christian Hadinata (Indonesia) Park Joo Bong (Korea)____________

2002Chen Yuniang (PR China)Hou Jiachang (PR China)Kim Moon Soo (Korea)

Liem Swie King (Indonesia)Tang Xianhu (PR China)Hiroe Yuki (now Niinuma) (Japan)

____________2003Chung Myeong Hee (Korea) Chung So Young (Korea)

____________2004Susi Susanti (Indonesia)

HERBERT SCHEELE TROPHY

The Herbert Scheele trophy has been awarded to:

1986 Rudy Hartono Kurniawan (Indonesia)1988 Herman Valken (Netherlands)1989 Erland Kops (Denmark)1990 Stellan Mohlin (Sweden)1992 Craig Reedie (Scotland)1994 Eddy Choong (Malaysia)

1995 Judy Hashman (England)1996 Park Joo Bong (Korea)1998 Poul-Erik Nielsen (Denmark)2000 Arthur Jones (England)2000 Hon H Roy Ward (Australia)2002 Susi Susanti (Indonesia)

Recipients since 2000:DISTINGUISHED SERVICE AWARD

2000Jadwiga Slawska–Szalewicz (Poland)

____________2002Chen Fushou (PR China)Dato Dr Abdullah Fadzil Che Wan (Malaysia)

Li Yongbo (PR China)Susan Whetnall (England)

____________2003Cedric Baxter (Australia) Dr Truls H. Brekke (Norway)

____________2004Heather Nielsen (England)

Recipients since 2000:MERITORIOUS SERVICE AWARD

2000John B Alexander (England) Dirk Kellerman (Court Officials)Mohammad Anggai (Indonesia) Heinrich Klimetschek (Austria)Jan Ahrberg (Sweden) Karl Knoll (Austria)Louis Bauwin (Belgium) Herbert Koch (Austria)Jose da Silva Bento (Portugal) Helmuth Kreulitsch (Austria)Chan Chun Seng (Court Officials) Bélea Makrai (Hungary)Karanam Chenchu Punnaiah Choudary (India) Dick O’Rafferty (Ireland)Alain Citolleux (France) Ahmad Azad Pahlavan (Iran)Lajos Csanda (Hungary) Soewarjo Pandji (Indonesia)Christoph Dejaco (Italy) Sue Peard (Ireland)Jacques Deterville (Belgium) Rungnapa Pintuwat (Thailand)Mary Dinan (Ireland) Janusz Rybka (Poland)Dr Jan Hadi S.T. (Indonesia) Harjana Sutanto (Indonesia)Christian Hadinata (Indonesia) Dr Tadjuddin Nur S H (Indonesia)Marek Idzikowski (Poland) Julius Tetelepta (Indonesia)Mimi Irawan (Indonesia) Robin Tin (Myanmar)Paul Kaiser (Belgium) György Vörös (Hungary)

CRegs

2001L R Ariyananda (Sri Lanka) Harriot Molligoda (Sri Lanka)Richard Atwell (Court Officials) Daarna Parma (Indonesia)Ing. Peter Auleitner (Austria) Johnny Quek (Court Officials)Alain Bertrand (France) Dr Michael Schneidmann (Israel)Luis Jose Bastos Nunes de Carvalho (Mexico) Basil de Silva (Sri Lanka)William A Graham (USA) Chaisak Thongdejsri (Thailand)Jose Ramon Noria Guzman (Mexico) Toegimin (Indonesia)Satoru Kanzawa (Japan) Toshio Toi (Japan)Bundit Khotaniwong (Thailand) Surendran Veeravagh (Sri Lanka)Bruno Lafitte (France) A M Wimalaratne (Sri Lanka)Costas Lazarou (Cyprus)

____________2002Erik Holst Andersen (Denmark)Jean-Francois Aninat (France)Gillies Cavert (France)Chan Chi Choi (Hong Kong)Pierre Chatellier (France)Pearl Donnelly (Ireland)Hakan Fossto (Court Officials)Peter Lee Hung Hong (Malaysia)Ivan Majorsky (Slovakia)Kathleen Marks (Ireland)

Marie-Laure Multedo (France)Juraj Piovarci (Slovakia)Christian Pohren (France)Hiranmay Ray (Botswana)Ernest Robinson (France)David Wee Toh Kiong (Malaysia)Roland Wong Choon Tat (Malaysia)Yap Tee Loy (Court Officials)Yeap Eng Seng (Malaysia)

____________2003Constantin Cios (Romania)Georges Kaiser (Belgium)Jean-Louis Kehlhoffner (France)Udom Leungpetcharaporn (Thailand)

Nikki Luxton (Falkland Islands)Preecha Taviskul (Thailand)Panich Triyachart (Thailand)

____________2004Paul Anjelkovic (Council)Madam Elyane Canal (France)Guy Canal (France)Vincent Lim Woon Chen (Malaysia)Robert Fergus (Canada)Manfred Fulle(Germany)Georgios Georgoudis (Council)John Havers (England)Wayne MacDonnell (Canada)

Antanas Narvilas (Lithuania)Hans Offer (Germany)Wolfgang Otter (Germany)Genadijus Plavinas (Lithuania)Addy Regelbrugge (Belgium)Juozas Spelveris (Lithuania)Etienne Thobois (France)Michael Zilberman (Israel)

CERTIFICATE OF COMMENDATION

2000Debswana Diamond Company (PTY) Ltd (Botswana) African Petroleum PLC (Nigeria)High Institute of Physical Culture “Manuel Fajardo”(Cuba)

Konica Corporation (Singapore)Commercial Bank of Ceylon (Sri Lanka)

Radio Reloj Radio Station (Cuba) Hannes Fuchs Badminton Academy (Austria)Granma Newspaper (Cuba) Indian Oil Corporation Ltd (India)Victor Industrial Racket Corporation (EBU) Sunrise & Co (Pte) Ltd/Yonex (Indonesia)Ghana Airways Corporation (Ghana) CV Gadjah Mada (Indonesia)Liner Agency (Ghana) PT Aqua Golden Mississippi (Indonesia)BPL India Ltd (India) Sole Beverages Ltd (Trinidad & Tobago)Janatha Stubbs Trust (Malta)

____________2001Sofiiski Imoti JSC (Bulgaria) National Sport News of the Cuban Television (Cuba)Yonex Company Ltd (England) Royal Brunei Airlines (Brunei)The Bank of China Group (Hong Kong) Brunei Shell Marketing Co Sdn (Brunei)Carlson Dyestuffs & Company Limited (Hong Kong) Antartic Contract Works Ltd (Ghana)

CRegs

PT Pusri Palembang (Indonesia) Seth & Company (Yonex) (Hong Kong)Koha Products NZ Ltd (New Zealand) Yonex Co Ltd (Japan)

____________2002Singapore Pools (Singapore) Singapore Power (Singapore)Clark Rayner Travel Limited (England) Cable & Wireless Jamaica Ltd (Jamaica)K&D Graphics (USA) Yonex Corporation (USA)

____________2003Nokia Mobile Phone (Poland)'Irena' S.A. Glass Factory (Poland)

Tronex Sporting Goods, Hong Kong (Poland)

____________2004Copperbelt Bottling Co. Ltd (Zambia)Lion Foundation (New Zealand)New Zealand Community Trust (New Zealand)

Southern Trust (New Zealand)Vermarktungsgesellschaft Badminton Deutschland(Germany)

EDDY CHOONG PLAYER OF THE YEAR AWARD

2000 2001Candra Wijaya (Indonesia) Gao Ling (PR China)2002 2003Kim Dong Moon (Korea) Kim Dong Moon (Korea) & Ra Kyung Min (Korea)

Details of recipients of the Distinguished Service Award, Meritorious Service Award, DistinguishedAssociates Award, Certificate of Commendation and the Player of the Year Award prior to 2000 are heldat the IBF Secretariat and are available on request.

RECENT RESULTS OF IBF EVENTS

Olympic Games 214

World Championships 216

World Junior Championships 218

World Junior Team Championships 219

World Senior Championships 221

World Grand Prix Finals 224

Thomas Cup 225

CRegs

Uber Cup 226

Sudirman Cup 227

OLYMPIC GAMES

BARCELONA 1992 : ATLANTA 1996 : SYDNEY 2000 : ATHENS 2004

Men’s singles Women’s singles

Gold medallist1992 Allan Budi Kusuma (INA) Susi Susanti (INA)1996 Poul-Erik Hoyer-Larsen (DEN) Bang Soo Hyun (KOR)2000 Ji Xinpeng (CHN) Gong Zhichao (CHN)2004 Taufik Hidayat (INA) Zhang Ning (CHN)

Silver medallist1992 Ardy B Wiranata (INA) Bang Soo Hyun (KOR)1996 Dong Jiong (CHN) Mia Audina (INA)2000 Hendrawan (INA) Camilla Martin (DEN)2004 Shon Seung Mo (KOR) Mia Audina Tjiptawan (NED)

Bronze medallists1992 Thomas Stuer-Lauridsen (DEN) Huang Hua (CHN)

Hermawan Susanto (INA) Tang Jiuhong (CHN)1996 Rashid Sidek (MAS) Susi Susanti (INA)2000 Xia Xuanze (CHN) Ye Zhaoying (CHN)2004 Sony Dwi Kuncoro (INA) Zhou Mi (CHN)

4th place

1996 Heryanto Arbi (INA) Kim Ji Hyun (KOR)2000 Peter Gade Christensen (DEN) Dai Yun (CHN)2004 Boonsak Ponsana (THA) Gong Ruina (CHN)

Men’s doubles Women’s doubles

Gold Medallists1992 Park Joo Bong/Kim Moon Soo (KOR) Hwang Hye Young/Chung So Young (KOR)1996 Ricky Subagja/Rexy Mainaky (INA) Ge Fei/Gu Jun (CHN)2000 Tony Gunawan/Candra Wijaya (INA) Ge Fei/Gu Jun (CHN)2004 Ha Tae Kwon/Kim Dong Moon (KOR) Zhang Jiewen/Yang Wei (CHN)

Silver medallists1992 Eddy Hartono/Rudy Gunawan (INA) Guan Weizhen/Nong Qunhua (CHN)1996 Cheah Soon Kit/Yap Kim Hock (MAS) Gil Young Ah/Jang Hye Ock (KOR)2000 Lee Dong Soo/Yoo Yong Sung (KOR) Huang Nanyan/Yang Wei (CHN)2004 Lee Dong Soo/Yoo Yong Sung (KOR) Gao Ling/Huang Sui (CHN)

Bronze medallists1992 Li Yongbo/Tian Bingyi (CHN) Gil Young Ah/Shim Eun Jung (KOR)

Jalani Sidek/Razif Sidek (MAS) Lin Yanfen/Yao Fen (CHN)1996 Denny Kantono/S Antonius (INA) Qin Yiyuan/Tang Yongshu (CHN)2000 Ha Tae Kwon/Kim Dong Moon (KOR) Gao Ling/Qin Yiyuan (CHN)2004 Flandi Limpele/Eng Hian (INA) Ra Kyung Min/Lee Kyung Won (KOR)

4th place

1996 Soo Beng Kiang/Tan Kim Her (MAS) Helene Kirkegaard/Rikke Olsen (DEN)

CRegs

2000 Choong Tan Fook/Lee Wan Wah (MAS) Ra Kyung Min/Chung Jae Hee (KOR)2004 Jens Eriksen/Martin Lundgaard Hansen (DEN) Wei Yili/Zhao Tingting (CHN)

Mixed doubles

Gold medallists1992 no event1996 Kim Dong Moon/Gil Young Ah (KOR)2000 Zhang Jun/Gao Ling (CHN)2004 Zhang Jun/Gao Ling (CHN)

Silver medallists1992 no event1996 Park Joo Bong/Ra Kyung Min (KOR)2000 Tri Kusharyanto/Minarti Timur (INA)2004 Nathan Robertson/Gail Emms (GBR)

Bronze medallists1992 no event1996 Liu Jianjun/Sun Man (CHN)2000 Simon Archer/Joanne Goode (GBR)2004 Jens Eriksen /Mette Schjoldager (DEN)

4th place1996 Chen Xingdong/Peng Xingyong (CHN)2000 Michael Sogaard/Rikke Olsen (DEN)2004 Jonas Rasmussen/Rikke Olsen (DEN)

WORLD CHAMPIONSHIPS

MALMÖ 1977 BIRMINGHAM 1993JAKARTA 1980 LAUSANNE 1995COPENHAGEN 1983 GLASGOW 1997CALGARY 1985 COPENHAGEN 1999BEIJING 1987

SEVILLE2001

JAKARTA 1989

BIRMINGHAM 2003

COPENHAGEN 1991

List of Champions Men’s singles Women’s singles

1977 Flemming Delfs (DEN) Lene Koppen (DEN)1980 Rudy Hartono (INA) Verawaty Wiharjo (INA)1983 Icuk Sugiarto (INA) Li Lingwei (CHN)1985 Han Jian (CHN) Han Aiping (CHN)1987 Yang Yang (CHN) Han Aiping (CHN)1989 Yang Yang (CHN) Li Lingwei (CHN)1991 Zhao Jianhua (CHN) Tang Jiuhong (CHN)1993 Joko Suprianto (INA) Susi Susanti (INA)1995 Heryanto Arbi (INA) Ye Zhaoying (CHN)1997 Peter Rasmussen (DEN) Ye Zhaoying (CHN)

CRegs

1999 Sun Jun (CHN) Camilla Martin (DEN)2001 Hendrawan (INA) Gong Ruina (CHN)2003 Xia Xuanze (CHN) Zhang Ning (CHN)


1977 Tjun Tjun/Johan Wahjudi (INA) Etsuko Toganoo/Erniko Ueno (JPN)1980 Ade Chandra/Christian Hadinata (INA) Nora Perry/Jane Webster (ENG)1983 Steen Fladberg/Jesper Helledie (DEN) Lin Ying/Wu Dixi (CHN)1985 Park Joo Bong/Kim Moon Soo (KOR) Han Aiping/Li Lingwei (CHN)1987 Li Yongbo/Tian Bingyi (CHN) Lin Ying/Guan Weizhen (CHN)1989 Li Yongbo/Tian Bingyi (CHN) Lin Ying/Guan Weizhen (CHN)1991 Park Joo Bong/Kim Moon Soo (KOR) Guan Weizhen/Nong Qunhua (CHN)1993 Ricky Subagja/Rudy Gunawan (INA) Nong Qunhua/Zhou Lei (CHN)1995 Rexy Mainaky/Ricky Subagja (INA) Gil Young Ah/Jang Hye Ock (KOR)1997 Candra Wijaya/Budiarto Sigit (INA) Ge Fei/Gu Jun (CHN)1999 Ha Tae Kwon/Kim Dong Moon (KOR) Ge Fei/Gu Jun (CHN)2001 Tony Gunawan/Halim Haryanto (INA) Gao Ling/Huang Sui (CHN)2003 Lars Paaske/Jonas Rasmussen(DEN) Gao Ling/Huang Sui (CHN)

Mixed doubles

1977 Steen Skovgaard/Lene Koppen (DEN)1980 Christian Hadinata/Imelda Wiguno (INA)1983 Thomas Kihlstrom/Nora Perry (SWE/ENG)1985 Park Joo Bong/Yoo Sang Hee (KOR)1987 Wang Pengren/Shi Fangjing (CHN)1989 Park Joo Bong/Chung Myung Hee (KOR)1991 Park Joo Bong/Chung Myung Hee (KOR)1993 Thomas Lund/Catrine Bengtsson (DEN/SWE)1995 Thomas Lund/Marlene Thomsen (DEN)1997 Liu Yong/Ge Fei (CHN)1999 Kim Dong Moon/Ra Kyung Min (KOR)2001 Zhang Jun/Gao Ling (CHN)2003 Kim Dong Moon/Ra Kyung Min (KOR)

WORLD CHAMPIONSHIPS, BIRMINGHAM 2003List of medal winners


Gold Xia Xuanze (CHN) Zhang Ning (CHN)Silver Wong Choong Hann (MAS) Gong Ruina (CHN)Bronze Shon Seung Mo (KOR) Zhou Mi (CHN)

Bao Chunlai (CHN) Mia Audina Tjiptawan (NED)


Gold Lars Paaske/Jonas Rasmussen (DEN) Gao Ling/Huang Sui (CHN)Silver Candra Wijawa/Sigit Budiarto (INA) Wei Yili/Zhao Tingting (CHN)Bronze Sang Yang/Zheng Bo (CHN) Shizuka Yamamoto /Seiko Yamada (JPN)

Fu Haifeng/Cai Yun (CHN) Rikke Olsen /Ann-Lou Jorgensen (DEN)

Mixed doubles

Gold Kim Dong Moon/Ra Kyung Min (KOR)Silver Zhang Jun/Gao Ling (CHN)Bronze Jonas Rasmussen/Rikke Olsen (DEN)

Chen Qiqiu/Zhao Tingting (CHN)

CRegs

WORLD SENIOR CHAMPIONSHIPS

SOFIA 2003List of medal winners

35+Men’s singles 35+ Women’s singles 35+

Gold Martin Kent (DEN) Vlada Chernayavskaya (BLR)Silver Magnus Gustavsson (SWE) Betty Blair (ENG)Bronze George Thomas (IND) Petya Georgieva (BUL)

Alistair Jones (ENG)

Men’s doubles 35+ Women’s doubles 35+

Gold Trevor Darlington/Paul Holden (ENG) Vlada Chernayavskaya/Petya Georgieva(BLR/BUL)

Silver GeorgeThomas/Bhushan Akut (IND) Gitte Kruse/Nina Andersen (DEN)Bronze Holger Wippich/Stefan Chorchopov (GER/BUL)

Vicent-Antoniu Dusnoki/Radu Ionescu (ROM)

Mixed doubles 35+

Gold Paul Holden/Betty Blair (ENG)Silver Sigurd Hundrup/Gitte Kruse (DEN)Bronze Ivan Dobrev/Vlada Chernayavskaya (BUL/BLR)


Gold Oleg Okounev (RUS) Svetlana Zilberman (ISR)Silver Eric Plane (ENG) Diana Koleva (BUL)Bronze Jack Webb (ENG)

Milind Ghate (IND)


Gold Darrell Roebuck/Jack Webb (ENG) Svetlana Zilberman/Diana Koleva (ISR/BUL)Silver Amod Tilak/Milind Ghate (IND) Anette Vollertzen/Hanne Adsbol (DEN)Bronze Nanko Chorchopov/Slanchezar Hristov (BUL)

Eric Plane/Tim Hudson-Church (ENG)

Mixed doubles 40+

Gold Steen Fladberg/Anette Vollertzen (DEN)Silver Morten Christensen/JeanetteKolsoe (DEN)Bronze Tim Hudson-Church/Debie Rigby (ENG)

Eric Plane/Linda Wood (ENG)45+

Men’s singles 45+ Women’s singles 45+

Gold Tariq Farooq (AUT) Heidi Bender (GER)Silver Vladimir Koloskov (RUS) Christine Black (SCO)Bronze Christer Forsgren (SWE) Marlies Wessels (GER)

John Machin (ENG)

CRegs


Gold Steen Fladberg/Claus B. Andersen (DEN) Andi Stretch/Jackie Hurst (ENG)Silver Dan Travers/Leon Douglas (SCO) Pamela Dallow/Reggie Baker (ENG)Bronze Roger Taylor/Phil Howe (ENG)

Erik Linneberg/Per Mikkelsen (DEN)

Mixed doubles 45+

Gold Dan Travers/Christine Black (SCO)Silver Roger Taylor/Andi Stretch (ENG)Bronze Erik Linneberg/Inge Odum (DEN)

Peter Emptage/Pamela Dallow (ENG)50+


Gold Claus B. Andersen (DEN) Lis Rathsach (DEN)Silver Per Mikkelsen (DEN) Sue Whittaker (ENG)Bronze Soren Molin (SWE) Betty Bartlett (ENG)

Edgar Mihalowski (GER)


Gold Edgar and Erfried Michalowsky (GER) Inge Odum/Lis Rathsach (DEN)Silver John Cocker/Bill Hamblett (ENG) Helle Guldborg/Lis Garhoj (DEN)Bronze John Gardner/Peter Emptage (ENG)

Gunter Prenzel/Bernd Wessels (GER)

Mixed doubles 50+

Gold John Cocker/Betty Bartlett (ENG)Silver Erfried and Angela Michalowsky (GER)Bronze Claus B. Andersen/Lis Rathsach (DEN)

Soren Haldager/Helle Goldberg (DEN)55+


Gold Dave Eddy (ENG) Ludmila Ukk (RUS)Silver John Kirkebye (DEN) Renate Knotzch (GER)Bronze Rene Toft (DEN)

Peter Gerth (GER)


Gold John Kirkebye/ReneToft (DEN) Heidi Menacher/Traudl Remmele (GER)Silver Kari Laakso/Stefan Packalen (FIN) Inger Nielsen/Ludmila Ukk (DEN/RUS)Bronze Trevor Stewart/Karl Fussl (GER)

Mixed doubles 55+

Gold Soren Nielsen/Inge May (DEN)Silver ReneToft/Irene Sterlie (DEN)


CRegs

Gold Hans Schumacher (GER) Renate Gabriel (GER)Silver Bendt Rose (DEN) Solveie Bjorlow (DEN)Bronze Harry Stadwick (ENG)

Leif V. Hansen (DEN)


Gold Bendt Rose/Leif V. Hansen (DEN) Beryl Goodall/Brenda Andrew (ENG)Silver Soren Nielsen/Lars Kure (DEN) Solveie Bjorlow/Birgit Ortmann (DEN)Bronze Harry Shadwick/Michael Coley (ENG)

Gerhard Gronbold/Siegfried Dutschke (GER)

Mixed doubles 60+

Gold Harry Shadwick/Brenda Andrew (ENG)Silver Hans Schumacher/Renate Gabriel (GER)

WORLD GRAND PRIX FINALSJAKARTA 1983 HONG KONG 1988 KUALA LUMPUR 1993 BRUNEI 1998KUALA LUMPUR 1984 SINGAPORE 1989 BANGKOK 1994 BRUNEI 1999TOKYO 1985 BALI 1990 SINGAPORE 1995 BRUNEI 2000 (held 2001)KUALA LUMPUR 1986 KUALA LUMPUR 1991 BALI 1996HONG KONG 1987 KUALA LUMPUR 1992 JAKARTA 1997List of Champions Men’s singles Women’s singles1983 Luan Jin (CHN) Li Lingwei (CHN)1984 Morten Frost (DEN) Han Aiping (CHN)1985 Han Jian (CHN) Li Lingwei (CHN)1986 Yang Yang (CHN) Li Lingwei (CHN)1987 Ziong Guobao (CHN) Li Lingwei (CHN)1988 Zhang Qingwu (CHN) Han Aiping (CHN)1989 Xiong Guobao (CHN) Tang Jiuhong (CHN)1990 Eddy Kurniawan (INA) Susi Susanti (INA)1991 Zhao Jianhua (CHN) Susi Susanti (INA)1992 Rashid Sidek (MAS) Susi Susanti (INA)1993 Joko Suprianto (INA) Susi Susanti (INA)1994 Ardy Wiranata (INA) Susi Susanti (INA)1995 Joko Suprianto (INA) Ye Zhaoying (CHN)1996 Fung Permadi (TPE) Susi Susanti (INA)1997 Sun Jun (CHN) Ye Zhaoying (CHN)1998 Sun Jun (CHN) Zhang Ning (CHN)1999 Peter Gade Christensen (DEN) Ye Zhaoying (CHN)2000 Xia Xuanze (CHN) Zhou Mi (CHN)

Men’s doubles Women’s doubles*

1986 Jalani Sidek/Razif Sidek (MAS) Hwang Hye Young/Chung Myung Hee (KOR)1987 Li Yongbo/Tian Bingyi (CHN) Guan Weizhen/Lin Ying (CHN)1988 Jalani Sidek/Razif Sidek (MAS) Guan Weizhen/Liu Ying (CHN)1989 Jalani Sidek/Razif Sidek (MAS) Rosiana Tendean/Erma Sulustianingsih (INA)1990 Eddy Hartono/Rudy Gunawan (INA) Rosiana Tendean/Erma Sulustianingsih (INA)1991 Jalani Sidek/Razif Sidek (MAS) Hwang Hye Young/Chung Myung Hee (KOR)1992 Ricky Subagja/Rexy Mainaky (INA) Lin Yanfen/Yao Fen (CHN)1993 Rudy Gunawan/Bambang Suprianto (INA) Finarsih/Lili Tampi (INA)1994 Ricky Subagja/Rexy Mainaky (INA) Ge Fei/Gu Jun (CHN)

CRegs

1995 Cheah Soon Kit/Yap Kim Hock (MAS) Ge Fei/Gu Jun (CHN)1996 Ricky Subagja/Rexy Mainaky (INA) Ge Fei/Gu Jun (CHN)1997 Candra Wijaya/Sigit Budiarto (INA) Ge Fei/Gu Jun (CHN)1998 Denny Kantono/Budi Ariantho Antonius (INA) Ge Fei/Gu Jun (CHN)1999 Tony Gunawan/Candra Wijaya (INA) Ge Fei/Gu Jun (CHN)2000 Tony Gunawan/Candra Wijaya (INA) Huang Nanyan/Yang Wei (CHN)

Mixed doubles*1986 Nigel Tier/Gillian Gowers (ENG)1987 Stefan Karlsson/Maria Bengtsson (SWE)1988 Wang Pengren/Shi Fangjung (CHN)1989 Eddy Hartono/Verawaty (INA)1990 Thomas Lund/Pernille Dupont (DEN)1991 Thomas Lund/Pernille Dupont (DEN)1992 Thomas Lund/Pernille Dupont (DEN)1993 Thomas Lund/Catrine Bengtsson (DEN/SWE)1994 Thomas Lund/Marlene Thomsen (DEN)1995 Trikus Heryanto/Minarti Timur (INA)1996 Michael Sogaard/Rikke Olsen (DEN)1997 Liu Yong/Ge Fei (CHN)1998 Kim Dong Moon/Ra Kyung Min (KOR)1999 Kim Dong Moon/Ra Kyung Min (KOR)2000 Jens Eriksen/Mette Schjoldager (DEN)

THE MEN’S WORLD TEAM BADMINTON CHAMPIONSHIPSfor the THOMAS CUP

Contest CompetingAssociations

Champions Contest CompetingAssociations

Champions

1948-49 10 Malaya 1984 34 Indonesia1951-52 12 Malaya 1986 38 China1954-55 21 Malaya 1988 35 China1957-58 19 Indonesia 1990 53 China1960-61 19 Indonesia 1992 54 Malaysia1963-64 26 Indonesia 1994 51 Indonesia1966-67 23 Malaysia 1996 56 Indonesia1969-70 25 Indonesia 1998 49 Indonesia1972-73 23 Indonesia 2000 48 Indonesia1975-76 26 Indonesia 2001-02 50 Indonesia1978-79 21 Indonesia 2004 12 China1981-82 26 China

TWENTY-THIRD CONTEST 2004

FINAL STAGE(Jakarta, Indonesia – May 2004)

Group A China beat Indonesia 5-0; beat USA 5-0 Indonesia beat USA 5-0

Group B Korea beat Germany 5-0; beat New Zealand 5-0 Germany beat New Zealand 4-1

Group C Malaysia beat South Africa 5-0; beat Thailand 5-0

CRegs

Thailand beat South Africa 5-0

Group D Denmark beat England 5-0; beat Japan 5-0 Japan beat England 3-2

Knockout Draw (format as per TC/UC Regulation 3.8)

ChinaChina

South Africa Japan 3-0Japan 3-0 China

Korea 3-0Korea

Thailand Thailand 3-1England 3-1 China

3-1Indonesia Indonesia

New Zealand 3-0 IndonesiaMalaysia 3-1

DenmarkGermany Germany 3-2

USA 3-0 DenmarkDenmark 3-1

Final CHINA beat Denmark 3-1

….THE WOMEN’S WORLD TEAM BADMINTON CHAMPIONSHIPfor the UBER CUP



Champions

1956-57 11 USA 1986 34 China1959-60 14 USA 1988 31 China1962-63 11 USA 1990 42 China1965-66 17 Japan 1992 44 China1968-69 19 Japan 1994 44 Indonesia1971-72 17 Japan 1996 47 Indonesia1974-75 14 Indonesia 1998 40 China1977-78 16 Japan 2000 43 China1980-81 15 Japan 2001-02 44 China

1984 23 China 2004 12 China

TWENTIETH CONTEST 2004


Group W China beat Indonesia 5-0; beat Netherlands 5-0 Netherlands beat Indonesia 3-2

Group X Chinese Taipei beat South Africa 5-0; beat Germany 4-1 Germany beat South Africa 4-1

Group Y Denmark beat Malaysia 5-0; beat Japan 3-2 Japan beat Malaysia 4-1

Group Z Korea beat Australia 5-0; beat Canada 5-0

CRegs

Australia beat Canada 5-0


ChinaChina

Malaysia Malaysia 3-0Australia 3-0 China

Chinese Taipei 3-0Japan

Japan Japan 3-2Canada 3-0 China

3-1Netherlands NetherlandsSouth Africa 3-0 Denmark

Denmark 3-2Korea

Germany Indonesia 3-2Indonesia 3-0 Korea

Korea 3-1

Final CHINA beat Korea 3-1




Champions


1984 23 China 2004 12 China






Group Z Korea beat Australia 5-0; beat Canada 5-0 Australia beat Canada 5-0

CRegs


ChinaChina





Denmark 3-2Korea


Korea 3-1


SUMMARY OF PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO LAWS FOR ADOPTION AT 2006 AGM

StatuteBookPagenumber

Law,Appendix orRTCONumber

Recommendation forAmendment

Reason for amendment

Term “ladies” to be changed to“women”

Consistency

Law 16 Delete 16.5.1Renumber 16.5.2 as 16.5.1


16.5.1 Except in the intervals providedin Laws 16.2 and 16.3, noplayer shall be permitted toreceive advice during a match.

16.5.2 Except during the five minuteinterval described in Law 16.2,no player shall leave the courtduring a match without theumpire’s permission.

Events Committee request toremove Law 16.5.1 relating toon-court coahcing





48 9.1.6 “the shaft of the server’s racket at the Service is not meant to kill the

CRegs

instant of hitting the shuttle shall bepointing in a downward direction tosuch an extent that the whole of thehead of the racket is discernibly belowthe whole of the server’s hand holdingthe racket as in Diagram D;”

game.

52 16.7 Add sentence “The Umpire shallreport the offending side to theReferee if it is necessary to present asecond red card to the offending side”.

It is not clear in the text.

74 3.3.7 Text is missing: If the answer is yes,call:“Setting to (relevant score), 14 (10) -all”

If the answer is no, call:“Game not set, playing to (relevantscore), 14 (10) - all”.

Clarification

LAW 17& RTCOs

Law 17 to be amended asfollows:

“Law 17.5.1 An official’sdecision is final on all points of factfor which that official is responsible,unless, in the opinion of the umpire, aline judge has made a clearly wrongcall. The umpire shall then change thedecision of the line judge.”

RTCO 2.4 to be amended asfollows:

RTCO 2.4 “An official’s decision isfinal on all points of fact for whichthat official is responsible. If, in theopinion of the umpire, it is beyondreasonable doubt that a line judge hasmade a clearly wrong call, the umpireshall change the decision of the linejudge. If, in the opinion of the umpire,the line judge should be replaced, theumpire should call the referee todiscuss the matter."

Insert new RTCO 3.6 as follows(and re-number subsequentRTCOs accordingly)

RTCO 3.6 If, in the opinion ofthe umpire, a line judge has made aclearly wrong call, the umpire shallcall:

- “Correction, IN”[if the shuttle has landed “in”]; or

- “Correction, OUT”

Events committee reuqest thatumpires to be permitted toover-rule line-judges if, in theopinion of the umpire, a clearmistake has been made in a linecall

CRegs

[if the shuttle has landed “out”].

G Natu’s suggestions dicussed by Events/Admin working gropu in December 2004

2. Laws - Definitions

2.1. Existing wording: No existing wordings.

2.2 Suggested wording: Stroke – A forward movement of the player’s racket until brake of its continuity.

2.3 Explanation: The definition of rally contains the word Stroke. The RTCO 3.8.6 also uses the word ‘stroke’ – a double hit by

one player with one stroke is not a ‘fault’. However, the definition of stroke has not been specified anywhere.

EVENTS/ADMIN:AGREE. Delete “until break of its continuity.” Place before ‘Rally’ under ‘Definitions’.

6. Laws - Law 1.11

6.1. Existing wording: 1.11 There shall be no gaps between the ends of the net and the posts. If necessary, the full depth of the net

shall be tied at the ends.

6.2 Suggested wording: 1.11 There shall be no gaps between the ends of the net and the posts. If necessary, the full depth of the net

shall be tied at the ends to the posts.

6.3 Explanation: Words added to have more clarity as to where to tie.

EVENTS/ADMIN: AGREE.

Laws - Law 9.5

Existing wording:9.6 The server shall not serve before the receiver is ready but the receiver shall be considered to have been ready if a

return of service is attempted.

Suggested wording:9.6 The server shall not serve before the receiver is ready. However, the receiver shall be considered to be ready if a


Explanation:Suggestion for better wording.

Events/Admin: agreed

Laws - Law 13.8

Existing wording:13.8 if, on service, the shuttle is caught on the net and remains suspended on top or, on service, after passing over

the net is caught in the net.

Suggested wording:13.8 if, on service,

13.8.1 the shuttle is caught on the net and remains suspended on top or, on service, after passing

CRegs

over the net is caught in the net.13.8.2 the shuttle touches or is hit by the receiver’s partner.

Explanation:In view of the suggestion made in the paragraph 29.1.2, Law 13.8 is proposed to be amended.

Events/Admin - Agree

Laws - Law 15.1

Existing wording:15.1 it strikes the net and remains attached there or suspended on top.

Suggested wording:Omit the law.

Explanation:The situation of “striking the net and remains attached there” is getting covered under the Law 13.2.3 - fails to pass thenet, which is a “Fault”; Both ‘fault’ and ‘let’ are getting covered under Law 15.4. Therefore, the law can be deleted.

Events/AdminAGREE

Laws - Law 16.4, 16.6

Existing wording:16.7.3 in cases of flagrant offence or persistent offences, faulting the offending side …..

Suggested wording:16.7.3 in case of flagrant offence or persistent offences or breach of Law 16.2, faulting the offending side …..

Explanation:The cases of breach of the Law 16.2 are not getting covered in Law 16.6, which may be covered under delay in play.However, it may not be fair to follow the procedure of warning and faulting, since this may be unfair to the side that ison the court within stipulated time of interval.

Events/AdminAGREE

Laws - Law 17.3

Existing wording:17.3 The service judge shall call faults made by the server should they occur (Law 9).

Suggested wording:17.3 The service judge shall call faults made by the server should they occur (Law 9.1.2 to Law 9.1.8, Law 13.1).

Explanation:The service judge shall not call faults, which are getting covered under Law 9.1.1 and 9.3 and as such to be morespecific the reference of the sub-clauses should be given.

Events/AdminAGREE

Appendix 3

Existing wording:It is permissible to play one game of 21 points by prior arrangement. In this case the following variations apply:

CRegs

Suggested wording:It shall be permissible to play one game of 21 points by prior arrangement. In this case the following variations shallapply:

Explanation:To maintain consistency of language - “shall”.

Events/AdminDependent on next suggestion

Appendix 3

Existing wording: 3. Law 7.4 shall be amended to read: ‘7.4 If the score becomes 20-all, the side which first scored 20 shall exercise the choice in Law 7.4.1 or

7.4.2:’ 6. Law 8.1.3 shall be amended to read: ‘8.1.3 ... when the leading score reaches 11 points.’

Suggested wording: 3. Law 7.4 shall be amended to read:

‘7.4 If the score becomes 20 all, the first side to score 20 points shall exercise the choice in eitherLaw 7.4.1 or Law 7.4.2.’

6. Law 8.1.3 shall be amended to read: ‘8.1.3 …… when a side first scores 11 points.’

Explanation:To maintain consistency in wording in line with the Law 6.1and also Law 7.4, Law 8.1.3.

Events/Admin

Appendix 4

Additional terminologies for general communication should be added. The situation and the suggested wordings are asunder:

In case the players omit to change the ends – ‘You omitted to change the ends’ Let called since the receiver was not ready – ‘Receiver not ready’ The player attempted the service and claimed that he was not ready – ‘You attempted to return the service’ Player influencing the line judge by gestures or shouting – ‘You tried to influence the line judge’

Events/Admin - agree

Recommendations to court officials, 3.2.1

Existing wording:3.1.8 ensure that the toss is fairly carried out and that the winning side and the losing side exercise their choices

correctly (Law 6).

Suggested wording:3.1.8 ensure that the toss is fairly carried out and that the winning side and the losing side exercise their choices

correctly (Law 6). Note the choice of the ends.

Explanation:To take care of the ends of players if during suspension the players are required to leave the court and the play isresumed after considerably long time. (Failure of electricity, water leakage in hall, etc.)

Events/Admin

CRegs

AGREE


Existing wording:3.2.3 Tournament: “Ladies and Gentlemen, on my right ‘X’ and on my left ‘Y’, ‘X’ to serve; love all; play.” In doubles, identify server and receiver by announcing: Tournament: “Ladies and Gentlemen, on my right ‘W’ and ‘X’ and on my left ‘Y’ and ‘Z’, ‘X’ to serve to ‘Y’;

love all; play.”

Suggested wording:3.2.3 Tournament: “Ladies and Gentlemen, on my right ‘X’ (country name) and on my left ‘Y’ (country name),

‘X’ to serve; love all; play.” In doubles, identify server and receiver by announcing: Tournament: “Ladies and Gentlemen, on my right ‘W’ (country name) and ‘X’ (country name) and on my

left ‘Y’ (country name) and ‘Z’ (country name), ‘X’ to serve to ‘Y’; love all; play.”

Explanation:To take care of the common practice of announcing the names of the countries they come from.

Events/AdminYes, agree to have country name

Page 26, Recommendations to court officials, 3.3.5

Existing wording:‘fault’ called by the service judge under Laws 9.1 to 9.3, which should be recognised by calling “Service faultcalled”;

Suggested wording:‘fault’ called by the service judge under Laws 9.1.2 to 9.1.8, which should be recognised, by calling “Servicefault called”;

Explanation: The jurisdiction of the service judge is only over the Laws 9.1.2 to 9.1.8 while all other service faults are called

by the Umpire.

Events/AdminAGREE


Existing wording: “Game point” (or ‘match point”, where applicable) should be called in each game and for each side on the first

occasion that as die reaches 14 or 16 (10 or 12 in women’s singles, women’s doubles and mixed doubles).

These calls should always immediately follow serving side’s score and precede the receiving side’s score.

When the score reached 14-all (10-all), call on the first occasion only each game, and before asking if the sidewishes to set “14 (10 game point all” or “14 (10) match point all” as appropriate.

Suggested wording:

3.3.6.1 When each side reaches 14 (10 in women’s singles) points, on the first occasion in each game,call “Game point” or “Match point” as applicable.

3.3.6.2 If a further game or match point occurs after setting, make similar call again at 16 (12 inwomen’s singles) points on the first occasion in each game, in case of each side, “Game point” or“Match point”, as applicable

CRegs

3.3.6.3 These calls should always immediately follow the server’s score and precede the receiver’sscore.

Explanation: To take care of the appropriate calls being made in respect of each side when each side reaches 14 (10 in

women’s singles) or 16 (12 in women’s singles) at the first occasion only.

Events/Adminyes

Recommendations to court officials, 3.8.5 .3.12

Existing wording: 3.8.5 Changing the shuttle during the match should not be unfair. If both sides agree to the change there

should be no objection by the umpire. If only one side wishes to change the shuttle, the umpire shouldtake the decision, having the shuttle tested if necessary.


Suggested wording: 3.8.5 Changing the shuttle during the match should not be unfair. If both sides agree to the change there

should be no objection by the umpire. If only one side wishes to change the shuttle, the umpire shouldtake the decision, having the shuttle tested if necessary. A shuttle whose speed or flight has beeninterfered with should be discarded.

Explanation:The content of the recommendation 3.8.5 and 3.12 are concerning same topic. Therefore, they can be convenientlymerged.

Events/AdminAGREE

Recommendations to court officials, 5.2

Existing wording: 5.2 The service judge is responsible for judging that the server delivers a correct service. If not, call ‘fault’

loudly and use the approved hand signal to indicate the type of infringement.

Suggested wording: 5.2 The service judge is responsible for judging that the server delivers a correct service (Law 9.1.2 to Law

9.1.8). If not, call ‘fault’ loudly and use the approved hand signal to indicate the type of infringement.

Explanation: To clearly specify the jurisdiction of the Service Judge.

Events/AdminAGREE

ANDREW RYANChief Operating Officer IBF STAFF

Lindsey BellHead of Communications

Simon MortonHead of Marketing

Vanessa FreemanDirector of Events

Michael BowdichDirector of Administration

Tina JonesEvents Officer

RosemaryWicks

Liz BudworthSenior Clerical Assistant

Roisin BarrettAccountant(part-time)

Kulbinder Johal

CRegs

Staff E-mail Address(@intbadfed.org)

Committee responsibility Special responsibilities

Andrew Ryan andrewr Council; Executive TV, Event & sponsorship contracts, IOCKulbinder Johal kullyj Finance and Administration Finance, prize money distribution Roisin Barrett roisinb Operational finance

MichaelBowdich

mikeb Finance and Administration Statutes; members; Office and Federation administration; IT development, maintenance and strategy

Liz Budworth lizb Reception; general enquiries; mailing; mail order distribution; Awards and Hall of FameVanessa Freeman vanessaf Events World Grand Prix Organisers; BPF; World Ranking development; IT support for events Tina Jones tinaj Events Referee, umpire and doctor appointments; dope-testing Rosemary Wicks rosemaryw Entries, seeds, draws & results, world ranking Lesley Allinson lesleya Withdrawals; out-of-competition whereabouts data

Lindsey Bell lindseyb Internet, Website management and updating, media services, IBF publications, badminton for disabled peopleSimon Morton simonm Marketing and Development Marketing rights management, commercial contract support, market research, Equipment Approval Scheme

Chris Harvey chrish IOC & UN Affairs Development and Olympic Solidarity

REGULATIONS FOR WORLD JUNIOR CHAMPIONSHIPS

1. DEFINITION

1.1 Individual World Junior Championships shall be promoted annually and the events shall include men’ssingles and doubles, women’s singles and doubles, and mixed doubles, and they shall all be conducted inaccordance with existing Rules and Regulations adopted by the IBF.

1.2 The winners of each event shall be regarded as World Junior Champions and they shall be presented bythe IBF with gold medals to commemorate their success. Runners-up in all events shall be presented withsilver medals and losing semi-finalists with bronze medals. All such medals shall be suitably inscribed.


CRegs

2.1 Any Member Association may apply to stage the World Junior Championships and such application shallbe sent to the Chief Operating Officer.

2.2 The allocation of the Championships shall be made by Council at a date of its choosing, but in any case nolater than 31 July in the year of the previous Championships. Member Associations must be given at leastsix months notice of this date.

3. RIGHTS



4.1 Council shall allocate responsibility for hosting the Championships on organisational, financial andcommercial terms and conditions it agrees with the hosting Member Association.

4.2 The IBF shall be entitled to make grants to Member Associations who enter players in the World JuniorChampionships or a team in the World Junior Team Championships on such terms and conditions as theIBF may decide.

4.3 Every Member Association taking part in the World Junior Championships shall be responsible for allexpenses incurred by its players and officials including travel, hotel accommodation and other expenses.


5.1 Council shall be responsible for the organisation of the World Junior Championships.


5.3 The Referee and Deputy Referee(s) of each World Junior Championships shall be appointed by Council.


5.5 Council shall select one brand of IBF-approved shuttlecock to be used exclusively.




6.3 Council shall have the power to reject an entry:


6.3.2 considered against the interest of the competition or the game; or

6.3.3 made by an Association which is in arrears in payment of subscriptions or which has any otherindebtedness to the IBF.

7. SUBSTITUTIONS

7.1 A player/pair may participate in an event of the World Junior Championships only if the player's/pair's

CRegs

entry is made by the closing date for entries as announced by IBF.

7.2 After the closing date for entries but before the draw is made, a player who has entered may be unable totake part through illness, injury, or other unavoidable cause. That player's place in singles or doubles orboth can be taken by a player from the same Member Association who has already entered another WorldJunior Championships event.



7.4.1 Each Member Association, including the host Member Association, shall be entitled to enter amaximum of four players in men’s singles, four players in women’s singles, four players inmen’s doubles, four players in women’s doubles and four men and four women in mixeddoubles.

7.4.2 Associate Members and international organisations shall not be entitled to make any entries.


8.1 Participation shall be restricted to players in good standing with their Member Associations and a player’seligibility to compete shall be in accordance with Competition Regulations 8.2 to 8.4. Players are eligibleprovided they remain under 19 years of age throughout the calendar year in which the World JuniorChampionships are held.

8.2 Acceptance of nomination for entry to the World Junior Championships shall count as internationalrepresentation as described in Competition Regulation 8.3.

9. DRAW & TIMETABLE

9.1 The intended outline timetable for the playing of each event shall be fixed and circulated not later thanthree weeks before the commencement of the Championships.

9.2 Conduct of tournament

9.2.1 The World Junior Championships may be conducted in two or more stages with entriesexempted to a later stage.

9.2.2 If there is more than one stage, earlier stages must be conducted in the same hall(s) as laterstages and immediately preceding them.

9.2.3 If there is more than one stage, earlier stages are subject to the provisions of CompetitionRegulations 13 and 14, treating the final stage as the main draw.




10.2.1 will not be entitled to receive any monies due to it.

10.3 Council shall have the power to declare the offending Association ineligible for the next World JuniorChampionships.

11. TEAM MANAGER



11.3 As soon as appointed, the name of the Manager shall be notified to the IBF.

CRegs




Council has power on behalf of the IBF to make and publish amendments to the World Junior ChampionshipsRegulations.

REGULATIONS FOR WORLD JUNIOR TEAM CHAMPIONSHIPS

The Regulations for the Sudirman Cup shall apply for the World Junior Team Championships with the followingvariations:

1. DEFINITION

The Competition shall be called the World Junior Team Championships and every Member Association affiliatedto the IBF shall be entitled to take part, subject to the conditions of Competition Regulations 5 and 6.


The Competition shall be held in conjunction with the World Junior Championships and the Committee ofManagement will publish details at the same time as Member Associations are invited to compete in thoseChampionships.


5.1 The competition shall be held in two stages – a first stage and a final stage.

5.2 First stage

5.2.1 In the first stage all teams shall play in groups of four or five teams or groups/subgroups of six toeight teams, where all teams play all other teams in the same group/subgroup. An overallranking order in the group shall be achieved.

5.2.2 For 32 or fewer teams entering there shall be four groups in the first stage. For 33 to 64 teams,there shall be eight groups. For more than 64 teams, there shall be 16 groups.

5.3 Final stage

5.3.1 The final stage shall consist of a series of ranking competitions.

5.3.2 Each ranking competition shall be played similar to a knock-out draw (with winning teamsprogressing to the next round), but with losing teams going on to play losing teams from thesame round in further sub-competitions until a total ranking for the teams in that rankingcompetition has been determined.

5.3.3 Each team shall play in the ranking competition determined by its place in its first stage group.

5.3.4 The winner from each first stage group shall play in a ranking competition to determine overallrankings 1 to 4, 1 to 8, or 1 to 16, depending on the number of groups in the first stage.

5.3.5 The 2nd team from each first stage group shall play in a ranking competition to determine overallrankings 5 to 8, 9 to 16, or 17 to 32, depending on the number of groups in the first stage.

5.3.6 The 3rd (4th, 5th, etc) team from each first stage group shall play in similar ranking competitionsto those in Regulations 5.3.4 and 5.3.5 to determine further appropriate overall rankings.

(Sudirman Cup Regulations 5.5, 5.6, 5.7 and 5.9 apply, but 5.8 does not).

CRegs

REGULATIONS FOR WORLD SENIOR CHAMPIONSHIPS

1. DEFINITION

1.1 Individual World Senior Championships shall be promoted annually, except in the year scheduled for theWorld Masters Games, and the events shall include men’s singles and doubles, women’s singles anddoubles, and mixed doubles in the following age groups: 35+, 40+, 45+, 50+, 55+, 60+, with theindividuals being eligible if 35, 40, 45, etc years of age throughout the year in which the competition isheld.

1.2 The winners of each event shall be regarded as World Senior Champions and they shall be presented bythe IBF with medals to commemorate their success. Runners-up and semi-finalists in all events shall bepresented with medals. All such medals shall be suitably inscribed.


2.1 Any Member Association may apply to stage the World Senior Championships and such application shallbe sent to the Chief Operating Officer.

2.2 The allocation of the Championships shall be made by Council at a date of its choosing.

3. RIGHTS



4.1 Council shall allocate responsibility for hosting the World Senior Championships on organisational,financial and commercial terms and conditions it agrees with the hosting Member Association.

4.2 Every Member Association taking part in the World Senior Championships shall be responsible for allexpenses incurred by its players and officials including travel, hotel accommodation and other expenses.


5.1 The organising committee shall be responsible for the organisation of the World Senior Championships.


5.3 The Referee and Deputy Referee(s) of each World Championships shall be appointed by Council.


5.5 The organising committee in discussion with the IBF shall select one brand of IBF-approved shuttlecockto be used exclusively.

6. ENTRY FEES

The organising committee, with the agreement of the IBF, shall decide the size of the entry fees, which shall be

CRegs

notified in the invitation to participate. They shall be payable to the organising committee at the time of entriesbeing made by the Member Association.


7.1 Not later than six months before the date of the Championships, the IBF, on behalf of the organisingcommittee, shall send to all Member Associations an invitation to compete.


7.3 The organising committee, in agreement with the IBF, shall have the power to reject an entry:


7.3.2 considered against the interest of the competition or the game;

7.3.3 made by an Association which is in arrears in payment of subscriptions or which has any otherindebtedness to the IBF; or

7.3.4 ineligible due to incorrect date of birth.


7.4.1 Each Member Association shall be entitled to enter up to four players in each of the age groupsof the singles events, and up to four pairs in each of the age groups of the doubles events.

8. SUBSTITUTIONS

8.1 A player/pair may participate in an event of the World Senior Championships only if the player's/pair'sentry is made by the closing date for entries as announced by IBF.

8.2 After the closing date for entries, a player who has entered may be unable to take part through illness,injury, or other unavoidable cause. That player's place in singles or doubles or both may be taken by aplayer who has already entered another World Senior Championships event, provided the provisions ofRegulation 7.4 are respected.


9.1 Participation shall be restricted to players in good standing with their Member Associations and a player’seligibility to compete shall be in accordance with Competition Regulations 8.1 to 8.4.

9.2 Acceptance of nomination for entry to the World Senior Championships shall count as internationalrepresentation as described in Competition Regulation 8.1.2.

10. DRAW & TIMETABLE

10.1 The intended outline timetable for the playing of each event shall be fixed by the organising committeeand circulated not later than three weeks before the commencement of the Championships.




11.2.1 shall forfeit all entry fees;

11.2.2 shall not be entitled to receive any monies due to it.

11.3 Council shall have the power to declare the offending Association ineligible for the next World SeniorChampionships.

2. TEAM MANAGER

CRegs



12.3 As soon as appointed, the name of the Manager shall be notified to the Referee.




Council has power on behalf of the IBF to make and publish amendments to the World Senior ChampionshipsRegulations.

REGULATIONS FOR THE THOMAS AND UBER CUPS

1. DEFINITION

The Competition for the Thomas Cup shall be the ‘Men’s Team World Badminton Championship’, and theCompetition for the Uber Cup shall be the ‘Women’s Team World Badminton Championship’. Every MemberAssociation (Rule 2.1) shall be entitled to take part subject to the conditions of Regulation 4.


2.1 The Competitions shall be conducted in accordance with the following Regulations and with the Laws ofbadminton and all appropriate Competition Regulations as adopted by the IBF and with such otherprovisions as Council (or a Committee duly appointed by Council) may stipulate.

2.2 Each Competition shall be managed by the IBF, who shall appoint a Committee of Management for thepurpose. The Committee of Management shall have power to co-opt persons and also to delegate any ofthe duties to a sub-Committee.


3.1 The two Competitions shall be held together every two years within a period from 1 November to 30 Juneso that the final stage takes place in even years.

3.2 The Competition shall be held in two stages – a continental stage and the final stage, known as the“Thomas and Uber Cup Finals”.

3.3 Continental stage format

3.3.1 Each Continental Confederation shall organise a Continental stage tournament to determine therequired number of qualifiers from their continent.

3.3.2 Each Continental Confederation shall communicate to the IBF by the last Sunday in February ofthe even year a list of teams in ranking order. This list shall include one more team than thenumber of places at the Thomas and Uber Cup Finals allocated (see Regulation 3.4.2) to therespective Continental Confederation.

3.4 Final stage format

3.4.1 The final stage shall be contested by 12 teams which includes the trophy holder, the host MemberAssociation and, in addition, a minimum of one team from each Continental Confederation.

CRegs

3.4.2 For 2004 , the remaining five places shall be allocated as follows:

Thomas Cup Uber Cup

three places to teams fromassociations who are members ofABC

three places to teams fromassociations who are membersof ABC

two places to teams from associationswho are members of EBU

two places to teams fromassociations who are membersof EBU

3.4.3 For 2004 , if the trophy holder is the same as the host Member Association, then the additionalplace in the Thomas Cup shall be allocated to a team from an association who is a member ofABC, and the additional place in the Uber Cup shall be allocated to a team from an associationwho is a member of EBU.

3.4.4 The final stage shall be played initially in groups, followed by a knockout draw.

3.4.5 Initially, the twelve teams shall play in four groups of three, where all teams in a given groupplay each other. A final overall ranking order for each group shall be achieved (see diagrambelow).

Group A Group B Group C Group D1 1 1 12 2 2 23 3 3 3

3.4.6 The draw to allocate teams to the groups shall be conducted in a manner determined by theCommittee of Management.

3.5 In all group play:

3.5.1 Ranking order will be established by the number of ties won.

3.5.2 If all three teams have won one tie, ranking order will be established by total matches won, withthe team having won more matches ranked higher.


3.5.4 If Regulation 3.5.2 leaves all three teams equal, ranking order will be established by thedifference between total games won and total games lost, with greater difference ranked higher.


3.5.6 If Regulation 3.5.4 leaves all three teams equal, ranking order will be established by thedifference between total points won and total points lost, with greater difference ranked higher.


3.5.8 If Regulation 3.5.6 leaves all three teams equal, the ranking order will be established by drawinglots.

3.6 A match conceded due to illness, injury, or other unavoidable hindrance shall count as if completedwithout the conceding side scoring another point.

3.7 All results of any team that has been disqualified or withdraws before completing the group matches shallbe entirely deleted.

3.8 The teams shall contest the knockout draw with positions as shown below:

CRegs

A1

C3D2

B1

C2D3

A2B3

C1

B2A3

D1

4. ENTRIES

4.1 Continental entries

4.1.1 For each Continental stage tournament, a closing date for entries shall be published by theContinental Confederation concerned.

4.1.2 Only entries reaching the Continental Confederations by the closing date shall be accepted.

4.1.3 Member Associations shall enter by stating the Competition(s) it is desired to enter (ie Thomasand/or Uber Cups).

4.2 Rejection of entries

The Committee of Management shall have power to reject the entry of any Member Association:

4.2.1 which contains a condition unresolved at the time of the draw


4.2.3 which is in arrears in payment of subscriptions or which has any other debts to the IBF.

5. FINAL STAGE DRAW

5.1 The final stage draw, at which each competing Member Association may be represented, shall be madewithin seven days of the last Sunday in February of the even year.

5.2 Full details of the draw shall be notified forthwith to each competing Member Association.

5.3 Any team withdrawing from the Competition or defaulting after the draw has been made shall:

5.3.1 immediately give a written explanation to the Chief Operating Officer; and 5.3.2 render themselves liable to such action as shall be decided by Council.

CRegs


6.1 For each Continental stage tournament, each Continental Confederation shall approve:

6.1.1 the venue for its tournament, which shall provide courts according to the Specifications forInternational Play; and

6.1.2 the arrangements for umpires.

6.2 For the final stage, the Committee of Management shall approve:

6.2.1 the venue for the final stage, which shall provide at least four courts according to theSpecifications for International Play; and

6.2.2 the arrangements for umpires

6.3 The Committee of Management shall select for use only IBF-approved shuttles.

7. RIGHTS

All commercial, television, Internet, webcasting, audio, film and other rights of like nature at all venues, andother rights associated primarily with the Competitions shall belong exclusively to the IBF. In determining thefinancial arrangements with the Continental Confederations, and the Member Association organising the finalstage, the IBF may grant licences and concessions in respect of such rights, including the direct grant of all orpart of such rights to the Continental Confederations, the Member Association organising the final stage and/orcommercial organisations.

8. FINANCE

8.1 The IBF shall determine the financial arrangements at the final stage venue.

8.2 The Continental Confederation shall determine the financial arrangements at their respective continentalstage venue.

8.3 The IBF may require the promoting Member Association at the final stage venue to submit a properstatement of accounts.

8.4 The IBF shall advise all competing Member Associations of any payments to be made in accordance withthe Competitions or any other financial matters and any conditions pertaining thereto.


9.1 The Council shall:

9.1.1 appoint a Referee and deputy Referee(s) for the final stage venue; and

9.1.2 approve the Referee and deputy Referee(s) for each continental stage venue.

9.2 The additional responsibilities of the Referee in this Competition are:

9.2.1 to ensure that the stipulated procedure and order of play is adhered to and that all teams complywith the Regulations for play at the venue;

9.2.2 to make the final decision on any matter upon appeal being made by a Team Manager; and

9.2.3 to confer with the Team Managers and make it known that the Referee is permitted to suspend orabandon play if the spirit of competition is not as it should be.


Players shall be qualified to represent a Member Association in accordance with Competition Regulation 8.

CRegs

11. TEAM MANAGER

11.1 Each Member Association concerned shall, at least 14 days before the start of each stage, appoint amanager of its team.



11.4 From the time of arrival at the venue, the manager shall assume all administrative and otherresponsibilities on behalf of the Member Association and team concerned in connection with theCompetition.


12. CONSTITUTION OF TIES AND TEAMS

12.1 Each tie shall be decided by the results of three singles and two doubles matches.



12.2 In singles, each team shall play its three players according to the order as determined by Regulation 13.2.

12.3 In doubles, each team shall play its two pairs according to the order as determined by Regulation 13.2.

12.4 No player shall play in more than one singles and one doubles match.


13.1 Each competing Member Association shall, at least 14 days before the date fixed for the commencementof play at a venue, nominate to the IBF not fewer than four players and not more than ten players.

13.2 Ranking Order

13.2.1 All players nominated shall be listed in order consistent with current World Rankings in singles.Players with no World Ranking shall be placed in the ranking order according to current singlesstrength.

13.2.2 Intended doubles pairings shall be listed in order consistent with current World Rankings indoubles as follows:

4 nominated players5 nominated players6 nominated players7, 8, 9 or 10 players

::::

the 6 possible pairingsthe 10 possible pairingsthe 15 possible pairingsthe 21 possible or most probable pairings

Pairings with no World Ranking shall be placed in the ranking order according to currentdoubles strength. To arrive at a final ranking order, the Referee will use the procedures inCompetition Regulations 12.6.1 and 12.6.2 where they apply.

13.2.3 The Referee has discretion to amend the ranking order for players or pairings without a worldranking.

13.3 Each manager shall hand to the Referee at least four hours before the start of any tie the composition ofthe team in the following order:

first singles;second singles;third singles;first doubles; andsecond doubles.

These players and pairings shall be selected from those previously nominated and be in the order as

CRegs

ranked. The ranking order of any doubles pairing not previously listed shall be at the discretion of theReferee, who will use Competition Regulations 12.6.1 and 12.6.2 where they apply.

13.4 The use of Competition Regulations 12.6.1 and 12.6.2 in Regulation 13 shall apply to pairs regardless ofwhether or not they competed together during the 12 months preceding the ranking period.

14. ORDER OF PLAY

14.1 There are eight permissible orders of play:

14.1.1 First singles - first doubles - second singles - second doubles - third singles

14.1.2 First singles - second doubles - second singles - first doubles - third singles

14.1.3 First singles - second singles - first doubles - third singles - second doubles

14.1.4 First singles - second singles - second doubles - third singles - first doubles

14.1.5 First singles - second singles - third singles - first doubles - second doubles

14.1.6 First singles - second singles - third singles - second doubles - first doubles

14.1.7 First singles - first doubles - second singles - third singles – second doubles

14.1.8 First singles - second doubles - second singles - third singles – first doubles.

14.2 Determining order of play

14.2.1 Orders of play 14.1.1 to 14.1.8 will be considered in turn and the first order of play will be usedwhich has no player playing in two consecutive matches or playing doubles before singles.

14.2.2 If all eight orders of play, 14.1.1 to 14.1.8 result in a player playing in two consecutive matchesor playing doubles before singles, order of play 14.1.5 will be used.


15. SUBSTITUTIONS

15.1 The Referee may sanction a substitute or substitutes for a player who, in the opinion of the Referee, isincapacitated by illness, accident or other unavoidable hindrance provided that:

15.1.1 the team that plays after the substitution conforms to the initially-nominated ranking order forsingles and doubles;

15.1.2 any substitute player/pair is lower ranked than the player/pair being replaced (if necessaryre-ordering the remaining player/pairs);

15.1.3 (for a substitution after the first match of the tie has started) any illness or injury has beensustained since the teams were nominated;

15.1.4 any pair unaffected by the need for substitution is left unchanged.



16.2 The Referee has power to disqualify any team which fails to carry out its required programme, or whoseteam manager fails to attend any briefing meeting called by the Referee.


CRegs








Council has power on behalf of IBF to make and publish amendments to the Thomas & Uber Cup Regulations.

REGULATIONS FOR THE SUDIRMAN CUP

1. DEFINITION

The Competition for the Sudirman Cup shall be the ‘World Team Championships’ and every MemberAssociation affiliated to the IBF shall be entitled to take part, subject to the conditions of CompetitionRegulations 5 and 6.


2.1 The Competition shall be conducted in accordance with the following Regulations, and with the Laws ofbadminton, all appropriate Competition Regulations as adopted by the IBF and such other provisions asCouncil (or a Committee duly appointed by Council) may stipulate.

2.2 Each Competition shall be managed by the IBF which shall appoint a Committee of Management for thepurpose. The Committee of Management shall have power to co-opt other persons and also to delegateany of the duties to a Sub-committee.


The Committee of Management will publish details when Member Associations are invited to compete.

4. ENTRIES


4.2 Entries must be received by the Chief Operating Officer not later than the closing date notified in theinvitation to compete.

4.3 Taking account of the number of courts available at the chosen venue and to keep the duration of theCompetition reasonable, the Committee of Management may impose an upper limit on the number ofentries which can be accepted.

4.4 The Committee of Management is empowered to select the entries to be accepted using the followingconsiderations:

4.4.1 the ranking from the previous competition;

4.4.2 standard of play (as evidenced by World Ranking lists, Continental Championships, etc);

CRegs

4.4.3 opportunities to support or enhance the development of the game;

4.4.4 any rejection of the entry of a given country at a previous Competition.

4.5 The Committee of Management shall have power to reject the entry of any Member Association:

4.5.1 which contains a condition unresolved at the time entries close;


4.5.3 which is in arrears in payment of subscriptions or which has any other indebtedness to the IBF.


5.1 Teams shall play in sub-groups where all teams play each other. A final overall ranking order shall beachieved.

5.2 The group of the top eight ranked teams shall play in two sub-groups of four. The allocation of teams tosub-groups shall be determined by the Committee of Management.

5.3 As far as possible the remaining teams shall play in groups of eight, organised in two sub-groups of four.In each such group of eight, one sub-group shall have the teams ranked first, fourth, fifth and eighth in thegroup and the other sub-group shall have the teams ranked second, third, sixth and seventh in the group.Some variation shall be allowed in the sizes of groups and sub-groups amongst the lowest-ranked teams toaccommodate the number of entries.

5.4 Groups for successive competitions

The Committee of Management shall determine the groups for successive competitions as follows:

5.4.1 Modify the ranking order established at the last competition by exchanging each bottom team ofa group with the top team of the next lower group, if any.

5.4.2 Place into the modified ranking any team which did not participate in the previous competition.

5.4.3 Any team which wins a group (and therefore participates in the exchange described inRegulation 5.4.1) shall remain in the higher group in the next competition even if additionalteams are inserted in accordance with Regulation 5.4.2. If need be, the next to bottom team(s) ofthe higher group shall be moved down a group to achieve this.

5.4.4 The top eight teams play in group one, the next eight in group two, and so on.

5.5 Ranking order in the sub-groups

5.5.1 If two teams have won the same number of ties, the ranking will be decided by the result of thetie between them.

5.5.2 If three or more teams have won the same number of ties, ranking will be decided by the totalnumber of matches won. If this leaves two teams equal, ranking will be decided by the result ofthe tie between them.

5.5.3 If three or more teams have won the same number of ties and the same number of matches,ranking will be decided by the difference between total games won and total games lost, withgreater difference ranked higher. If this leaves two teams equal, ranking will be decided by theresult of the tie between them.

5.5.4 If three or more teams have won the same number of ties and the same number of matches andhave the same difference between total games won and total games lost, ranking will be decidedby the difference between total points won and total points lost, with greater difference rankedhigher. If this leaves two teams equal, ranking will be decided by the result of the tie betweenthem.

CRegs

5.5.5 If three or more teams have won the same number of ties and the same number of matches, havethe same difference between total games won and total games lost, and have the same differencebetween total points won and total points lost, ranking will be decided by drawing lots.

5.6 A conceded match shall count as if completed without the conceding side scoring another point.

5.7 All results of any team that has been disqualified or withdraws shall be entirely deleted.

5.8 Ranking and play-offs in the top group

5.8.1 In the top group, the winning team of each sub-group shall play the runners-up of the othersub-group in a semi-final.

5.8.2 Winning teams from Regulation 5.8.1 shall play to decide the overall winner and runner-up.

5.8.3 The losing teams from Regulation 5.8.1 shall be ranked joint third.

5.8.4 The teams finishing third in each sub-group shall play each other to determine the fifth and sixthranked teams.

5.8.5 The teams finishing bottom in each sub-group shall play each other to determine the seventh andeighth ranked teams

5.9 Ranking and play-offs in other groups

5.9.1 The winning teams in each sub-group shall play each other to determine the first and secondranked teams in that group.

5.9.2 The teams finishing second in each sub-group shall play each other to determine the third andfourth ranked teams in that group.

5.9.3 The teams finishing third in each sub-group shall play each other to determine the fifth and sixthranked teams in that group.

5.9.4 The teams finishing bottom in each sub-group shall play each other to determine the seventh andeighth ranked teams in that group.


The Committee of Management shall approve:

6.1 the venue, which shall provide sufficient courts according to the Specifications for International Play;

6.2 one brand of IBF-approved shuttlecock to be used exclusively;

6.3 the arrangements for Umpires other than from the host Member Association.

7. FINANCE

The IBF shall be entitled to determine the financial arrangements at the venue selected for the Sudirman Cup inaccordance with Regulation 4 of the Regulations for the World Championships.

8. RIGHTS



9.1 Council shall appoint a Referee and Deputy Referee(s) for the Competition.

9.2 The Referee’s powers and responsibilities are as defined in Thomas and Uber Cup Regulation 9.2.

CRegs

9.3 The Referee shall have power to disqualify any team that fails to report its arrival (see Regulation 15.1) orfails to carry out its required programme.

9.4 There shall be no appeal against the decision of a Referee.


Players shall be qualified to represent a Member Association in accordance with Competition Regulation 8.2.

11. TEAM MANAGER

11.1 Each Member Association concerned shall, at least fourteen days before any fixture, appoint a manager ofits team.



11.4 From the time of arrival at the venue, the manager shall assume all administrative and otherresponsibilities on behalf of the Member Association and team concerned in connection with the conductof the Competition.

11.5 The Team Manager shall attend any briefing meeting called by the Referee. Failure to do so may render ateam liable to disqualification, at the Referee’s discretion.


12.1 Each competing Member Association shall, at least 14 days before the date fixed for the commencementof play in the Competition, nominate to the Committee of Management the players from whom its teamwill be selected.

12.2 Teams shall be required to play ties comprising:

one men’s singles;one women’s singles;one men’s doubles;one women’s doubles;one mixed doubles.

12.3 Each manager shall hand to the Referee the composition of his team for each tie, where the players arefrom those previously nominated.

The time limits for submission of team compositions are:

12.3.1 for the final and semi-final ties in the top group – eight hours prior to the start of play;

12.3.2 for all other ties – four hours prior to the start of play or such other period as decreed by theReferee.

12.4 The Referee may sanction a substitute (or substitutes) for a player who, in the opinion of the Referee, isincapacitated by illness, accident or unavoidable hindrance. A substituted player may take no further partin that tie.

13. CONSTITUTION OF MATCHES AND TEAMS

13.1 Each tie shall be decided by the results of the two singles and three doubles matches.



13.2 No player shall play in more than two matches.

13.3 The minimum size for a team is four players. These shall be two male and two female players.

CRegs

13.3.1 If, as a result of injury or illness sustained after arrival at the venue, a team has only one male orone female player, that player may play in the remaining matches.

13.3.2 If, for the above reasons, the team is reduced to two players only, either both of the same sex, orone of each sex, the whole tie shall be conceded.

14. ORDER OF PLAY

14.1 When nominating his/her team, the Team Manager shall recommend to the Referee a suggested order ofplay and, at that time, the Referee shall decide and announce the order of play.












Council has power on behalf of the IBF to make and publish amendments to the Sudirman Cup Regulations.

WORLD GRAND PRIX REGULATIONS

1. DESCRIPTION

The World Grand Prix series is a singles and doubles competition open to all badminton players who aremembers of Member Associations affiliated to the IBF. Players can earn points towards their World Rankingaccording to the special classification of those tournaments which have been nominated by the IBF to participatein the World Grand Prix series.

2. ORGANISATION AND RESPONSIBILITY

Although the organisation of a World Grand Prix tournament may be delegated to a particular group, the MemberAssociation has the ultimate responsibility to ensure that the tournament is organised in a satisfactory manner.

3. RIGHTS

3.1 All commercial, television, Internet, webcasting, audio, film and other rights of like nature at all venuesand other rights associated primarily with the event are granted by IBF to the organising MemberAssociation exclusively.

Member Associations are advised that this grant of rights is subject to change with reasonable notice andany contracts entered into should take account of such possible future change.

CRegs

3.2 In all circumstances, IBF shall always retain the right to publish results and reports on the Internet andelsewhere, and to do so at times determined solely by IBF.

3.3 The Member Association concerned may grant licences and concessions in respect of the event rights,including the direct grant of all or part of such rights to a subsidiary Association and/or commercialorganisations.

3.4 IBF recommends that Member Associations hosting a World Grand Prix tournament ensure that televisioncontracts make provision for worldwide news access and that such news programmes are produced anddistributed without charge to broadcasters or webcasters who use them. It is mandatory that at least 90seconds of daily news access be permitted without charge to broadcasters who use it, and at least 30seconds be permitted without charge to webcasters who use it.

4. PARTICIPATING TOURNAMENTS

Member Associations will be advised of these tournaments by the IBF.

5. TOURNAMENT CLASSIFICATION

The minimum total prize money will be as follows:

1 star US $30,0002 star US $50,0003 star US $80,0004 star US $120,0005 star US $170,0006 star US $250,000

All prize money for World Grand Prix tournaments must at all times be quoted in US dollars and all prize moneysent to the IBF Secretariat for payment must be in US dollars only.

6. POINTS SYSTEM

6.1 Points earned by players in World Grand Prix events for their World Ranking will be according to thetournament classification of each event and the regulations for the World Ranking system.

6.2 At the end of the World Grand Prix series, the top men and women’s in the singles World Rankings willbe invited to compete in the World Grand Prix Finals. The exact number of top players invited will bedependent on the number of host wild cards (see World Grand Prix Regulation 11).

6.3 Eight men’s, eight women’s, and eight mixed pairs will participate in the World Grand Prix Finals. Theprinciples that will be followed in issuing invitations are as in World Grand Prix Regulation 11.5.

6.4 If two or more players/pairs are tied in World Ranking, the place in the World Grand Prix Finals will beawarded to the player/pair who has participated in the most World Grand Prix tournaments during theyear. If there is still a tie, the place will be awarded to the player/pair who has gained the most WorldRanking points in tournaments from 1 July onwards.

7. CONDITIONS FOR TOURNAMENTS TAKING PART IN THE WORLD GRAND PRIX

Each tournament must accept the following conditions to be part of the World Grand Prix:

7.1 All five events must be played:

men’s singles;women’s singles;men’s doubles;women’s doubles; andmixed doubles.

7.2 Draw sizes

7.2.1 The tournament must plan main draw sizes at least as large as in the following table:

CRegs

32 in men’s singles;24 in women’s singles;16 in men’s doubles;16 in women’s doubles; and16 in mixed doubles.

7.2.2 Where there are fewer entries in a particular event than shown in the table in Regulation 7.2.1,all entries must be accepted into the main draw.

7.3 Division of Prizes

The following prize distribution table must be followed for all World Grand Prix events:

% of total prize moneyWinner Runner-up Semi-fi

nalistsQuarter-fi

nalistsLast16

Total

Men’s singles 8 4 2 1 0.4Number x1 x1 x2 x4 x8Total 8 4 4 4 3.2 23.2Women’s singles 6.9 3.3 1.8 0.9 -Number x1 x1 x2 x4 -Total 6.9 3.3 3.6 3.6 - 17.4Men’s doubles* 7.2 4 2.4 1.4 -Number x1 x1 x2 x4 -Total 7.2 4 4.8 5.6 - 21.6Women’s doubles* 6.1 4 2.2 1.1 -Number x1 x1 x2 x4 -Total 6.1 4 4.4 4.4 - 18.9Mixed doubles* 6.1 4 2.2 1.1 -Number x1 x1 x2 x4 -Total 6.1 4 4.4 4.4 - 18.9*per pair

7.4 Schedule

7.4.1 World Grand Prix tournaments must be played over a minimum of four days. In each event(men’s singles, etc) the rounds must be distributed as evenly as possible over the days and, ifmore than one round is necessary per day in any event, the extra rounds should be played on thefirst days of the tournament.

7.4.2 The proposed outline schedule for a World Grand Prix tournament must be submitted to the IBFfor approval. If the submitted schedule is not acceptable to the IBF and consultation with theorganiser does not result in a schedule that is mutually acceptable to the organiser and the IBF,the IBF has power to decide the schedule. The schedule may not be published until it has beenapproved by the IBF.

7.5 Venue

7.5.1 All matches in the main draw of a World Grand Prix tournament must be played at the samevenue.

7.5.2 The city and venue of each World Grand Prix tournament must be notified to the IBF no laterthan nine months before the start of the tournament.

7.5.3 The number of courts available and planned to be used at a World Grand Prix tournament must

CRegs

be notified to the IBF no later than nine months before the start of the tournament.

7.5.4 All matches in the main draw of a World Grand Prix tournament must be played on portablemats marked solely for badminton.

7.6 Shuttles

7.6.1 World Grand Prix tournaments must use only IBF-approved shuttles.

7.6.2 At least three speeds of shuttles must be available throughout the tournament. The middle speednominated by the organiser, shall be the speed which would normally conform to Law 3, andthere shall be at least one speed faster and one speed slower.

7.7 Court Officials

7.7.1 An umpire, a service judge, and a minimum of four line judges must be provided for each matchat World Grand Prix tournaments. It is recommended that all umpires and service judges beunder 55 years of age.

7.7.2 The Referee(s) must be appointed by the IBF.

7.8 Entry fees

No entry fees shall be imposed on players from Member Associations other than the host Association,provided that these players have been nominated as entrants by their Member Association.

7.9 Advertising and colour of clothing

Advertising on clothing and colour of clothing shall be regulated by Competition Regulations 19 to 23.

7.10 Playing background

The area directly behind each end of each court used at a World Grand Prix tournament shall be free ofwhite or light-coloured areas. Any A-boards at the ends of the court shall have less than 20% of theirsurface area white or light-coloured. It is recommended that A-boards have no white or light-colouredareas at all.

7.11 Draw

The seeding of the draw shall be done by the IBF, and the draw itself shall be made by the organiser usingthe IBF draw software.

7.12 Dope-testing

7.12.1 Dope-testing is mandatory at World Grand Prix events classified 4* and above, and isencouraged at all other World Grand Prix events. The organisation and cost of such testing isthe responsibility of the World Grand Prix organiser unless otherwise advised by IBF.

7.12.2 Dope-testing rooms must be provided and signed as described in the IBF Event OrganisationManual checklist 14.3, 14.4, 14.6 and 14.10.All information regarding dope-testing is specified in the anti-doping regulations.

7.13 Entry forms and taxes

7.13.1 Entry forms/prospectuses should clearly state the prize monies offered. The amount of any localwithholding taxes or entertainment-type taxes should also be clearly stated.

7.13.2 Tax receipts for this tax must be forwarded by the event organisers to the IBF when forwardingprize monies.

7.14 Imposed conditions

7.14.1 During the nine months leading up to a World Grand Prix tournament, the IBF at its solediscretion has the right to request a meeting with the organisers in the host city to review plans

CRegs

for the tournament and to inspect the proposed venue. Apart from those of the IBF, expenses ofsuch meetings or inspections shall be met by the organisers.

7.14.2 Arising from any meeting or inspection as described in Regulation 7.14.1, or acting on any otherinformation or lack of it, the IBF has the right to impose conditions on the organisers that, havingbeen advised in writing, must be complied with, failing which Regulation 7.15 may be applied.

7.14.3 Immediately before or during any World Grand Prix tournament, a formal request from theReferee or the IBF must be complied with as regards playing conditions, the playing schedule,transportation, or any other matter directly affecting the conduct of the tournament, failing whichRegulation 7.15 may be applied.

7.15 Any World Grand Prix tournament failing to comply with the World Grand Prix regulations (and inparticular with Regulations 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.10, 7.12, and 7.13) is at the IBF’s discretion liable to theimposition of a penalty payment not exceeding US $50,000, to having sanction withdrawn, to havingconditions imposed on any future World Grand Prix tournaments, and/or to the refusal to sanction aWorld Grand Prix tournament for one or more years.

8. THE DRAW

8.1 Entries

If a Member Association enters players for a World Grand Prix tournament, these entries shall be made inranking order in each event. No dummy entries will be permitted.

8.2 Seeding

All World Grand Prix tournaments shall be seeded in accordance with Competition Regulation 12, exceptthat, in tournaments classified as 4-star and above, the number of seeds shall be 16 in men’s singles andeight in other events.

8.3 Draw

The draw for each World Grand Prix tournament shall be done in accordance with CompetitionRegulation 12.

8.4 Qualifying Rounds

All qualifying rounds at a World Grand Prix tournament shall be conducted in accordance withCompetition Regulation 13. In addition, qualifying matches in all events must be completed before anyplay begins in the main competition.

8.5 Alterations to the Draw and Substitutions

Any alterations to the draw or substitutions at a World Grand Prix tournament shall be done in accordancewith Competition Regulations 14 and 15.

9. PENALTY FOR WITHDRAWALS

9.1 If a player who is accepted into a tournament withdraws from the entire competition for any reasonwhatsoever within seven days before the first scheduled match, the Member Association entering theplayer shall make a payment of US $250 to the organisers for the inconvenience caused by thewithdrawal.

CRegs

9.2 The payment shall be collected by the IBF and US $200 forwarded to the organisers, with US $50retained by the IBF. However, if the player was entered by the Member Association under whosejurisdiction the competition was held, then the whole payment shall be retained by the IBF.

10. WORLD GRAND PRIX FINALS

After the World Grand Prix series of tournaments has ended, there will be a final tournament to be known as theWorld Grand Prix Finals. This final tournament will be held subject to suitable sponsorship arrangements beingmade.

10.1 The venue

The IBF will fix a venue for this event and notify all players and Member Associations.

10.2 Format

The format for the World Grand Prix Finals will be based on a group system.

10.2.1 Men’s Singles There will be four groups of four players (ie 16 players) made up of theplayers finishing in the top places of the World Ranking (subject toRegulation 11.3).

10.2.2 Women’s Singles There will be four groups of three players (ie 12 players) made up of theplayers finishing in the top places of the World Ranking (subject toRegulation 11.4).

10.2.3 Singles In singles events, group winners will contest semi-finals and a final.

10.2.4 Doubles There will be two groups of four pairs (ie eight pairs in total) in each of thethree doubles events. These pairs will be made up of the pairs in the topplaces of the World Ranking (subject to Regulation 11.5).

10.2.5 Doubles In doubles events, the group winners will play the runners-up of the othergroup in the semi-finals. The winners of these matches will then contest thefinal.

10.3 Division of prize money : World Grand Prix Finals

10.3.1

Men’s singles % No. TotalWinner 6.2 x1 6.2Runner-up 3.8 x1 3.8Semi-finalist 2.4 x2 4.8Second in group 1.2 x4 4.8Third in group 0.9 x4 3.6Fourth in group 0.7 x4 2.8Total for event 26.0

10.3.2

Women’s singles % No TotalWinner 5.1 x1 5.1Runner-up 3.3 x1 3.3Semi-finalist 1.8 x2 3.6Second in group 1.1 x4 4.4Third in group 0.8 x4 3.2Fourth in group - - -Total for event 19.6

10.3.3

Men’s doubles % No TotalWinner 6.5 x1 6.5Runner-up 4.5 x1 4.5Semi-finalist 2.8 x2 5.6

CRegs

Third in group 0.8 x2 1.6Fourth in group 0.6 x2 1.2Total for event 19.4

10.3.4

Women’s doubles % No TotalWinner 5.9 x1 5.9Runner-up 3.8 x1 3.8Semi-finalist 2.8 x2 5.6Third in group 0.7 x2 1.4Fourth in group 0.4 x2 0.8Total for event 17.5

10.3.5

Mixed doubles % No TotalWinner 5.9 x1 5.9Runner-up 3.8 x1 3.8Semi-finalist 2.8 x2 5.6Third in group 0.7 x2 1.4Fourth in group 0.4 x2 0.8Total for event 17.5

10.3.6 Prize money for withdrawals/replacements in the World Grand Prix Finals

Any player/pair, having initially qualified for a place in the World Grand Prix Finals by reasonof their position in the World Ranking, who withdraws for any reason from the World GrandPrix Finals shall not be entitled to any prize money on offer at the World Grand Prix.

The player/pair who replaces the withdrawn player/pair shall receive the prize money on offer atthe World Grand Prix Finals according to the final position attained in the relevant event by thereplacement player/pair.

10.4 Shuttlecocks

Only IBF-approved shuttlecocks may be used at the World Grand Prix Finals, and one brand must be usedexclusively.

11. INVITATIONS TO THE WORLD GRAND PRIX FINALS

11.1 Players/pairs must play in a minimum of seven World Grand Prix tournaments in the relevant year toqualify for the World Grand Prix Finals. (World Champion and the Olympic Games Champion in theyear that the title was won would be exempt). Three of the tournaments have to be played in a continentdifferent from the one to which the Member Association entering the player/pair belongs. IBF hasauthority to vary or suspend this regulation if it is thought to be in the best interest of the game.

11.2 In interpreting Regulation 11.1, “play in” shall mean “have started at least one match in the relevant eventin the tournament concerned”.

11.3 Men’s singles


11.3.2 If these 16 players to be invited do not include the World Champion in the year he won that title,or the Olympic Champion in the year he won that title, the highest ranked 15 players and theWorld Champion or the Olympic Champion will receive invitations instead.

11.3.3 If the 16 players now to be invited do not include any players from the host Association, the twolowest ranked of the 16, other than the World Champion [or Olympic Champion], shall not beinvited and the host Association may nominate two players to receive "wild card" invitations.

CRegs


11.4 Women’s singles


11.4.2 If these 12 players to be invited do not include the World Champion in the year she won thattitle, or the Olympic Champion in the year she won that title, the highest ranked 11 players andthe World Champion or the Olympic Champion will receive invitations instead.

11.4.3 If the 12 players now to be invited do not include any players from the host Association, the twolowest ranked of the 12 other than the World Champion [or Olympic Champion], shall not beinvited and the host Association may nominate two players to receive "wild card" invitations.


11.5 Doubles events

11.5.1 The principles to be followed in issuing invitations will be:

- each doubles event will be treated entirely independently;- a player may participate with one partner only;- pairs will be invited according to their World Ranking as pairs provided they have

qualified under Regulation 11.1;- the World Champion pair (or Olympic Champion pair) will have an automatic right to be

invited only in the year in which they have won their title.

11.5.2 No ‘wild cards’ will be permitted from any Association.

12. EVENTS PLAYED UNDER THE POOL SYSTEM OR IN GROUPS

12.1 Order of play

12.1.1 If a group contains two players (singles)/ pairs (doubles) from the same Member Association, thefirst match in the group to be scheduled shall be between these two players/pairs.

12.1.2 If a group of four players (singles)/ pairs (doubles) contains three from the same MemberAssociation, the following order of play shall be used, where A1, A2, A3 denote these threeplayers/pairs in ranking order: A1-A2, A3-B; A1-A3, A2-B; A2-A3, A1-B.

12.2. Ranking will be established in accordance with Competition Regulation 16.

12.3 Substitution for injury or illness shall only be done in accordance with Competition Regulation 15.8.

12.3.1 A player/pair is entitled to prizes according to results actually obtained before any withdrawal,remaining unplayed matches being treated as if won by the opponent(s) 15-0, 15-0.

12.3.2 Should there be an injury/illness or other unavoidable hindrance preventing player(s) fromcompeting, participating players must be prepared to play in an exhibition match, if requested, toassist with filling in the programme of play for the sponsors, television and/or paying audience.

13. FINANCING OF THE WORLD GRAND PRIX FINALS

CRegs

13.1 Travel

All airfares (economy class) for players qualifying for the World Grand Prix Finals will be arranged bythe IBF and will be paid for by the event.

13.2 Hotel accommodation

A reasonable standard of hotel accommodation will also be arranged for players and paid for by the event. Players shall be entitled to a daily allowance.

13.3 Players’ other expenses

Players will be responsible for all other expenses incurred by them.

14. GENERAL REGULATIONS

14.1 Draw and seeding of the World Grand Prix Finals

The draw for, and seeding of, the World Grand Prix Finals will be carried out by the IBF.

14.2 Tournament officials for the World Grand Prix Finals

The IBF shall appoint the Referee.


Council has power on behalf of the IBF to make and publish alterations to the World Grand Prix Regulations.

IBF AWARDS

Hall of Fame 206Herbert Scheele Trophy 206Certificate of Honour 206President’s Award 206Distinguished Service Award 206Meritorious Service Award 207Certificate of Commendation 208Eddy Choong Player of the Year Award 209Amendment of Regulations 209List of Award Recipients 209

IBF AWARDS REGULATIONS

1. HALL OF FAME

1.1 The International Badminton Federation Hall of Fame is to honour players and administrators who haveenhanced their sport through exceptional achievements.

1.2 Nominations for the Hall of Fame

1.2.1 Nominations, together with supporting documentation of involvement in internationalbadminton, may be lodged with the IBF at any time.

1.2.2 Administration Committee shall make all recommendations of proposed members to Council.

1.2.3 Those nominated shall have been retired from the sport of badminton for a period of five yearsor more, except in special circumstances which Administration Committee consider warrant arecommendation to Council.

1.2.4 Endorsement of a recommendation shall require a two-thirds majority in Council.

CRegs

1.2.5 A recommendation, having twice failed to be endorsed by Council, may not be re-submittedwithin five years of the last nomination.

1.2.6 The recipient of any previous IBF award or honour shall not be precluded from nomination forthe Hall of Fame.

2. HERBERT SCHEELE TROPHY

The Herbert Scheele Trophy is presented by Council for outstandingly exceptional services to badminton whensuch an occasion arises. Recipients are presented with the trophy and allowed to keep a replica.

3. CERTIFICATE OF HONOUR

The Certificate of Honour is presented by incoming Presidents to their predecessors on completion of their termof office.

4. PRESIDENT’S AWARD

The President’s Award is presented by the President at his/her discretion for outstanding service to badminton. The Award is in the form of a lapel badge.

5. DISTINGUISHED SERVICE AWARD

5.1 The Distinguished Service Award is presented by Council, on behalf of the members of the InternationalBadminton Federation, in recognition of long and/or distinguished service to badminton throughout theworld. The Award is in the form of a certificate and lapel badge.

5.2 Nominations for the Distinguished Service Award

5.2.1 Nominations are made by members of Council. Serving members of Council are not eligible tobe nominated.

5.2.2 A nominated person should have given distinguished service to the game in an internationalcontext. Such service should be exceptional and involve more than the routine holding of officeand/or participation in competitions and winning of trophies.

5.2.3 Such services shall have been for not less than 15 years, and all candidates shall be over 30 yearsof age.


5.3 Time Schedule for Distinguished Service Award





5.4 Maximum number of Distinguished Service Awards

The total number of awards granted shall be 75. This number is subject to review every five years.

6. MERITORIOUS SERVICE AWARD

6.1 Council of the International Badminton Federation has approved that the President present a Meritorious

CRegs

Service Award in recognition of long and meritorious service to badminton. The Award is in the form of acertificate and lapel badge.

6.2 Nominations for the Meritorious Service Award

6.2.1 Nominations are made by Member Associations. In the case of internationally-recognisedumpires, the Technical Committee may make up to two nominations per year. Serving membersof Council are not eligible to be nominated.

6.2.2 A nominated person should have given meritorious service to the game in a national context, oroutstanding service as a court official. Such service should be exceptional and involve more thanthe routine holding of office and/or participation in competitions and winning of trophies.

6.2.3 Such services shall have been for not less than 15 years and all candidates shall be over 30 yearsof age.

6.2.4 Should such services have been given before the Member Association gained IBF membership,not more than five years of that service may be credited towards the 15 years required inRegulation 6.2.3.


6.2.6 Nominations to the IBF must be made on the understanding that the Award is a Council decisionand no reasons will be given concerning any particular decision.

6.3 Time Schedule





6.4 Number of awards available to Member Associations

The maximum numbers of awards are shown below and are subject to review every five years* and maybe increased with Council approval.

Numbers of awardsMembership No of awards

up to 250 1up to 1,000 3up to 10,000 10up to 25,000 18up to 40,000 23up to 60,000 27up to 80,000 32above 80,000 36

* The next review will take place in 2010

7. CERTIFICATE OF COMMENDATION

7.1 Council has approved that a Certificate of Commendation shall be awarded, where appropriate, tocommercial undertakings and other external organisations that have rendered significant service to thegame. Badminton clubs and other sporting bodies (eg National Olympic Committees) are not eligible to

CRegs

be nominated for a Certificate of Commendation.

7.2 Nominations for the Certificate of Commendation

7.2.1 Nominations shall be made by Member Associations.

7.2.2 Service shall have been for a period of at least three years and have made a significantcontribution to the nominating organisation.

7.2.3 Nominations to the IBF must be made on the understanding that the award of a Certificate is aCouncil decision and no reasons will be given concerning a particular decision.

7.3 Time schedule





7.4 Number of Certificates available to Member Associations

Maximum of three per year to any affiliated association.

8. EDDY CHOONG PLAYER OF THE YEAR AWARD

8.1 Council of the International Badminton Federation has approved that each year only one player or pair behonoured for achieving outstanding results in international badminton competitions played during the 12month period 1 January to 31 December.

8.2 Nominations for the ‘Eddy Choong Player of the Year’ Award

8.2.1 Nominations are made by Member Associations or by members of Council.

8.2.2 No Member Association shall make more than one nomination.

8.3 Time Schedule

8.3.1 Nominations should be received by the Chief Operating Officer by 3 January each year.

8.3.2 The Chief Operating Officer will circulate a list of nominations and supporting papers to allmembers of the Administration Committee and to the Chair of Events Committee within ten daysof the closing date.

8.3.3 The Chair of Events Committee will be invited to express his/her recommendation to theAdministration Committee.

8.3.4 The Administration Committee will make a recommendation to Council.


Council has power on behalf of the IBF to make and publish alterations to the Awards Regulations.

Award recipients:

CRegs

HALL OF FAME

Members of the International Badminton Federation Hall of Fame

Inaugural MembersColonel S S C Dolby APD, RE

Sir George A Thomas, BartMrs Betty Uber

Herbert A E Scheele OBE

1997Tonny Ahm (Denmark)Frank Devlin (Ireland)David Freeman (USA)Rudy Hartono Kurniawan (Indonesia)Erland Kops (Denmark)Major John McCallum (Ireland)Stellan Mohlin (Sweden)

Ralph Nichols (England)Craig Reedie CBE (Scotland)Dato Eddy (Ewe Beng) Choong (Malaysia)Judy Hashman (Devlin) (USA/England)Dick Sudirman (Indonesia)Finn Kobbero (Denmark)

____________1998Dato E L (David) Choong (Malaysia)Han Aiping (PR China)Jorgen Hammergaard Hansen (Denmark)Morten Frost Hansen (Denmark)Lene Køppen (Denmark)

Li Lingwei (PR China)Meriel Lucas (England)Ng Boon Bee (Malaysia)Ong Poh Lim (Malaysia)Tan Yee Khan (Malaysia)

____________1999Gillian Goodwin (Gilks) MBE (England)Nora Perry MBE (England)Ulla Strand (Denmark)

Margaret Tragett (England)Margaret Varner Bloss (USA)Wong Peng Soon MBE (Singapore)

____________

2000Kirsten Thorndahl (Denmark) Charoen Wattanasin (Thailand)

____________2001Christian Hadinata (Indonesia) Park Joo Bong (Korea)

____________2002Chen Yuniang (PR China)Hou Jiachang (PR China)Kim Moon Soo (Korea)

Liem Swie King (Indonesia)Tang Xianhu (PR China)Hiroe Yuki (now Niinuma) (Japan)

____________2003Chung Myeong Hee (Korea) Chung So Young (Korea)

CRegs

____________2004Susi Susanti (Indonesia)

HERBERT SCHEELE TROPHY

The Herbert Scheele trophy has been awarded to:

1986 Rudy Hartono Kurniawan (Indonesia)1988 Herman Valken (Netherlands)1989 Erland Kops (Denmark)1990 Stellan Mohlin (Sweden)1992 Craig Reedie (Scotland)1994 Eddy Choong (Malaysia)

1995 Judy Hashman (England)1996 Park Joo Bong (Korea)1998 Poul-Erik Nielsen (Denmark)2000 Arthur Jones (England)2000 Hon H Roy Ward (Australia)2002 Susi Susanti (Indonesia)

Recipients since 2000:DISTINGUISHED SERVICE AWARD

2000Jadwiga Slawska–Szalewicz (Poland)

____________2002Chen Fushou (PR China)Dato Dr Abdullah Fadzil Che Wan (Malaysia)

Li Yongbo (PR China)Susan Whetnall (England)

____________2003Cedric Baxter (Australia) Dr Truls H. Brekke (Norway)

____________2004Heather Nielsen (England)

Recipients since 2000:MERITORIOUS SERVICE AWARD

2000John B Alexander (England) Dirk Kellerman (Court Officials)Mohammad Anggai (Indonesia) Heinrich Klimetschek (Austria)Jan Ahrberg (Sweden) Karl Knoll (Austria)Louis Bauwin (Belgium) Herbert Koch (Austria)Jose da Silva Bento (Portugal) Helmuth Kreulitsch (Austria)Chan Chun Seng (Court Officials) Bélea Makrai (Hungary)Karanam Chenchu Punnaiah Choudary (India) Dick O’Rafferty (Ireland)Alain Citolleux (France) Ahmad Azad Pahlavan (Iran)Lajos Csanda (Hungary) Soewarjo Pandji (Indonesia)Christoph Dejaco (Italy) Sue Peard (Ireland)Jacques Deterville (Belgium) Rungnapa Pintuwat (Thailand)Mary Dinan (Ireland) Janusz Rybka (Poland)Dr Jan Hadi S.T. (Indonesia) Harjana Sutanto (Indonesia)Christian Hadinata (Indonesia) Dr Tadjuddin Nur S H (Indonesia)Marek Idzikowski (Poland) Julius Tetelepta (Indonesia)Mimi Irawan (Indonesia) Robin Tin (Myanmar)Paul Kaiser (Belgium) György Vörös (Hungary)2001L R Ariyananda (Sri Lanka) Harriot Molligoda (Sri Lanka)Richard Atwell (Court Officials) Daarna Parma (Indonesia)Ing. Peter Auleitner (Austria) Johnny Quek (Court Officials)Alain Bertrand (France) Dr Michael Schneidmann (Israel)Luis Jose Bastos Nunes de Carvalho (Mexico) Basil de Silva (Sri Lanka)William A Graham (USA) Chaisak Thongdejsri (Thailand)Jose Ramon Noria Guzman (Mexico) Toegimin (Indonesia)Satoru Kanzawa (Japan) Toshio Toi (Japan)

CRegs

Bundit Khotaniwong (Thailand) Surendran Veeravagh (Sri Lanka)Bruno Lafitte (France) A M Wimalaratne (Sri Lanka)Costas Lazarou (Cyprus)

____________2002Erik Holst Andersen (Denmark)Jean-Francois Aninat (France)Gillies Cavert (France)Chan Chi Choi (Hong Kong)Pierre Chatellier (France)Pearl Donnelly (Ireland)Hakan Fossto (Court Officials)Peter Lee Hung Hong (Malaysia)Ivan Majorsky (Slovakia)Kathleen Marks (Ireland)

Marie-Laure Multedo (France)Juraj Piovarci (Slovakia)Christian Pohren (France)Hiranmay Ray (Botswana)Ernest Robinson (France)David Wee Toh Kiong (Malaysia)Roland Wong Choon Tat (Malaysia)Yap Tee Loy (Court Officials)Yeap Eng Seng (Malaysia)

____________2003Constantin Cios (Romania)Georges Kaiser (Belgium)Jean-Louis Kehlhoffner (France)Udom Leungpetcharaporn (Thailand)

Nikki Luxton (Falkland Islands)Preecha Taviskul (Thailand)Panich Triyachart (Thailand)

____________2004Paul Anjelkovic (Council)Madam Elyane Canal (France)Guy Canal (France)Vincent Lim Woon Chen (Malaysia)Robert Fergus (Canada)Manfred Fulle(Germany)Georgios Georgoudis (Council)John Havers (England)Wayne MacDonnell (Canada)

Antanas Narvilas (Lithuania)Hans Offer (Germany)Wolfgang Otter (Germany)Genadijus Plavinas (Lithuania)Addy Regelbrugge (Belgium)Juozas Spelveris (Lithuania)Etienne Thobois (France)Michael Zilberman (Israel)

CERTIFICATE OF COMMENDATION

2000Debswana Diamond Company (PTY) Ltd (Botswana) African Petroleum PLC (Nigeria)High Institute of Physical Culture “Manuel Fajardo”(Cuba)

Konica Corporation (Singapore)Commercial Bank of Ceylon (Sri Lanka)

Radio Reloj Radio Station (Cuba) Hannes Fuchs Badminton Academy (Austria)Granma Newspaper (Cuba) Indian Oil Corporation Ltd (India)Victor Industrial Racket Corporation (EBU) Sunrise & Co (Pte) Ltd/Yonex (Indonesia)Ghana Airways Corporation (Ghana) CV Gadjah Mada (Indonesia)Liner Agency (Ghana) PT Aqua Golden Mississippi (Indonesia)BPL India Ltd (India) Sole Beverages Ltd (Trinidad & Tobago)Janatha Stubbs Trust (Malta)

____________2001Sofiiski Imoti JSC (Bulgaria) National Sport News of the Cuban Television (Cuba)Yonex Company Ltd (England) Royal Brunei Airlines (Brunei)The Bank of China Group (Hong Kong) Brunei Shell Marketing Co Sdn (Brunei)Carlson Dyestuffs & Company Limited (Hong Kong) Antartic Contract Works Ltd (Ghana)PT Pusri Palembang (Indonesia) Seth & Company (Yonex) (Hong Kong)Koha Products NZ Ltd (New Zealand) Yonex Co Ltd (Japan)

____________2002Singapore Pools (Singapore) Singapore Power (Singapore)Clark Rayner Travel Limited (England) Cable & Wireless Jamaica Ltd (Jamaica)K&D Graphics (USA) Yonex Corporation (USA)

____________2003

CRegs

Nokia Mobile Phone (Poland)'Irena' S.A. Glass Factory (Poland)

Tronex Sporting Goods, Hong Kong (Poland)

____________2004Copperbelt Bottling Co. Ltd (Zambia)Lion Foundation (New Zealand)New Zealand Community Trust (New Zealand)

Southern Trust (New Zealand)Vermarktungsgesellschaft Badminton Deutschland(Germany)

EDDY CHOONG PLAYER OF THE YEAR AWARD

2000 2001Candra Wijaya (Indonesia) Gao Ling (PR China)2002 2003Kim Dong Moon (Korea) Kim Dong Moon (Korea) & Ra Kyung Min (Korea)

Details of recipients of the Distinguished Service Award, Meritorious Service Award, DistinguishedAssociates Award, Certificate of Commendation and the Player of the Year Award prior to 2000 are heldat the IBF Secretariat and are available on request.

RECENT RESULTS OF IBF EVENTS

Olympic Games 214

World Championships 216

World Junior Championships 218

World Junior Team Championships 219

World Senior Championships 221

World Grand Prix Finals 224

Thomas Cup 225

Uber Cup 226

Sudirman Cup 227

OLYMPIC GAMES

BARCELONA 1992 : ATLANTA 1996 : SYDNEY 2000 : ATHENS 2004


Gold medallist1992 Allan Budi Kusuma (INA) Susi Susanti (INA)1996 Poul-Erik Hoyer-Larsen (DEN) Bang Soo Hyun (KOR)2000 Ji Xinpeng (CHN) Gong Zhichao (CHN)2004 Taufik Hidayat (INA) Zhang Ning (CHN)

CRegs

Silver medallist1992 Ardy B Wiranata (INA) Bang Soo Hyun (KOR)1996 Dong Jiong (CHN) Mia Audina (INA)2000 Hendrawan (INA) Camilla Martin (DEN)2004 Shon Seung Mo (KOR) Mia Audina Tjiptawan (NED)

Bronze medallists1992 Thomas Stuer-Lauridsen (DEN) Huang Hua (CHN)

Hermawan Susanto (INA) Tang Jiuhong (CHN)1996 Rashid Sidek (MAS) Susi Susanti (INA)2000 Xia Xuanze (CHN) Ye Zhaoying (CHN)2004 Sony Dwi Kuncoro (INA) Zhou Mi (CHN)

4th place

1996 Heryanto Arbi (INA) Kim Ji Hyun (KOR)2000 Peter Gade Christensen (DEN) Dai Yun (CHN)2004 Boonsak Ponsana (THA) Gong Ruina (CHN)


Gold Medallists1992 Park Joo Bong/Kim Moon Soo (KOR) Hwang Hye Young/Chung So Young (KOR)1996 Ricky Subagja/Rexy Mainaky (INA) Ge Fei/Gu Jun (CHN)2000 Tony Gunawan/Candra Wijaya (INA) Ge Fei/Gu Jun (CHN)2004 Ha Tae Kwon/Kim Dong Moon (KOR) Zhang Jiewen/Yang Wei (CHN)

Silver medallists1992 Eddy Hartono/Rudy Gunawan (INA) Guan Weizhen/Nong Qunhua (CHN)1996 Cheah Soon Kit/Yap Kim Hock (MAS) Gil Young Ah/Jang Hye Ock (KOR)2000 Lee Dong Soo/Yoo Yong Sung (KOR) Huang Nanyan/Yang Wei (CHN)2004 Lee Dong Soo/Yoo Yong Sung (KOR) Gao Ling/Huang Sui (CHN)

Bronze medallists1992 Li Yongbo/Tian Bingyi (CHN) Gil Young Ah/Shim Eun Jung (KOR)

Jalani Sidek/Razif Sidek (MAS) Lin Yanfen/Yao Fen (CHN)1996 Denny Kantono/S Antonius (INA) Qin Yiyuan/Tang Yongshu (CHN)2000 Ha Tae Kwon/Kim Dong Moon (KOR) Gao Ling/Qin Yiyuan (CHN)2004 Flandi Limpele/Eng Hian (INA) Ra Kyung Min/Lee Kyung Won (KOR)

4th place

1996 Soo Beng Kiang/Tan Kim Her (MAS) Helene Kirkegaard/Rikke Olsen (DEN)2000 Choong Tan Fook/Lee Wan Wah (MAS) Ra Kyung Min/Chung Jae Hee (KOR)2004 Jens Eriksen/Martin Lundgaard Hansen (DEN) Wei Yili/Zhao Tingting (CHN)

Mixed doubles

Gold medallists1992 no event1996 Kim Dong Moon/Gil Young Ah (KOR)2000 Zhang Jun/Gao Ling (CHN)2004 Zhang Jun/Gao Ling (CHN)

Silver medallists1992 no event1996 Park Joo Bong/Ra Kyung Min (KOR)2000 Tri Kusharyanto/Minarti Timur (INA)2004 Nathan Robertson/Gail Emms (GBR)

CRegs

Bronze medallists1992 no event1996 Liu Jianjun/Sun Man (CHN)2000 Simon Archer/Joanne Goode (GBR)2004 Jens Eriksen /Mette Schjoldager (DEN)

4th place1996 Chen Xingdong/Peng Xingyong (CHN)2000 Michael Sogaard/Rikke Olsen (DEN)2004 Jonas Rasmussen/Rikke Olsen (DEN)

WORLD CHAMPIONSHIPS

MALMÖ 1977 BIRMINGHAM 1993JAKARTA 1980 LAUSANNE 1995COPENHAGEN 1983 GLASGOW 1997CALGARY 1985 COPENHAGEN 1999BEIJING 1987

SEVILLE2001

JAKARTA 1989

BIRMINGHAM 2003

COPENHAGEN 1991

List of Champions Men’s singles Women’s singles

1977 Flemming Delfs (DEN) Lene Koppen (DEN)1980 Rudy Hartono (INA) Verawaty Wiharjo (INA)1983 Icuk Sugiarto (INA) Li Lingwei (CHN)1985 Han Jian (CHN) Han Aiping (CHN)1987 Yang Yang (CHN) Han Aiping (CHN)1989 Yang Yang (CHN) Li Lingwei (CHN)1991 Zhao Jianhua (CHN) Tang Jiuhong (CHN)1993 Joko Suprianto (INA) Susi Susanti (INA)1995 Heryanto Arbi (INA) Ye Zhaoying (CHN)1997 Peter Rasmussen (DEN) Ye Zhaoying (CHN)1999 Sun Jun (CHN) Camilla Martin (DEN)2001 Hendrawan (INA) Gong Ruina (CHN)2003 Xia Xuanze (CHN) Zhang Ning (CHN)


1977 Tjun Tjun/Johan Wahjudi (INA) Etsuko Toganoo/Erniko Ueno (JPN)1980 Ade Chandra/Christian Hadinata (INA) Nora Perry/Jane Webster (ENG)1983 Steen Fladberg/Jesper Helledie (DEN) Lin Ying/Wu Dixi (CHN)1985 Park Joo Bong/Kim Moon Soo (KOR) Han Aiping/Li Lingwei (CHN)1987 Li Yongbo/Tian Bingyi (CHN) Lin Ying/Guan Weizhen (CHN)1989 Li Yongbo/Tian Bingyi (CHN) Lin Ying/Guan Weizhen (CHN)1991 Park Joo Bong/Kim Moon Soo (KOR) Guan Weizhen/Nong Qunhua (CHN)1993 Ricky Subagja/Rudy Gunawan (INA) Nong Qunhua/Zhou Lei (CHN)1995 Rexy Mainaky/Ricky Subagja (INA) Gil Young Ah/Jang Hye Ock (KOR)1997 Candra Wijaya/Budiarto Sigit (INA) Ge Fei/Gu Jun (CHN)

CRegs

1999 Ha Tae Kwon/Kim Dong Moon (KOR) Ge Fei/Gu Jun (CHN)2001 Tony Gunawan/Halim Haryanto (INA) Gao Ling/Huang Sui (CHN)2003 Lars Paaske/Jonas Rasmussen(DEN) Gao Ling/Huang Sui (CHN)

Mixed doubles

1977 Steen Skovgaard/Lene Koppen (DEN)1980 Christian Hadinata/Imelda Wiguno (INA)1983 Thomas Kihlstrom/Nora Perry (SWE/ENG)1985 Park Joo Bong/Yoo Sang Hee (KOR)1987 Wang Pengren/Shi Fangjing (CHN)1989 Park Joo Bong/Chung Myung Hee (KOR)1991 Park Joo Bong/Chung Myung Hee (KOR)1993 Thomas Lund/Catrine Bengtsson (DEN/SWE)1995 Thomas Lund/Marlene Thomsen (DEN)1997 Liu Yong/Ge Fei (CHN)1999 Kim Dong Moon/Ra Kyung Min (KOR)2001 Zhang Jun/Gao Ling (CHN)2003 Kim Dong Moon/Ra Kyung Min (KOR)

WORLD CHAMPIONSHIPS, BIRMINGHAM 2003List of medal winners


Gold Xia Xuanze (CHN) Zhang Ning (CHN)Silver Wong Choong Hann (MAS) Gong Ruina (CHN)Bronze Shon Seung Mo (KOR) Zhou Mi (CHN)

Bao Chunlai (CHN) Mia Audina Tjiptawan (NED)


Gold Lars Paaske/Jonas Rasmussen (DEN) Gao Ling/Huang Sui (CHN)Silver Candra Wijawa/Sigit Budiarto (INA) Wei Yili/Zhao Tingting (CHN)Bronze Sang Yang/Zheng Bo (CHN) Shizuka Yamamoto /Seiko Yamada (JPN)

Fu Haifeng/Cai Yun (CHN) Rikke Olsen /Ann-Lou Jorgensen (DEN)

Mixed doubles

Gold Kim Dong Moon/Ra Kyung Min (KOR)Silver Zhang Jun/Gao Ling (CHN)Bronze Jonas Rasmussen/Rikke Olsen (DEN)

Chen Qiqiu/Zhao Tingting (CHN)

WORLD SENIOR CHAMPIONSHIPS

SOFIA 2003List of medal winners


Gold Martin Kent (DEN) Vlada Chernayavskaya (BLR)

CRegs

Silver Magnus Gustavsson (SWE) Betty Blair (ENG)Bronze George Thomas (IND) Petya Georgieva (BUL)

Alistair Jones (ENG)


Gold Trevor Darlington/Paul Holden (ENG) Vlada Chernayavskaya/Petya Georgieva(BLR/BUL)

Silver GeorgeThomas/Bhushan Akut (IND) Gitte Kruse/Nina Andersen (DEN)Bronze Holger Wippich/Stefan Chorchopov (GER/BUL)

Vicent-Antoniu Dusnoki/Radu Ionescu (ROM)

Mixed doubles 35+

Gold Paul Holden/Betty Blair (ENG)Silver Sigurd Hundrup/Gitte Kruse (DEN)Bronze Ivan Dobrev/Vlada Chernayavskaya (BUL/BLR)


Gold Oleg Okounev (RUS) Svetlana Zilberman (ISR)Silver Eric Plane (ENG) Diana Koleva (BUL)Bronze Jack Webb (ENG)

Milind Ghate (IND)


Gold Darrell Roebuck/Jack Webb (ENG) Svetlana Zilberman/Diana Koleva (ISR/BUL)Silver Amod Tilak/Milind Ghate (IND) Anette Vollertzen/Hanne Adsbol (DEN)Bronze Nanko Chorchopov/Slanchezar Hristov (BUL)

Eric Plane/Tim Hudson-Church (ENG)

Mixed doubles 40+

Gold Steen Fladberg/Anette Vollertzen (DEN)Silver Morten Christensen/JeanetteKolsoe (DEN)Bronze Tim Hudson-Church/Debie Rigby (ENG)

Eric Plane/Linda Wood (ENG)45+


Gold Tariq Farooq (AUT) Heidi Bender (GER)Silver Vladimir Koloskov (RUS) Christine Black (SCO)Bronze Christer Forsgren (SWE) Marlies Wessels (GER)

John Machin (ENG)


Gold Steen Fladberg/Claus B. Andersen (DEN) Andi Stretch/Jackie Hurst (ENG)Silver Dan Travers/Leon Douglas (SCO) Pamela Dallow/Reggie Baker (ENG)Bronze Roger Taylor/Phil Howe (ENG)

Erik Linneberg/Per Mikkelsen (DEN)

Mixed doubles 45+

Gold Dan Travers/Christine Black (SCO)Silver Roger Taylor/Andi Stretch (ENG)Bronze Erik Linneberg/Inge Odum (DEN)

Peter Emptage/Pamela Dallow (ENG)50+

CRegs


Gold Claus B. Andersen (DEN) Lis Rathsach (DEN)Silver Per Mikkelsen (DEN) Sue Whittaker (ENG)Bronze Soren Molin (SWE) Betty Bartlett (ENG)

Edgar Mihalowski (GER)


Gold Edgar and Erfried Michalowsky (GER) Inge Odum/Lis Rathsach (DEN)Silver John Cocker/Bill Hamblett (ENG) Helle Guldborg/Lis Garhoj (DEN)Bronze John Gardner/Peter Emptage (ENG)

Gunter Prenzel/Bernd Wessels (GER)

Mixed doubles 50+

Gold John Cocker/Betty Bartlett (ENG)Silver Erfried and Angela Michalowsky (GER)Bronze Claus B. Andersen/Lis Rathsach (DEN)

Soren Haldager/Helle Goldberg (DEN)55+


Gold Dave Eddy (ENG) Ludmila Ukk (RUS)Silver John Kirkebye (DEN) Renate Knotzch (GER)Bronze Rene Toft (DEN)

Peter Gerth (GER)


Gold John Kirkebye/ReneToft (DEN) Heidi Menacher/Traudl Remmele (GER)Silver Kari Laakso/Stefan Packalen (FIN) Inger Nielsen/Ludmila Ukk (DEN/RUS)Bronze Trevor Stewart/Karl Fussl (GER)

Mixed doubles 55+

Gold Soren Nielsen/Inge May (DEN)Silver ReneToft/Irene Sterlie (DEN)


Gold Hans Schumacher (GER) Renate Gabriel (GER)Silver Bendt Rose (DEN) Solveie Bjorlow (DEN)Bronze Harry Stadwick (ENG)

Leif V. Hansen (DEN)


Gold Bendt Rose/Leif V. Hansen (DEN) Beryl Goodall/Brenda Andrew (ENG)Silver Soren Nielsen/Lars Kure (DEN) Solveie Bjorlow/Birgit Ortmann (DEN)Bronze Harry Shadwick/Michael Coley (ENG)

Gerhard Gronbold/Siegfried Dutschke (GER)

Mixed doubles 60+

Gold Harry Shadwick/Brenda Andrew (ENG)

CRegs

Silver Hans Schumacher/Renate Gabriel (GER)

WORLD GRAND PRIX FINALSJAKARTA 1983 HONG KONG 1988 KUALA LUMPUR 1993 BRUNEI 1998KUALA LUMPUR 1984 SINGAPORE 1989 BANGKOK 1994 BRUNEI 1999TOKYO 1985 BALI 1990 SINGAPORE 1995 BRUNEI 2000 (held 2001)KUALA LUMPUR 1986 KUALA LUMPUR 1991 BALI 1996HONG KONG 1987 KUALA LUMPUR 1992 JAKARTA 1997List of Champions Men’s singles Women’s singles1983 Luan Jin (CHN) Li Lingwei (CHN)1984 Morten Frost (DEN) Han Aiping (CHN)1985 Han Jian (CHN) Li Lingwei (CHN)1986 Yang Yang (CHN) Li Lingwei (CHN)1987 Ziong Guobao (CHN) Li Lingwei (CHN)1988 Zhang Qingwu (CHN) Han Aiping (CHN)1989 Xiong Guobao (CHN) Tang Jiuhong (CHN)1990 Eddy Kurniawan (INA) Susi Susanti (INA)1991 Zhao Jianhua (CHN) Susi Susanti (INA)1992 Rashid Sidek (MAS) Susi Susanti (INA)1993 Joko Suprianto (INA) Susi Susanti (INA)1994 Ardy Wiranata (INA) Susi Susanti (INA)1995 Joko Suprianto (INA) Ye Zhaoying (CHN)1996 Fung Permadi (TPE) Susi Susanti (INA)1997 Sun Jun (CHN) Ye Zhaoying (CHN)1998 Sun Jun (CHN) Zhang Ning (CHN)1999 Peter Gade Christensen (DEN) Ye Zhaoying (CHN)2000 Xia Xuanze (CHN) Zhou Mi (CHN)

Men’s doubles Women’s doubles*

1986 Jalani Sidek/Razif Sidek (MAS) Hwang Hye Young/Chung Myung Hee (KOR)1987 Li Yongbo/Tian Bingyi (CHN) Guan Weizhen/Lin Ying (CHN)1988 Jalani Sidek/Razif Sidek (MAS) Guan Weizhen/Liu Ying (CHN)1989 Jalani Sidek/Razif Sidek (MAS) Rosiana Tendean/Erma Sulustianingsih (INA)1990 Eddy Hartono/Rudy Gunawan (INA) Rosiana Tendean/Erma Sulustianingsih (INA)1991 Jalani Sidek/Razif Sidek (MAS) Hwang Hye Young/Chung Myung Hee (KOR)1992 Ricky Subagja/Rexy Mainaky (INA) Lin Yanfen/Yao Fen (CHN)1993 Rudy Gunawan/Bambang Suprianto (INA) Finarsih/Lili Tampi (INA)1994 Ricky Subagja/Rexy Mainaky (INA) Ge Fei/Gu Jun (CHN)1995 Cheah Soon Kit/Yap Kim Hock (MAS) Ge Fei/Gu Jun (CHN)1996 Ricky Subagja/Rexy Mainaky (INA) Ge Fei/Gu Jun (CHN)1997 Candra Wijaya/Sigit Budiarto (INA) Ge Fei/Gu Jun (CHN)1998 Denny Kantono/Budi Ariantho Antonius (INA) Ge Fei/Gu Jun (CHN)1999 Tony Gunawan/Candra Wijaya (INA) Ge Fei/Gu Jun (CHN)2000 Tony Gunawan/Candra Wijaya (INA) Huang Nanyan/Yang Wei (CHN)

Mixed doubles*1986 Nigel Tier/Gillian Gowers (ENG)1987 Stefan Karlsson/Maria Bengtsson (SWE)1988 Wang Pengren/Shi Fangjung (CHN)1989 Eddy Hartono/Verawaty (INA)1990 Thomas Lund/Pernille Dupont (DEN)1991 Thomas Lund/Pernille Dupont (DEN)1992 Thomas Lund/Pernille Dupont (DEN)

CRegs

1993 Thomas Lund/Catrine Bengtsson (DEN/SWE)1994 Thomas Lund/Marlene Thomsen (DEN)1995 Trikus Heryanto/Minarti Timur (INA)1996 Michael Sogaard/Rikke Olsen (DEN)1997 Liu Yong/Ge Fei (CHN)1998 Kim Dong Moon/Ra Kyung Min (KOR)1999 Kim Dong Moon/Ra Kyung Min (KOR)2000 Jens Eriksen/Mette Schjoldager (DEN)

THE MEN’S WORLD TEAM BADMINTON CHAMPIONSHIPSfor the THOMAS CUP



Champions

1948-49 10 Malaya 1984 34 Indonesia1951-52 12 Malaya 1986 38 China1954-55 21 Malaya 1988 35 China1957-58 19 Indonesia 1990 53 China1960-61 19 Indonesia 1992 54 Malaysia1963-64 26 Indonesia 1994 51 Indonesia1966-67 23 Malaysia 1996 56 Indonesia1969-70 25 Indonesia 1998 49 Indonesia1972-73 23 Indonesia 2000 48 Indonesia1975-76 26 Indonesia 2001-02 50 Indonesia1978-79 21 Indonesia 2004 12 China1981-82 26 China

TWENTY-THIRD CONTEST 2004


Group A China beat Indonesia 5-0; beat USA 5-0 Indonesia beat USA 5-0

Group B Korea beat Germany 5-0; beat New Zealand 5-0 Germany beat New Zealand 4-1

Group C Malaysia beat South Africa 5-0; beat Thailand 5-0 Thailand beat South Africa 5-0

Group D Denmark beat England 5-0; beat Japan 5-0 Japan beat England 3-2


ChinaChina

South Africa Japan 3-0Japan 3-0 China

Korea 3-0Korea

Thailand Thailand 3-1England 3-1 China

CRegs

3-1Indonesia Indonesia

New Zealand 3-0 IndonesiaMalaysia 3-1

DenmarkGermany Germany 3-2

USA 3-0 DenmarkDenmark 3-1

Final CHINA beat Denmark 3-1




Champions


1984 23 China 2004 12 China








ChinaChina




3-1Netherlands Netherlands

CRegs

South Africa 3-0 DenmarkDenmark 3-2

KoreaGermany Indonesia 3-2Indonesia 3-0 Korea

Korea 3-1





Champions


1984 23 China 2004 12 China








ChinaChina





CRegs

Denmark 3-2Korea


Korea 3-1


SUMMARY OF PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO LAWS FOR ADOPTION AT 2006 AGM





Term “ladies” to be changed to“women”

Consistency

Law 16 Delete 16.5.1Renumber 16.5.2 as 16.5.1


16.5.1 Except in the intervals providedin Laws 16.2 and 16.3, noplayer shall be permitted toreceive advice during a match.

16.5.2 Except during the five minuteinterval described in Law 16.2,no player shall leave the courtduring a match without theumpire’s permission.

Events Committee request toremove Law 16.5.1 relating toon-court coahcing





48 9.1.6 “the shaft of the server’s racket at theinstant of hitting the shuttle shall bepointing in a downward direction tosuch an extent that the whole of thehead of the racket is discernibly belowthe whole of the server’s hand holdingthe racket as in Diagram D;”

Service is not meant to kill thegame.

52 16.7 Add sentence “The Umpire shallreport the offending side to theReferee if it is necessary to present asecond red card to the offending side”.

It is not clear in the text.

74 3.3.7 Text is missing: If the answer is yes,call:“Setting to (relevant score), 14 (10) -

Clarification

CRegs

all”

If the answer is no, call:“Game not set, playing to (relevantscore), 14 (10) - all”.

LAW 17& RTCOs

Law 17 to be amended asfollows:

“Law 17.5.1 An official’sdecision is final on all points of factfor which that official is responsible,unless, in the opinion of the umpire, aline judge has made a clearly wrongcall. The umpire shall then change thedecision of the line judge.”

RTCO 2.4 to be amended asfollows:

RTCO 2.4 “An official’s decision isfinal on all points of fact for whichthat official is responsible. If, in theopinion of the umpire, it is beyondreasonable doubt that a line judge hasmade a clearly wrong call, the umpireshall change the decision of the linejudge. If, in the opinion of the umpire,the line judge should be replaced, theumpire should call the referee todiscuss the matter."

Insert new RTCO 3.6 as follows(and re-number subsequentRTCOs accordingly)

RTCO 3.6 If, in the opinion ofthe umpire, a line judge has made aclearly wrong call, the umpire shallcall:

- “Correction, IN”[if the shuttle has landed “in”]; or

- “Correction, OUT”[if the shuttle has landed “out”].

Events committee reuqest thatumpires to be permitted toover-rule line-judges if, in theopinion of the umpire, a clearmistake has been made in a linecall

G Natu’s suggestions dicussed by Events/Admin working gropu in December 2004

2. Laws - Definitions

2.1. Existing wording: No existing wordings.

2.2 Suggested wording: Stroke – A forward movement of the player’s racket until brake of its continuity.

CRegs

2.3 Explanation: The definition of rally contains the word Stroke. The RTCO 3.8.6 also uses the word ‘stroke’ – a double hit by

one player with one stroke is not a ‘fault’. However, the definition of stroke has not been specified anywhere.

EVENTS/ADMIN:AGREE. Delete “until break of its continuity.” Place before ‘Rally’ under ‘Definitions’.

6. Laws - Law 1.11

6.1. Existing wording: 1.11 There shall be no gaps between the ends of the net and the posts. If necessary, the full depth of the net

shall be tied at the ends.

6.2 Suggested wording: 1.11 There shall be no gaps between the ends of the net and the posts. If necessary, the full depth of the net

shall be tied at the ends to the posts.

6.3 Explanation: Words added to have more clarity as to where to tie.

EVENTS/ADMIN: AGREE.

Laws - Law 9.5

Existing wording:9.6 The server shall not serve before the receiver is ready but the receiver shall be considered to have been ready if a


Suggested wording:9.6 The server shall not serve before the receiver is ready. However, the receiver shall be considered to be ready if a


Explanation:Suggestion for better wording.

Events/Admin: agreed

Laws - Law 13.8

Existing wording:13.8 if, on service, the shuttle is caught on the net and remains suspended on top or, on service, after passing over

the net is caught in the net.

Suggested wording:13.8 if, on service,

13.8.1 the shuttle is caught on the net and remains suspended on top or, on service, after passingover the net is caught in the net.

13.8.2 the shuttle touches or is hit by the receiver’s partner.

Explanation:In view of the suggestion made in the paragraph 29.1.2, Law 13.8 is proposed to be amended.

Events/Admin - Agree

Laws - Law 15.1

Existing wording:15.1 it strikes the net and remains attached there or suspended on top.

Suggested wording:

CRegs

Omit the law.

Explanation:The situation of “striking the net and remains attached there” is getting covered under the Law 13.2.3 - fails to pass thenet, which is a “Fault”; Both ‘fault’ and ‘let’ are getting covered under Law 15.4. Therefore, the law can be deleted.

Events/AdminAGREE

Laws - Law 16.4, 16.6

Existing wording:16.7.3 in cases of flagrant offence or persistent offences, faulting the offending side …..

Suggested wording:16.7.3 in case of flagrant offence or persistent offences or breach of Law 16.2, faulting the offending side …..

Explanation:The cases of breach of the Law 16.2 are not getting covered in Law 16.6, which may be covered under delay in play.However, it may not be fair to follow the procedure of warning and faulting, since this may be unfair to the side that ison the court within stipulated time of interval.

Events/AdminAGREE

Laws - Law 17.3

Existing wording:17.3 The service judge shall call faults made by the server should they occur (Law 9).

Suggested wording:17.3 The service judge shall call faults made by the server should they occur (Law 9.1.2 to Law 9.1.8, Law 13.1).

Explanation:The service judge shall not call faults, which are getting covered under Law 9.1.1 and 9.3 and as such to be morespecific the reference of the sub-clauses should be given.

Events/AdminAGREE

Appendix 3

Existing wording:It is permissible to play one game of 21 points by prior arrangement. In this case the following variations apply:

Suggested wording:It shall be permissible to play one game of 21 points by prior arrangement. In this case the following variations shallapply:

Explanation:To maintain consistency of language - “shall”.

Events/AdminDependent on next suggestion

Appendix 3

Existing wording: 3. Law 7.4 shall be amended to read:

CRegs

‘7.4 If the score becomes 20-all, the side which first scored 20 shall exercise the choice in Law 7.4.1 or7.4.2:’

6. Law 8.1.3 shall be amended to read: ‘8.1.3 ... when the leading score reaches 11 points.’

Suggested wording: 3. Law 7.4 shall be amended to read:

‘7.4 If the score becomes 20 all, the first side to score 20 points shall exercise the choice in eitherLaw 7.4.1 or Law 7.4.2.’

6. Law 8.1.3 shall be amended to read: ‘8.1.3 …… when a side first scores 11 points.’

Explanation:To maintain consistency in wording in line with the Law 6.1and also Law 7.4, Law 8.1.3.

Events/Admin

Appendix 4

Additional terminologies for general communication should be added. The situation and the suggested wordings are asunder:

In case the players omit to change the ends – ‘You omitted to change the ends’ Let called since the receiver was not ready – ‘Receiver not ready’ The player attempted the service and claimed that he was not ready – ‘You attempted to return the service’ Player influencing the line judge by gestures or shouting – ‘You tried to influence the line judge’

Events/Admin - agree


Existing wording:3.1.8 ensure that the toss is fairly carried out and that the winning side and the losing side exercise their choices

correctly (Law 6).

Suggested wording:3.1.8 ensure that the toss is fairly carried out and that the winning side and the losing side exercise their choices

correctly (Law 6). Note the choice of the ends.

Explanation:To take care of the ends of players if during suspension the players are required to leave the court and the play isresumed after considerably long time. (Failure of electricity, water leakage in hall, etc.)

Events/AdminAGREE


Existing wording:3.2.3 Tournament: “Ladies and Gentlemen, on my right ‘X’ and on my left ‘Y’, ‘X’ to serve; love all; play.” In doubles, identify server and receiver by announcing: Tournament: “Ladies and Gentlemen, on my right ‘W’ and ‘X’ and on my left ‘Y’ and ‘Z’, ‘X’ to serve to ‘Y’;

love all; play.”

Suggested wording:3.2.3 Tournament: “Ladies and Gentlemen, on my right ‘X’ (country name) and on my left ‘Y’ (country name),

‘X’ to serve; love all; play.” In doubles, identify server and receiver by announcing: Tournament: “Ladies and Gentlemen, on my right ‘W’ (country name) and ‘X’ (country name) and on my

CRegs

left ‘Y’ (country name) and ‘Z’ (country name), ‘X’ to serve to ‘Y’; love all; play.”

Explanation:To take care of the common practice of announcing the names of the countries they come from.

Events/AdminYes, agree to have country name

Page 26, Recommendations to court officials, 3.3.5

Existing wording:‘fault’ called by the service judge under Laws 9.1 to 9.3, which should be recognised by calling “Service faultcalled”;

Suggested wording:‘fault’ called by the service judge under Laws 9.1.2 to 9.1.8, which should be recognised, by calling “Servicefault called”;

Explanation: The jurisdiction of the service judge is only over the Laws 9.1.2 to 9.1.8 while all other service faults are called

by the Umpire.

Events/AdminAGREE


Existing wording: “Game point” (or ‘match point”, where applicable) should be called in each game and for each side on the first

occasion that as die reaches 14 or 16 (10 or 12 in women’s singles, women’s doubles and mixed doubles).

These calls should always immediately follow serving side’s score and precede the receiving side’s score.

When the score reached 14-all (10-all), call on the first occasion only each game, and before asking if the sidewishes to set “14 (10 game point all” or “14 (10) match point all” as appropriate.

Suggested wording:

3.3.6.1 When each side reaches 14 (10 in women’s singles) points, on the first occasion in each game,call “Game point” or “Match point” as applicable.

3.3.6.2 If a further game or match point occurs after setting, make similar call again at 16 (12 inwomen’s singles) points on the first occasion in each game, in case of each side, “Game point” or“Match point”, as applicable

3.3.6.3 These calls should always immediately follow the server’s score and precede the receiver’sscore.

Explanation: To take care of the appropriate calls being made in respect of each side when each side reaches 14 (10 in

women’s singles) or 16 (12 in women’s singles) at the first occasion only.

Events/Adminyes

Recommendations to court officials, 3.8.5 .3.12

Existing wording:

CRegs

3.8.5 Changing the shuttle during the match should not be unfair. If both sides agree to the change thereshould be no objection by the umpire. If only one side wishes to change the shuttle, the umpire shouldtake the decision, having the shuttle tested if necessary.


Suggested wording: 3.8.5 Changing the shuttle during the match should not be unfair. If both sides agree to the change there

should be no objection by the umpire. If only one side wishes to change the shuttle, the umpire shouldtake the decision, having the shuttle tested if necessary. A shuttle whose speed or flight has beeninterfered with should be discarded.

Explanation:The content of the recommendation 3.8.5 and 3.12 are concerning same topic. Therefore, they can be convenientlymerged.

Events/AdminAGREE

Recommendations to court officials, 5.2

Existing wording: 5.2 The service judge is responsible for judging that the server delivers a correct service. If not, call ‘fault’

loudly and use the approved hand signal to indicate the type of infringement.

Suggested wording: 5.2 The service judge is responsible for judging that the server delivers a correct service (Law 9.1.2 to Law

9.1.8). If not, call ‘fault’ loudly and use the approved hand signal to indicate the type of infringement.

Explanation: To clearly specify the jurisdiction of the Service Judge.

Events/AdminAGREE

ANDREW RYANChief Operating Officer

IBF STAFF

Lindsey BellHead of Communications

Simon MortonHead of Marketing

Vanessa FreemanDirector of Events

Michael BowdichDirector of Administration

Tina JonesEvents Officer

Rosemary WicksEvents Officer

Liz BudworthSenior Clerical Assistant

Roisin BarrettAccountant(part-time)

Kulbinder Johal

CRegs

Staff E-mail Address(@intbadfed.org)

Committee responsibility Special responsibilities

Andrew Ryan andrewr Council; Executive TV, Event & sponsorship contracts, IOCKulbinder Johal kullyj Finance and Administration Finance, prize money distribution Roisin Barrett roisinb Operational finance

MichaelBowdich

mikeb Finance and Administration Statutes; members; Office and Federation administration; IT development, maintenance and strategy

Liz Budworth lizb Reception; general enquiries; mailing; mail order distribution; Awards and Hall of FameVanessa Freeman vanessaf Events World Grand Prix Organisers; BPF; World Ranking development; IT support for events Tina Jones tinaj Events Referee, umpire and doctor appointments; dope-testing Rosemary Wicks rosemaryw Entries, seeds, draws & results, world ranking Lesley Allinson lesleya Withdrawals; out-of-competition whereabouts data

Lindsey Bell lindseyb Internet, Website management and updating, media services, IBF publications, badminton for disabled peopleSimon Morton simonm Marketing and Development Marketing rights management, commercial contract support, market research, Equipment Approval Scheme

Chris Harvey chrish IOC & UN Affairs Development and Olympic Solidarity